>To Find What Was Mine Section 3A

~ To Find What Was Mine ~
by Red Hope

Disclaimers

copyright: a lot of these characters, such as xena and gabrielle, are owned by renpics and associates. other characters, such as many of the amazons, and (most of) the plot are m i n e. also note that the detailed amazon nation system is very much my idea so do not use my concepts without permission. i worked hard on it so don't touch it.
violence: there is violence in this story… some of it might be slightly gruesome, depends on your stomach type.
subtext: any subtext becomes main text here. there is no sex so far.

feedback: i would love feedback on this story so please email me: redhope@redhope.net
homepage: http://www.redhope.net

NOTE: This is important note/fyi for a lot of you To Find fans because I know ya'll will be like what the heck at the end of the section. Section 3 has been broken in half because Gabrielle's year has come out to be very extensive, a total of 103 pages. Xena's year will be added as soon as it's written and be connected to 3-A to complete it. Xena and Gabrielle's fourth years are not separate sections so please keep that in mind; they are together like always. I was just concerned about posting something for everybody.

Series: Other Series Number: 13 Story Number: 53
March 31st 2003, Monday

To Find What Was Mine

By Red Hope

Section Three-A
Part 5: Gabrielle's Fourth Year

"The pair continued their journey down the road, not really sure where this road would lead them." Gabrielle saw how the audience's faces were lit up and she concluded her story. "They weren't even sure what their next adventure would be but they did know they had each other." She suddenly smiled and proudly finished, "The Warrior Princess and her bard." She slowly bent forward and bowed to her fellow classmates.

The classroom of students all clapped and few cheered out for her successful story.

Gabrielle straightened up and her happy expression was glued in place by a huge smile. Her eyes finally focused on her best friend, Ephiny, who sat in the middle but off to the right.

The master bard was clapping as he approached the young bard. "Very nice, Gabrielle."

Gabrielle faintly lost her smile when she looked to the serious master bard. "Thank you, sir." He patted her back and she took that as the signal to go back to her seat beside Ephiny.

The master bard shifted in front of the class of twenty students. "As you see, everybody Gabrielle had a very smooth way of telling her story." He slightly smiled. "Although Gabrielle was nervous at the start she managed to control that."

Gabrielle was carefully listening to the master bard's assessment as she slid into her spot beside Ephiny.

"Nice job," whispered Ephiny and she patted her friend's leg. "You were wonderful."

Gabrielle felt relieved and her stomach started to unknot.

"Gabrielle also used her hands to help describe the story," continued the master bard. "Fortunately she didn't over use her hands or body motions to take away from her words." His eyes slightly rested on Stallonus, whom was known for over dramatics at times. He then glanced over at Gabrielle. "You did a nice job, Gabrielle but you still have plenty to work on." He did give her a warm smile. "You've made much improvement since last time."

"Thank you, sir," called back the young bard. She tried to hold back her smile when he spoke to her but it was undoubtable hard to do.

The master bard looked back at the students and asked, "Who is next?"

Ephiny chuckled and reached over to hold Gabrielle's hand in her own. "Aren't you glad that's over?"

Gabrielle grinned and sensed Ephiny's warm hand help calm her. "Yes, really glad."

The Amazon squeezed the smaller hand then released her hold as she looked up when Orion stepped up next. "Oh this should be good too."

"Better even," whispered Gabrielle.

Ephiny rolled her eyes and decided not to argue that Gabrielle was the best bard out of the class. She knew her attempts were fruitless but that's what she decided that made Gabrielle so good. The fact was that the slave never even recognized her own brilliance for story telling.

Ephiny had yet to approach the front of the class to tell her story. She decided she want to go near the end of the class because it would help her to decide on which story to tell. She felt rather nervous because this story telling was one of the large tests to see how much each student had learned. She was confident yet worried she hadn't picked up enough from the teachers but Gabrielle had reassured her on several occasions that she would be great up there.

Gabrielle dipped her head some and stared at her linked hand with Ephiny's. She tried to focus on Orion's story but her mind was slipping to sadder thoughts that she'd been trying to ignore. She tried to hold back her tears when her heart ached yet again because today was Xena's twentieth birthday. She attempted to force the thoughts away as she lifted her head back up.

Ephiny stole a quick glance and she saw how watery Gabrielle's eyes were and she didn't understand why. For the past three days her best friend had been rather upset and down but refused to explain anything. She knew this wasn't anything new however it bothered her. She offered some comfort by squeezing Gabrielle's hand then she started rubbing her thumb across Gabrielle's hand.

Gabrielle felt some comfort by her friend's idly caress but nothing to stop her emotions. She instinctively reached up with her left hand and tried to clasp the necklace Xena had given her almost three years ago. Yet her hand only touched her bare chest, her necklace long gone since the attack on her village. She'd never known how she lost her necklace but to this day it still seemed to weigh around her neck.

Ephiny took a steady breath then leaned over closer to her friend. "Are you okay?" she whispered. She almost thought Gabrielle didn't hear her but she finally saw Gabrielle nod. She inhaled deeply and straightened back up. Apart of Ephiny couldn't wait for the arrival of spring because it would bring not only new hope but also Gabrielle's sixteenth birthday. She was already considering plans to make Gabrielle's birthday something rather important and large in hopes it'd help her friend.

Gabrielle was rather worried not only with her work as a student bard but as an Amazon Princess. Ephiny had never felt so relieved to have Gabrielle accept the caste as princess until she saw how it bore more weight on the slave. Ephiny started to realize just how hard Gabrielle's life was and especially when she later met Hecuba during their fall vacation.

Ephiny and Gabrielle had stayed in the Amazon Nation for about five days and tried to get over Terries's death. Afterwards, they went to Cornelio's home outside of Articia and visited with them until they were due back at the Academy. For several months, Ephiny and Gabrielle continued with their education as bards and learned much until Solstice break arrived. This time, Ephiny and Gabrielle went their separate ways as Gabrielle went to Cornelio's while Ephiny went to the Nation for the Solstice season.

It wasn't until a few days before the infamous twelfth moon that Ephiny saw Gabrielle again when Gabrielle came to the Nation. Gabrielle had decided since she was the princess that she was expected to show up in the village during the Solstice break. Ephiny and Gabrielle then made their way back to the Academy three days after the twelfth moon celebration. And now for the past four days the class was taking various exams for the midyear and telling a story in front of the class and master bard was one of the tests.

After a few more bards' tales, the master bard decided to end the class and announced tomorrow would be the final day of tests and everybody was expected to complete their work. Ephiny and Gabrielle had tugged on their cloaks and walked out into the brisk winter air as they made their way across to their dorm.

"Wait up, girls!" called out Stallonus; behind him were Orion and Twickenham.

Ephiny and the Amazon Princess both stopped and waited for their friends to catch up.

Orion came up beside Gabrielle and slipped his arm through hers. "How'd you think I did?"

Gabrielle warmly smiled. "You were amazing." She continued walking to the dorm with her group of friends. "The master bard favours you."

"No he doesn't," protested Orion. "He likes you better."

Ephiny just rolled her eyes at the pair.

"Oh come on, Orion." Gabrielle laughed at her friend's disbelieving look. "I was the one that made him look dumb on the first day of class."

"That's t-t-true," agreed Twickenham.

"Yeah, you sure did show him," agreed Stallonus and he laughed. "I loved the look on his face."

"It doesn't matter." Orion brushed back a curly lock of hair. "Gabrielle is a natural talented bard." He suddenly grinned at the young Amazon Princess. "You'll have the 'A' out of the group."

The slave huffed at his confidence because she wasn't so sure herself.

"I know I won't," spoke up Stallonus. "The master bard hates me."

"Stall, you just have to control your acrobatics on the stage," persisted Ephiny.

"Yeah right," chided Orion, "That's like tell Twickenham not to stutter."

"Y-y-yeah," agreed Twickenham. "I c-c-can't help it-t-t either."

Ephiny sadly smiled and shifted closer to the young boy. She rubbed his back in sympathy. "I think I rather stutter or do acrobats on the stage than freeze-up."

Gabrielle glanced over at her friend then slightly shook her head. "You'll do fine, Eph."

"Just try to image everybody in just their britches," suggest Stallonus.

The Amazon groaned and her eyes closed as she tried to wipe away the mental image.

"Stallonus!" Gabrielle laughed at him and looked at Ephiny again. "Just focus on the story, Eph… that's all you need to do."

"I try," persisted the Amazon, "but it doesn't always work."

Orion slipped his arm free from Gabrielle and hurried up the steps of the dorm. He pushed open the door and let everybody in first. After everybody was inside, he closed the door and turned around. "Ephiny, we're all in the same boat as you," he reminded.

Ephiny sighed as she sat on the foot of Orion's bed. She scooted over some when Gabrielle sat down beside her. "Yes but I feel like an idiot every time."

"You're n-n-not." Twickenham sat down on the floor and rested his back against the foot of his own bed. "You're very g-g-good, Ephiny."

The Amazon smiled at him and felt warmed by his genuine comment.

"Just tell a story about the Amazons fighting the centaurs." Stallonus fell back into his bed but sat back up.

"I don't… think so, Stall." Ephiny chuckled and crossed her legs at her ankles.

"Do you know what you're going to tell?" inquired Orion. He moved over to Twickenham and sat down beside him.

Ephiny shrugged then replied, "I'm between two stories."

"Which ones?" urged Gabrielle; she nudged her friend with her elbow.

The Amazon chuckled at Gabrielle but she shook her head. "I can't say."

Before Orion could pursue the issue anymore, he heard a knock at the door so he yelled, "Come in." He suddenly felt a smile take his lips when Euripides entered. "Hey, Eurip."

"Greetings." Euripides kept his normal stoic expression as he joined the group. He slightly inclined his head to Gabrielle and said, "You outshined the average learning bard today."

Gabrielle felt her cheeks flush. "Thank you, Euripides." When she felt her blush settle back down, she added, "You did a wonderful job today too."

Euripides faintly smiled at the compliment and took a seat beside Orion and Twickenham while saying, "I do believe the master bard may not be so proned to agree."

"He will, you'll see." Gabrielle tried to reassure the young man with a confident smile.

"You just have to slow down with the big words," reminded Ephiny.

"Correct," agreed Euripides.

"And add-d-d more emot-t-tions too," reminded Twickenham.

Stallonus suddenly brightened up. "You could try adventures too, Eurip."

Euripides felt his confidence getting deflated really quickly.

Orion sighed at hearing all the rebukes his friends were making to Euripides. "Or you can just be yourself, Eurip."

Euripides lifted his head and one of his rare smiles shaped his face.

"Orion is right," agreed Gabrielle, "just be yourself."

Suddenly there was another knock at the door and they group knew it wasn't any of their friends. Ephiny slid off the bed and walked down to the door. She opened it and poked her head out into the wintry afternoon.

"Hi, Ephiny." Feodoras offered a smile. "Is Gabrielle around?"

"Yes." The Amazon had a concerned look when she noted how serious Feodoras was. "I'll get her." She turned around and called for her friend.

Gabrielle felt her stomach twist for no real reason but she hurried to Ephiny's side. "Hey, Feodoras."

"I need to talk to you, Gabrielle." Feodoras's eyes flickered to Ephiny then back to Gabrielle. "Alone."

The Amazon Princess swallowed but she nodded and buttoned her cloak as she stepped out of the dorm. After Ephiny closed the door, she went down the steps and curiously looked at Feodoras.

"I have some bad news, Gabrielle," carefully started the older man. "We received a letter today from your grandfather."

"Is he okay?" hastily asked Gabrielle.

Feodoras slightly nodded then saw how frightened the teenager had become. "It's your mother, Gabrielle." He paused as he tried to think of the right words to say but none could be right. "She's very ill… your grandfather doesn't expect her to live much longer."

Gabrielle felt this one strike her harder than anything else in a long time. "Gods… no," she rasped and she searched Feodoras face hoping it was some joke or dream. "She… can't be." Her eyes were already stinging. "She was just fine… when I left after Solstice."

"I know, Gabrielle." Feodoras reached in between his cloak and produced an open scroll. "That's why I brought your grandfather's letter." He held it out.

Gabrielle carefully took it, her hand trembling. She couldn't stand any longer so she took a step back and almost fell onto the bottom step.

Feodoras sadly watched but he bent down onto one knee and grasped the young woman's shoulder. "Your grandfather requested you return home for awhile." He searched Gabrielle's dulling green eyes. "The master bard granted it so you may leave tomorrow at dawn."

Gabrielle's lower lip quivered and she shook her head as her attention centred on Feodoras. "Thank you, Feodoras."

"I'm sorry," whispered Feodoras and after he squeezed her shoulder, he stood up and walked back to the Academy building.

After he was well out of distance, Gabrielle dropped her face into her hands and started to cry. The message from Cornelio rolled out of her lap and fell onto the frozen ground. Gabrielle remained on the step and cried for a long time and it wasn't until the creak of the door behind her caught her attention. She heard somebody coming down the steps but she didn't bother to look but warm arms wrapped around her and pulled her into their lap.

Ephiny exhaled deeply as she hugged her friend in her lap. She knew today was hard enough but whatever news that Feodoras just brought made it even worse. She lowered her head onto Gabrielle's and continued to rock their bodies together some. When she sensed the slave settling down, she whispered, "What's wrong?"

Gabrielle just shook her head and clutched Ephiny tighter.

The Amazon felt her heart drop but her eyes drift past Gabrielle and rested on the open scroll on the ground. She could just make out the handwriting and she was able to read the first paragraph. After she'd read it, she knew why her friend was so upset and it only made her tighten her hug on Gabrielle. "It'll be okay," she whispered in a shaky voice.

"No… no it won't," replied Gabrielle's muffled voice. "She's dying."

Ephiny closed her eyes and lowered her head back onto Gabrielle's. She felt her cheeks warm with hot tears when Gabrielle started to whimper. "Ssssh," she whispered and continued rocking their bodies. "It'll be okay, Gabrielle." She ran her hand up and down Gabrielle's cool back.

Eventually Ephiny was able to help Gabrielle into their bedroom and asked the boys not to bother them. The four boys were curious as much as worried about what happened to Gabrielle when they saw her but they said nothing. Instead the group broke up and went to dinner without the girls.

Ephiny put Gabrielle into her bed then she removed her boots and got into bed with Gabrielle.

Gabrielle instantly rolled over to face Ephiny and she buried her face into Ephiny's neck.

The Amazon pulled her friend into her arms and held her close as possible in hopes it'll help her fears. She didn't know what else to do or even say but her mind tried to come up with something. When she felt Gabrielle drift off to sleep from being so tired from crying, she slipped out of the bed carefully. Ephiny didn't waste a minute to put her boots on, grabbed her cloak, and ran across the campus to the Academy building. She went in search of the master bard or even Feodoras but she was lucky enough to find the master bard still in his office. She could only hope he would at least hear her out before saying no to her question.

The next morning, Gabrielle came out of her sleep and found she was being tightly held by strong arms. She opened her eyes and slightly pulled her head back to discover it was Ephiny, it made her smile sadly.

Ephiny felt the motion and gradually opened her eyes. "Hey," she whispered. "How you feel?"

"Like a herd of centaurs rolled over me," confessed the small bard. She then had a perplexed look but asked, "You stayed with me last night?"

"Yeah," quietly whispered the Amazon. "I was worried."

Gabrielle hugged her friend then released her but said, "Thank you."

Ephiny reached up and brushed back some of Gabrielle's stray hair. "You're welcome."

The slave sighed as her eyes dropped and stared at Ephiny's neck. "I have to head to Articia today."

"I know," uttered the Amazon.

Gabrielle lifted her eyes to meet with Ephiny's. "You know?"

"Not all of it," admitted Ephiny, "but enough to know what's going on." She paused and pressed her lips together. "I read the first part of the scroll." She inhaled deeply and carefully added, "I can go with you if you'd like, Gabrielle."

"But what about…."

Ephiny faintly smiled and answered the unfinished question. "I talked to the master bard, he gave me permission to go. I'll be doing my test when we get back."

"I…." Gabrielle felt her sore eyes actually sting again. "Thank you, Ephiny."

The Amazon hugged her friend briefly but released her. "We should get ready so we can go soon."

"You're right," sadly agreed the Amazon Princess. She forced herself to get out of bed and when her eyes rested on her desk, she noted the scroll from Cornelio sitting there. She looked over at her friend, who was at her dresser pulling clothes out. "Ephiny?"

The Amazon paused and turned around, an inquisitive look on her face.

"Thank you for last night."

Ephiny faintly nodded. She faced her dresser again and decided to wear her Amazon attire for the journey to Articia. From the corner of her eye, she saw Gabrielle debating about what to wear but she'd decided on her long brown skirt and sky blue top.

It wasn't long before the two young Amazons were dressed in travelling attire and had their saddlebags packed. Ephiny tossed her saddlebag onto the bed then looked over at her friend. "I'm going to take my short sword."

Gabrielle was tightening the buckle over the right flap on her saddlebag when Ephiny told her. "Are you sure?" She looked up from her bag and saw her friend was serious.

"Yes, I'll feel better if I have it." Ephiny knelt down and pulled up the sheet that draped over her bed. She reached under and pulled out the short sword then rose back up.

"Here." Gabrielle quickly came over and helped Ephiny hook the sword onto her back. "Make sure you put your cloak on before we step out of the room."

Ephiny slightly grinned and teased, "Yes, my princess."

Gabrielle just rolled her eyes and walked back to her bag. On the way over, she grabbed the scroll off her desk and shoved it away in her saddlebags. She went over to her desk again and picked up her cloak from the chair where Ephiny must have put it last night. She threw it on and turned around to find her friend had her cloak on too.

"Can you see it?" asked Ephiny. She turned her back to the princess.

Gabrielle shook her head. "No, you're safe." She tied her cloak into place under her chin as she walked to her bed again. "Are you ready?"

"Yeah… how about you?" Ephiny picked up her saddlebags and held it with both hands.

"Yeah, I think so."

Ephiny tilted her head as Gabrielle crossed over to the door with her saddlebags in arm. "We should tack up the horses first, eat, and then let the Feodoras know we're leaving."

The Amazon Princess slightly sighed but she knew her friend was right. "Okay." She opened the door and headed out leaving a baffled Amazon.

Ephiny decided Gabrielle was just trying to retain a strong composure so she let it go for now. She gathered herself and stepped out of the room but shut the door behind her. She saw none of the boys were in the dorm and she decided it was for the best. She hurried to the stables to catch up with Gabrielle and it didn't take either of them long to have the horses tacked.

Afterwards, the pair of friends went to the mess hall in the Academy building and had a brief breakfast. Ephiny also made sure to retrieve two rolls of bread incase she or Gabrielle got hungry on the ride to Articia. She knew it was only a day's ride but one could never be safe enough. The two girls then went to the main office where Feodoras would work. They let him know they were leaving and he wished them safe travels.

Gabrielle and Ephiny mounted their horses and quickly trotted out of the Academy grounds until they got on the road. Once they were far enough, Gabrielle spurred Torqueo into a full gallop. Ephiny sucked in a cold breath of air then urged her mare into a gallop to follow Gabrielle. Ephiny and Gabrielle rode non-stop to Articia and it wasn't until they approached the town did they slow down to a walk.

Ephiny came up along side Gabrielle. "Saddle sore?"

Gabrielle picked up on the light tease and it made her grin a little. "Not too bad." She looked at the young Amazon. "How about you?"

"About the same," admitted Ephiny. She shifted some in her saddle and felt her legs throb a little. "Not a sore spot at all."

The Amazon Princess could tell her friend was fairly stiff much like Gabrielle but she declined from saying anything. Her thoughts were on her mother and she wondered what her mother's condition was like. She knew she'd find out shortly.

Gabrielle swept a loose lock of her blond hair behind her right ear. She straightened up when she and Ephiny started down the short drive to Cornelio's home. The dirt road was perfectly straight and on both sides leafless olive trees lined the road. Gabrielle never realized how deathly winter could feel like until now as she took in how barren the fields look, the olive trees with no leaves, and the sky was a cloudy grey. The air was so chilled that it seemed to even nip at Gabrielle's heart.

Ephiny had fallen silent like Gabrielle as she took in the quiet grounds. She then realized on the porch of the large white house was a young girl, very young. "Who is that?" she whispered.

Gabrielle focused on the small girl on the porch, whom was sweeping everything clean. "I'm not sure." She considered everything for a moment.

"She mustn't be no more than ten years old," quietly observed Ephiny.

Gabrielle made no response but she agreed with Ephiny. She also had a fair idea that the girl was a new slave that Cornelio may have taken in to help. She looked over at Ephiny. "Let's go to the stables first."

The young Amazon's eyes flickered over there and she saw the stables just offset behind the house.

"Come on," urged Gabrielle and she pushed Torqueo to walk faster.

Ephiny briskly followed behind and she was still amazed by how nice the stables were. It took her all of five seconds to conclude that Cornelio had a lot of money since the stables were well kept, perfectly painted white, and some kind of coble stone was used as a floor in the stable except in the stalls.

After the girls had their horses untacked and settled in with some grain feed, they made their way out of the stables. They each had their saddlebags slung over their right shoulder and they approached the front of the house.

When Gabrielle came to the first step, she saw the small girl had frozen at seeing their arrival. "Hello," she gently greeted and smiled at her.

The small child stepped back and seemed to shield herself with her broom. Her eyes flickered from Gabrielle and to Ephiny at her side. She didn't like how Ephiny was dressed and perceived her as a threat.

"It's okay," reassured Gabrielle. She'd caught how scared the girl was of Ephiny and probably because of the Amazon attire underneath of Ephiny's cloak. "I'm Gabrielle."

The girl's eyes instantly widened in worshipping awe. "Grandfather said you would be coming."

Gabrielle took a step up but signalled to Ephiny to wait. "Yes, grandfather asked for me to come home because my mother is sick."

The girl instantly frowned and her head dipped forward. "Auntie Hecuba has been sick for awhile now." Her eyes lifted up to Gabrielle but her head was still tilted forward. "She spoke a lot about you during her long feverish nights."

Gabrielle felt a lump develop in her throat. "Is grandfather home?"

The girl slowly nodded and lifted her head back up." Grandfather is in his office."

Gabrielle nodded then she climbed the rest of the steps up to come to the top. "What is your name?"

"I'm Mary," quietly replied the girl.

"It's nice to meet you, Mary." Gabrielle held the young girl's gaze and she softly smiled at her. Gabrielle felt her heart warm to this girl because she reminded her very much of Lila but Lila was never quite as shy. "And...." She looked back and held her hand out to Ephiny. "This is my friend."

The Amazon slowly went up the steps and carefully approached the child. "Hi," she warmly greeted.

"H-hi." Mary shyly smiled at the teenager that seemed imposing but was very kind too.

Ephiny felt a smile take her lips and she knelt down onto one knee; she became eye level with the young girl. "I'm Ephiny."

"Ephiny?" repeated the small girl.

Ephiny just nodded her head.

Mary tilted her head and her curiosity got the better of her. She lowered her broom to her side and stepped up to Ephiny. She carefully and slowly stretched her hand out and her fingers wrapped around the feather in Ephiny's hair. "Why do you wear bird feathers in your hair?"

"Ephiny is an Amazon," explained Gabrielle; she then caught the rich brown eyes flickering up to her.

Mary's expression brightened when she realized Gabrielle also had a feather attached in her hair but it was further back so she hadn't seen it earlier. "You're an Amazon too, Gabrielle?" She'd released Ephiny's feather earlier and pointed at Gabrielle's one.

The princess felt a bit of nervous come into her. She also knelt down and adjusted the saddlebag on her shoulder. "Yes, Mary… I'm an Amazon too."

Once again that awed expression appeared on the child's face. Mary stepped closer to Gabrielle and grasped the colourful feather in her hand. "Does grandfather know you're an Amazon?" She saw the grin on Gabrielle's face and it made her giggle. "I bet he doesn't."

"No, Mary grandfather doesn't know I'm an Amazon." Gabrielle gently smiled as she reached up to take Mary's small hand into her own. "And you can't tell grandfather either. Okay?"

The girl frowned. "Why not? Grandfather should know everything… he loves us very much."

"Yes he does," agreed Gabrielle, "but I will tell grandfather I'm an Amazon when it's okay."

"Why isn't it okay right now?" insisted the child.

Ephiny inwardly chuckled at the curiosity the child had because it reminded her of Gabrielle's own. She was wondering how Gabrielle liked getting little of her own medicine. "Because Mary, right now Gabrielle's mother is sick and that's who we should be focusing on."

Mary studied Ephiny now and she slowly nodded her head. "Auntie Hecuba is very sick." Her frown grew deeper. "Grandmother and Auntie Maria are not sure she'll live."

Gabrielle felt the lump in her throat return and her stomach sank. "Take us to grandfather, Mary."

Mary nodded and stepped back then turned around.

Ephiny had lost her smile earlier and just quietly followed behind Gabrielle into the gigantic home.

Mary led them through the large house until they came to the far end in the hallway. She stopped at the closed double wood doors and she carefully knocked on it.

"Come in," called a deep male voice.

Mary pushed open a door but had a little trouble until Ephiny helped her. She paused and peered up at the Amazon. "Thank you," she whispered.

Ephiny smiled and pushed the door the rest of the way. "Go ahead, Mary."

Mary went in first, Gabrielle followed, and Ephiny came in last.

Gabrielle set her saddlebag down on the floor in front of the other door and took Ephiny's from hers.

Mary approached the large oak wood desk but stop in front as she watched Cornelio continue to write. "Grandfather?"

"Just a moment, sweetie." Cornelio continued scribbling something, his full attention on the scroll. Yet as he tried to finish his thought, he realized two bodies were behind the small child and a very familiar hand grasped Mary's shoulder. He lowered his quill quickly as he lifted his head. "Gabrielle," he breathed in relief and a smile broke out across his tired face.

Gabrielle returned the smile but worry shined in her eyes.

Cornelio was already out of his chair and he went around his desk.

Gabrielle met him halfway and she was swept into a warm embrace. She buried her face into his chest and her emotions surged to the top. She tightly closed her eyes and held onto Cornelio.

Ephiny dipped her head forward and put her hands behind her back. She felt a little out of place but at the same time she was happy Gabrielle had Cornelio in her life. She knew Cornelio had given so much to Gabrielle and he would continue to support her despite the brand on her.

"I'm so glad you made it, Gabrielle," whispered Cornelio. He loosened his embrace and peered down into emotional green eyes.

"How is mother?" Gabrielle's voice was shaky and raw with emotions.

"Not well at all," sadly replied Cornelio. He finally separated from Gabrielle but he remained close so he could physically look over her. "You look well though, Gabrielle."

The small bard nodded her head. "I have been… well until…" She didn't bother to finish her words; instead she held her hand out to Ephiny. "Cornelio, I'd like you to meet Ephiny."

Cornelio straightened up and clearly inspected the young Amazon that flanked Gabrielle's side.

Ephiny approached the older man and held out her hand. "It's nice to meet you, sir."

"I've heard a bit about you, Ephiny." Cornelio took the offered hand and briskly shook. "Gabrielle spoke highly of you when she was here for Solstice."

Ephiny felt her flush even though she tried to hide her embarrassment. She released the much larger hand and replied, "Well Gabrielle can talk."

Cornelio heartedly laughed.

Gabrielle shot a glare at her friend for the remark.

Cornelio settled down and a soft smile swept his lips. "Gabrielle mentioned you are an Amazon." He'd already noted the revealing leathers she wore under her cloak.

"Yes, I am," replied the proud Amazon.

"Grandfather, did you see Ephiny's feather?" spoke up Mary from her spot behind the group.

Cornelio's expression brightened at the young girl. "Yes, sweetie I did." He bent forward and held out his arms.

Mary took the invite, came over, and had the sensation of flying as Cornelio lifted her up. She then was lowered onto the edge of the desk and she wiggled more onto the desk.

Cornelio took the broom from Mary's hand and set it aside. "Mary, were you outside sweeping?"

"Yes, grandfather."

Cornelio thoughtfully rubbed his trimmed, white beard and studied the girl. "Did you wear your cloak outside?"

Mary's eyes dropped. "No, grandfather."

"See that you do for now on… I don't want you getting sick."

The girl just nodded her head but she straightened up again.

At the mention of sicknesses, Gabrielle let out a deep sigh.

Cornelio heard it and knew what was on Gabrielle's mind. "Gabrielle, you should go up to see your mother." He now faced the teenager. "She's missed you."

"I know," whispered the Amazon Princess.

Cornelio looked back at Mary and held out his hands again. "Mary, take Ephiny and Gabrielle upstairs, please." He locked his eyes with the small girl. "Gabrielle and Ephiny are staying in the guestroom. You remember where that is, right?"

"Yes, grandfather." Mary was suddenly lifted off the desk and lowered back to the floor.

"I'll speak to you soon, Gabrielle," reminded the older man. His dark eyes then went to Ephiny. "I'm glad you came, Ephiny."

"Thank you, sir," politely replied the Amazon.

Mary had already retrieved her broom from earlier and was headed towards the doors.

Ephiny and Gabrielle followed behind while Cornelio went back behind his desk. The two Amazons collected their saddlebags and quietly left the office. Mary led them upstairs and made a right at the top of the steps.

Gabrielle had climbed the steps and paused at the top, she gazed off to her left at the end of the short hall. She knew her and mother's old room was down there. She slightly jumped when Ephiny touched her back.

"Come on," whispered the Amazon.

The princess nodded her head, turned right, and followed Ephiny down the long hallway.

Mary was already at the door to the guest bedroom. "How long are you staying, Gabrielle?"

The small bard gave a faint smiled and replied, "I'm not sure, Mary."

Ephiny stepped forward and opened the bedroom door. She quietly went inside and lowered her saddlebag onto the bed. She sensed Gabrielle behind her and she took Gabrielle's saddlebag from her.

"Would you like to see Auntie Hecuba?" asked Mary. "She's usually awake by now."

"Yes, Mary." Gabrielle then glanced at Ephiny in question.

Ephiny just shook her head then whispered, "I'll take care of our stuff while you visit."

"Thanks, Eph." Gabrielle then looked at Mary and held out her hand.

Mary understood the signal and took the larger hand into her own. She then led the teenager out of the room and down the hallway.

Ephiny stepped into the doorway and simply watched her friend walk down the hallway, hand in hand with Mary. Ephiny let out a heavy sigh as she folded her arms over her chest. She knew what Gabrielle was going through with losing her mother and it worried Ephiny. She couldn't imagine how Gabrielle would react after the initial shock. Between Gabrielle's slavery, the loss of her sister, and now her mother's sickness would just build on Gabrielle. How much could her friend take before she broke?

Mary stood on her tiptoes and turned the doorknob but it was Gabrielle whom opened the door. The girl then silently directed Gabrielle into the darkly lit bedroom.

"Who is that?" called a scratchy voice.

"It's me, Auntie Hecuba," called the small girl.

Hecuba pushed up in her bed a little to get a clearer view and her eyes adjusted to the darkness in the room. She quickly realized somebody else was with Mary and for the first time in several days, her expression brightened. "Gabrielle."

Gabrielle squeezed Mary's hand then released it. She came over to her mother's bed and came into a better view for Hecuba. "Hi, mom."

Hecuba's smile grew more when she saw Gabrielle's face better and even better when Mary had open the shades by the window. "You look beautiful as ever, honey."

Gabrielle sadly smiled then leaned forward. She embraced her mother in a strong but gentle hug. "How are you, mom?"

"I'm better, honey," replied Hecuba but her words were a clear lie for Gabrielle.

The young bard sadly smiled and she eased herself down onto the edge of the bed by her mother's side. "Cornelio said you were sick," she whispered.

"Just a bad cold," refuted Hecuba.

After Mary had opened the shades by the window, she'd gone to the bed on the opposite side of the room. She'd climbed up into it and quietly sat but fiddled with the stick of her broom.

"How is the Academy?" inquired Hecuba in a low, raspy voice.

"It's going well," replied Gabrielle. Her right hand stretched out and she brushed back a stray, slightly matted piece of her mother's dirty blond hair. "We just finished exams."

Hecuba smiled happily at the news. "How'd you do?"

"I'm not sure yet," confessed the small bard, "but I think I did well."

"I'm glad," replied the proud mother. She reached forward and clasped her hands with Gabrielle's.

Gabrielle remained silent as she studied her mother's worn face. She could see the dark circles that developed under her mother's eyes. It also seemed as if her mother had aged by ten to fifteen years, her skin more wrinkled than normal, and even her fingers were thinner.

"You've done well at the Academy so far," finally mentioned Hecuba.

"I am trying," encouraged Gabrielle, a faint smile on her lips.

"I know you are." Hecuba squeezed her daughter's hands tightly.

Gabrielle squeezed her mother's hands back and she took a moment to appreciate her mother's crisp green eyes. She knew she could thank her mother for receiving the same radiant and bright green eyes but right now wasn't the time. Instead she noted the deep sadness hidden in them and it sank in Gabrielle's stomach like a heavy boulder. "I think I'll be staying for awhile, mom."

"Honey, you need to be at the Academy." Hecuba had shaken her head in protest and now tried to sit up better but it took too much energy.

"Rest, mom." Gabrielle had freed her right hand and pressed it against her mother's shoulder. "You need to relax." When her mother agreed by lowering back down, she pulled her hand away. "And don't worry about school… the master-bard said it's okay." She noted her mother gave out a sigh of relief.

"I'm glad to hear that," agreed the mother. She shifted a little to get more comfortable. "How is your friend Ephiny?"

"She's great, mom… actually she came with me."

Hecuba's smile suddenly reappeared. "She travelled with you?"

"Yes," answered the bard, "she's here."

"I would like to meet her."

Gabrielle simply nodded but said, "Later, I promise."

The mother let out a faint sigh yet she softly grinned "You're always looking after your mother."

"Always," promised Gabrielle. She leaned forward and kissed her mother's forehead. "You should rest some more, mom."

"Yes," quietly agreed Hecuba. "I feel tired already."

"I know," whispered Gabrielle as she squeezed her mother's hands. "Dinner will be in a few candlemarks so I'll bring it up to you."

"Thank you, honey." Hecuba pulled her covers back up when she felt a cold chill settle over her.

"Sleep well, mom." Gabrielle again bent forward and placed a kiss to her forehead. She then rose up and looked over at Mary.

Mary knew it was time to leave so she slid off the bed and went to the door. She sensed a warm hand touch her midback.

Gabrielle took one last look back at her mother then her eyes flickered over to the open window. She decided the curtains were best left open so her mother would feel better at seeing the sunlight and not so cooped up. She turned back to the already open door and ushered Mary out first. Gabrielle closed the door behind her then focused on the small girl. "Do you have to finish your duties?"

Mary briskly nodded her head, her brown hair falling around her face.

"Okay, go ahead and finish up. I'm sure I'll see you soon."

Mary faintly smile then hurried off to finish her small chores.

"And if you go outside, put your cloak on," called Gabrielle.

Mary was at the top of the stairs but she paused and smiled at Gabrielle.

Gabrielle merely smiled back then watched her disappear down the steps. She then wondered down the long, lonely hallway until she came to her and Ephiny's room. She grasped the cold brass doorknob but she hesitated as she gazed down the hall to her mother's room. After an emotional sigh, she opened the door and went inside to find Ephiny resting on the bed.

Ephiny opened her eyes and turned her head to Gabrielle. "Hey," she quietly greeted.

Gabrielle admired her friend on the bed for a moment then let out a smaller sigh. "Hey." She came over to the bed and crawled into it.

The young Amazon unfolded her arms and opened them in offer.

The bard didn't wait to fall into her friend's arms and become surrounded by her warmth.

Ephiny tightly held on to Gabrielle and kissed Gabrielle's temple. "How is she?" she whispered.

Gabrielle had her face dug into Ephiny's neck but now she pulled back and rested the side of her head against Ephiny's chest. "Very sick, Eph."

"Mmmm." Ephiny tightened her embrace then wrapped her legs over Gabrielle's. "It'll be okay."

Gabrielle didn't have as much faith and she merely buried her face back into Ephiny's neck. She squeezed her eyes shut and tried to not think about her sick mother but it was too hard. She let out a ragged breath and whispered, "She won't make it, Ephiny."

"Sssh." Ephiny again kissed Gabrielle's temple and soothingly rubbed Gabrielle's back. "It'll be okay… promise."

Gabrielle knew it was a futile promise but it did reassure her just a little because she knew Ephiny was there for her. Her arms tightened around Ephiny's side and she worked hard to lock down on her emotions just as she had in the past on many occasions. She couldn't believe this was happening to her when she'd already lost so much. Hadn't she given enough sacrifices in her life already?

For about a candlemark, Gabrielle and Ephiny remained in that position until Gabrielle rolled off Ephiny. Ephiny though didn't let her get away and instead rolled to her side and pulled Gabrielle into her arms. At first Gabrielle didn't give in until Ephiny's kissed her cheek only then did Gabrielle turn in Ephiny's arms and wrapped herself tightly around Ephiny.

The young Amazon held Gabrielle and it wasn't even fifteen minutes when Gabrielle dozed off. Ephiny sadly smiled at her sleeping friend then closed her own eyes. The young pair slept for a little over a candlemark before either one of them awoke. Gabrielle was the first to wake up and she felt a little better at getting some sleep. She lifted her head and glanced out the window to see it was near sunset and she knew dinner would be served soon.

"Ephiny," whispered the bard.

The sleeping Amazon mumbled something incoherent.

Gabrielle grinned a little then reached up to brush back some of Ephiny's long locks of curly blond hair. "Come on, featherhead… wake up."

"I heard that," muttered the Amazon.

The bard chuckled when rich amber eyes focused on her.

"You're a featherhead now too," reminded Ephiny.

The Amazon Princess smirked and teasingly replied, "At least I'm not by birth."

Ephiny chuckled then decided to tease Gabrielle back. "Wait until you have a girl and she's old enough. I'll torment her as a featherhead since she'll be direct line."

Gabrielle merely rolled her eyes and patted Ephiny's side. "You wish, Eph." She then quickly rolled out of her friend's arms and got out of bed.

The young Amazon gave a grunt then got out of bed too. "You think I should change out of my leathers?"

"Up to you," offered Gabrielle.

Ephiny lifted an eyebrow from the opposite side of the bed. "You're the princess so I have to follow your orders."

"Like you would anyway," taunted the princess. She then brushed off Ephiny's question with a wave of her hand and said, "Keep them on, Eph."

"Yes, my princess," teased Ephiny as she came around the bed. "I think I'll put my cloak back on… it's a bit chilly."

"I know," agreed Gabrielle. She'd kept hers on while she was in bed earlier, too lazy to bother with it. She glanced over at Ephiny, who was getting her cloak, and Gabrielle realized Ephiny had taken her sword off. She scanned the room quickly and saw Ephiny's sheathed short-sword tucked under the Amazon's saddlebags. "I'm glad you removed your sword." Her eyes lifted and locked on Ephiny.

The young Amazon nodded and came over as she tugged on her cloak. "Yeah, I didn't think it was polite to wear it around." She straightened the collar out on her cloak. "You think Cornelio saw it?"

Gabrielle quickly shook her head. "Your cloak covered it."

"Thank Artemis," whispered Ephiny in relief.

"Come on… let's see what's happening down stairs." Gabrielle left the room with Ephiny at her side.

Together they went down stairs and Gabrielle decided the kitchen would be the best place to start. She slipped into the kitchen with Ephiny behind her. She and Ephiny were instantly surrounded by the wonderful smells of a cooking dinner.

Gabrielle smiled some when she saw Maria and Adara looked to her and Ephiny.

"Gabrielle," happily greeted Maria and she quickly left her pot of boiling water to hug the teenager. "I'm happy you're home."

Gabrielle nodded and gave a half smile. She then was embraced by Adara as well. When she broke the hug with Adara, she asked, "Do you need help cooking?" Her eyes flickered over to Maria.

"I think Maria could use a break," replied Adara, "so she can check on Joseph."

"Joseph is fine, mother," called back Maria. She stole a quick look at her mother-in-law then at Gabrielle.

"No, Adara is right," argued Gabrielle. She came over and took over Maria's duties.

Maria came over to the door and for the first time noted the young Amazon. "Oh my, I'm sorry." She smiled warmly at Ephiny, wiped her hand on her apron and held out her hand. "I'm Maria."

Ephiny shyly took the large hand and gave a good shake. "I'm Ephiny."

Adara was beside Maria and her face broke out with a smile. "You're that young Amazon."

Ephiny instantly blushed.

Gabrielle rolled her eyes and looked back at the cooking water. She knew it was being cooked and warmed up for a soup.

"Yes I am," replied Ephiny in a small voice.

Maria and Adara took several minutes to quiz the Amazon while Gabrielle took over watching over the dinner. Eventually Maria left to check on her son while Adara returned to slicing up the vegetables for the soup.

"Have either of you seen Mary?" inquired Adara from the other side of the kitchen.

"No," replied Gabrielle.

Ephiny was sitting at the small kitchen table set off to the side.

"Hey, Eph…" Gabrielle gazed over her shoulder at her friend. "Can you go find Mary?"

"Yes m-"

"Ephiny," warned the bard in a low tone.

The young Amazon hid her wince when she remembered that nobody knew of Gabrielle's Amazon caste. She quickly excused herself and left the kitchen to find Mary.

Adara was quiet for awhile then finally spoke up. "Your mother hasn't been well."

Gabrielle held back her sigh and only nodded.

"Did you visit with her?" urged Adara. She looked over at her slave and felt her heart drop at how distraught Gabrielle was right now.

"Yes," quietly answered the bard. She picked up the bowl of thick powder on the counter and carefully dumped it into the pot of hot water. She started mixing it in carefully. "Adara?"

The older woman looked up from her cutting.

Gabrielle paused in her stirring motion and her eyes met Adara. "Do you think mother will die?"

Adara studied Gabrielle then her gaze eventually dropped. "She's only been getting worse," she honestly confessed.

Gabrielle didn't say anything or even nodded as she went back to the soup.

It wasn't for another candlemark until the dinner was ready and everybody, but Gabrielle, sat down at the table in the main dining hall. Gabrielle had taken two bowls of soap, bread, and utensils so she could eat her meal with her mother. That had left Ephiny alone with Cornelio, Adara, Maria, and Mary; she wasn't sure what to say so she remained fairly silent. It wasn't until halfway through her meal that Cornelio addressed her and he began his quizzing about Ephiny's lifestyle as an Amazon.

Ephiny noticed he was genuinely interested about the Amazon Nation and not prying. Near the end of the conversation, she was well convinced he actually accepted the concept of female warriors. She wasn't sure why he would but for some reason it stuck in the back of her mind that it had to do with all the women in his life. As Ephiny gazed about the dinner table, she understood now that Cornelio had a house full of strong willed women. And it seemed as if not only did Cornelio condoned it but inspired it for whatever reason. By the end of dinner, Ephiny had decided she really liked Cornelio and that he was probably one of the best people to come into Gabrielle's life.

Ephiny remained in the kitchen after dinner and helped Adara and Maria clean up. She would have felt guilty if she disappeared without offering some kind of help since they let her stay in the house. They all seemed to pick a particular duty: Adara stored away what food she could, Maria washed dishes, Ephiny dried them and handed them to Mary, whom put them away. Ephiny inwardly smiled at the order of operations and for some reason it brought a sense of home and family into her life. She secretly admitted to herself that being a little domestic wasn't all that bad as long as she agreed to it without being forced. She now understood it was a good way to get to know people and spend time with them as she was doing with Adara, Maria, and little Mary.

When they were almost finished cleaning up the kitchen, Gabrielle arrived with her dirty dishes. She handed them over to Maria and thanked her and Adara for dinner. Ephiny slipped closer to her friend and asked Gabrielle how her mother was tonight. Gabrielle had only replied with a sad 'okay' then kissed Ephiny on the cheek for her tenderness. Gabrielle then quietly left the kitchen and went back upstairs.

Ephiny blinked after Gabrielle had left. Never once had she received that type of affection from Gabrielle but she pushed it to the back of her mind. When she was finished in the kitchen, she said goodnight to Adara and Maria then went upstairs with Mary at her side.

"Is Gabrielle okay?" inquired the small girl as she lifted herself up each step, one at a time.

Ephiny smiled at Mary. "She'll be fine, Mary."

Mary sighed and put a lot of effort into getting up the next step. "Auntie Hecuba is not doing well… Gabrielle is upset."

"Yes she is," quietly agreed Ephiny. She shifted closer to the girl and bent down to one knee. "Come here, sweetie."

Mary came over to the much larger girl and was lifted into strong arms.

Ephiny hefted Mary up into her arms and briskly climbed the steps at a fast rate. "So do you know much about the Amazons, Mary?"

"I heard that you can turn into birds," whispered Mary, her eyes wide.

Ephiny almost laughed but there was a huge grin on her face. "Yes, that's why I have a feather in my hair."

"Really?" breathed the small girl in awe. "You can turn into a bird?"

The young Amazon's eyes just glowed at the child's enthusiasm. "It's a secret though, Mary… you can't tell anybody. Do you promise?"

Mary vigorously nodded her head then wrapped her slender arms around Ephiny's neck; her legs already locked around Ephiny's waist. "Can Gabby change into one too?"

Ephiny chuckled at the nickname the child just gave Gabrielle. "Yes, Gabrielle can too."

"Wooow," breathed out the child in awe. She looked at Ephiny as if she were Artemis herself. "Can you show me?"

Ephiny suddenly frowned and shook her head. "No, sweetie I'm afraid I can't as much as I want to."

"Why?" persisted the child.

"Because Artemis only likes us to do it when it's right to." Ephiny paused then added, "We're not allowed to do it for fun but only when we need to."

"Like if you're endangered or need to travel far?" asked the curious girl.

"Exactly," agreed Ephiny. She smiled then came to a stop by her door.

"Could you always become a bird?" further asked Mary.

Ephiny shook her head as she freed her right hand to grasp the doorknob. "No, sweetie… Artemis has to give us that power."

"You've met Artemis?"

The young Amazon chuckled as she pushed the door open. "No I haven't." She stepped into the bedroom to see Gabrielle sitting at a desk by the window; she was working on one of her scrolls. "Gabrielle?" she called.

The small bard pulled away from her scroll and looked at Ephiny. A smile instantly grew on her face at seeing the young child in Ephiny's arms.

"Mary wants to know how Artemis gave us the ability to turn into birds."

Gabrielle looked from the child and stared at Ephiny as if she had three heads. Ephiny lifted an eyebrow for emphasis then suddenly Gabrielle laughed and she smiled warmly at both Ephiny and Maria. "So Auntie Ephiny told you about our secret, Mary?"

Mary's face exploded with a full smile and her eyes lit bright. "Yes, she did."

"Now, you can't tell anybody, Mary… right?" Gabrielle stood up from her chair and approached the two. "Only Amazons are suppose to know about this but Ephiny and I trust you to keep a secret."

Mary thoroughly nodded her head then said, "I won't tell a soul, Gabby."

Gabrielle's smile turned lopsided at the nickname. "You promise?" she urged.

Ephiny chuckled as she stepped closer to the bed and lowered Mary onto the bed.

Mary scooted more onto the bed but her legs dangled off. "I won't, I promise."

"Okay," agreed Gabrielle and she came closer to Ephiny. "So you want to know how Artemis gave us the power to be transformed into birds?"

Mary bobbed her head up and down. "Please please, Gabby."

"Alright." Gabrielle had her hands on her hips then suddenly dropped them. "You see, when an Amazon is first born, Artemis comes down from Mount Olympus."

"What does Artemis look like?" interrupted the girl.

"She's beautiful," replied Gabrielle.

Ephiny nodded her head. "She's tall, Mary."

"Taller than you, Auntie?"

The young Amazon nodded and stretched her arm high up. "Much taller! About to here."

"Wow," squealed Mary.

"And she has hair dark as the night," added Gabrielle, "her eyes are a bright green."

"Like yours," clarified Mary.

"Yes but even brighter than mine." The small bard stepped closer to Mary, bent down to one knee and grasped Mary's knees. "When she looks at you, her eyes locked on yours, you can't help but fall into them. And if you stare long enough into her eyes, you'll be able to see a forest in them."

Mary breathed deeply and she almost thought she saw the trees and grass reflecting in Gabrielle's eyes.

Gabrielle slowly rose up as she spoke again. "Artemis wears gold plated armour and a sword at her side."

Ephiny stepped a little closer. "And on her back, Mary is a large bow that's almost as tall as her and she uses arrows with golden tips."

"She sounds beautiful," breathed out the child.

"She's one of the most beautiful on Mount Olympus," agreed Gabrielle. "Artemis is the best female warrior and she is very, very protective of her Amazons."

"Is that why she helps Amazons turn into birds?"

"Yes," replied Ephiny, "because she knows how much we fight and must have ways to protect ourselves."

"Exactly," agreed Gabrielle, "and Artemis's Amazons are born with the ability to turn into birds."

Mary suddenly had a confused look. "But Auntie Ephiny said that Artemis had to give each Amazon the ability."

"They do," hastily replied Gabrielle, "because when an Amazon is born, Artemis descends from Mount Olympus as a bird herself."

"A big bird too," piped in Ephiny, "bigger than any other bird in the wild. And she's amazingly beautiful as a bird too."

Gabrielle nodded her agreement. "When she comes down from Olympus, she perches on a tree just outside the hut where the Amazon mother is giving birth."

"What does she do?" whispered Mary.

Ephiny knelt a little and said, "She cranes her neck out like this." She stretched her neck out and narrowed her eyes "And just watches the baby Amazon's birth just to make sure the baby and mother are okay and happy."

Mary happily smiled at that.

Ephiny straightened up and said, "Then Artemis swoops down onto the ground and transforms into her human form." She glanced over at Gabrielle to take the lead.

"Artemis then goes into the hut after the healer has left." Gabrielle took a step closer to Mary. "She then comes to the mother's side of the bed and smiles down at her and the baby Amazon."

Mary stared up at Gabrielle, utterly memorized by the story.

"Artemis then will lift her hand and place it on the baby's chest." The small bard lifted her own hand and put it on Mary's chest. "She blesses the child and gives her the caste as a true Amazon of Artemis."

Mary sucked in a deep breath and felt as if Gabrielle was doing just that to her.

"And then very slowly, Artemis will lower her head…." Gabrielle bent her head forward. "Her lips touch the baby's forehead." She pressed her lips briefly against Mary's forehead then straightened back up. "In the instant of contact, Artemis bestows the baby Amazon with the ability to turn into a bird."

Mary's eyes suddenly switched to Ephiny when she moved closer and spoke.

"Afterwards, Artemis whispers a word of thank you to the mother Amazon then quickly walks out. And as soon as Artemis steps out of the hut, she transforms into a bird and flies off back to Mount Olympus."

Mary suddenly let out her breath she'd been holding since earlier.

"But that's not all of it," cut in Gabrielle, who knelt down again. "When Artemis flew off she also left behind a beautiful feather of all colours from her own tail feathers as a gift and symbol to the baby Amazon. And when the baby Amazon is old enough, the mother takes the feather and ties it into their hair."

Mary was so taken with the story and all she did was stretch her hand out and took Gabrielle's feather into her hand.

Ephiny was happily smiling with her arms folded over her chest. She admired the scene of the wonder struck child and how her attention was being held by Gabrielle and the feather.

Mary blinked and finally let go of Gabrielle's feather. "I wish I could turn into a bird."

The small bard softly laughed and clasped the girl's tiny hips. "There are many better things than just turning into a bird."

"Like what?" asked Mary, her eyebrows creased together.

"Like family," replied Gabrielle in a warm voice. "Artemis can give us the ability to turn into birds but she could never give us a family."

Mary looked down at her legs then lifted her head back up. "I wish I knew who my real mother and father were."

"I know," whispered the bard, "but sometimes families change and it turns out for the better."

Mary had lost her frown and started to smile now. "Yes, I have grandmom, grandfather, Auntie Maria and Auntie Hecuba." Her smile grew even wider. "And you're my big sister plus Auntie Ephiny… even Joseph."

Gabrielle softly laughed and reached up to brush back a stray strand of Mary's brown hair. "See? You have a very big family."

"I do." Mary was swinging her feet gently and felt better now. "Thank you, Gabby and Auntie Ephiny for the story."

"You're welcome," replied Ephiny.

Gabrielle quickly stood back up and stated, "And it's time for bed, Mary."

Mary's shoulders slumped but she nodded her head. "I am tired."

"I know." The Amazon Princess picked up Mary and put her on her feet. "Come on, sweetie."

"Will you tuck me into bed?" insisted Mary; she took Gabrielle's hand.

"Welllll...."

"Please?" begged the small girl.

Ephiny chuckled when Gabrielle looked at her for help. She just shrugged in response.

Gabrielle let out a sigh but she was smiling. "Okay. Let's go." She led Mary out of the bedroom.

The young Amazon stayed behind and when her friend and Mary left, she just chuckled to herself. She then decided it was time to get ready for bed too even though it was a little early for her. She figured when Gabrielle got back they would probably do some talking like always.

After Ephiny changed, she crawled into bed and got under the cool covers that quickly warmed around her body. She closed her eyes and it wasn't long before she started to drift off but the door's creak made her open her eyes again.

The small bard slipped into the room and quietly shut the door. "Hey."

"Hey," greeted the young Amazon. "Ready for bed?"

Gabrielle simply nodded and crossed over to her saddlebags near the desk. She took a second first to roll up her scroll and placed her quill next to it. She then knelt down and dug through her clothes until she found her clean shift. After she was out of her clothes and in her shift, she blew out the surrounding candles on the walls. "Brrr it's cold."

"I know, get in bed." Ephiny blinked when the darkness fell over the room but she lifted the sheets some when she saw Gabrielle's figure. She sensed Gabrielle getting in and snuggled up to her side for warmth.

"Oh give me some of your heat," teased the small bard.

"Yes, my princess," joked the young Amazon. She then grunted from a poke she received in her side from Gabrielle. Ephiny then glanced to her right and was thankful for the streams of moonlight coming through the window.

"Are you tired?" whispered the slave.

"Mmmm." Ephiny turned her head back. "Not just yet."

"Neither am I." Gabrielle scooted closer to Ephiny.

"Wait, wait," protested the Amazon. "Scoot back to the middle and I'll come over. I'm not about to get pushed off this bed."

Gabrielle giggled a little but backed up some into the mid but cool part of the bed. "Hurry," she urged between chattering teeth.

Ephiny merely grinned as she scooted over and was instantly wrapped up by an arm and leg. "Better?"

The Amazon Princess nodded and rested her head on Ephiny's shoulder. "You're so much warmer than me."

"Oh yeah, I'm just so hot," joked Ephiny with a roll of her eyes.

Gabrielle chuckled as her eyes slipped shut. "Thank you, Eph."

The Amazon turned her head to the left and rested it against Gabrielle's. "For what?"

"Coming here with me." Gabrielle briefly shivered when a cold chill went down her back. "I really appreciate it."

Ephiny softly smiled and began rubbing Gabrielle's back. "You're welcome."

The small bard stifled the starts of a yawn. "You are going back to the Nation for summer break, right?"

"Oh yes," replied the Amazon. "Have you thought about it?"

Gabrielle let out a small sigh and considered her options. She finally answered the question after about a minute. "I think I might stay in the Nation but I'll have to get Cornelio's permission first."

Ephiny slightly raised an eyebrow at that.

"Not that I truly have to but I know he'd appreciate me seeking his approval before hand."

A faint sigh came from Ephiny. "Yeah, you're right… it's the right thing to do." She was quiet for awhile as she focused on rubbing her friend's back. "Eponin will probably train you to be an Amazon."

"Gods," breathed the bard in awe. "I guess so." A thought occurred to her that made her frown. "I guess I'll have to learn how to fight too."

"Yes," agreed the Amazon. She then furrowed her eyebrows because of Gabrielle's tone. "You don't want to?"

"It's not that I don't it's just… I don't want to kill, Eph."

Ephiny instinctively tightened her hold on Gabrielle. "You… you don't have to, Gabrielle."

Gabrielle bit her lower lip but after she released it, she asked, "Have you killed?"

"No," whispered the Amazon, "I hope I never do but… I think it's a bit unavoidable."

The small bard's shoulders slumped.

"But I think if you only fight with a staff, Gabrielle, you should be fine."

"You think so?" insisted the Amazon Princess.

Ephiny smiled at the concern in her friend's voice. "Yes, it's kinda hard to kill with a blunt object like that."

"Not impossible though."

"No," slowly agreed Ephiny, "but a lot harder than just running a sword through somebody."

Gabrielle had to agree as she considered the idea. "I think I'll stick to the staff then."

"It's a good idea." And for some reason, Ephiny couldn't ever imagine her friend killing somebody. It was as if Gabrielle was destined to always remain innocent and pure. Ephiny secretly admitted to herself she would sacrifice her own innocence to see that Gabrielle stayed true to her ideals and beliefs. "I think you'll be an amazing Amazon."

"I don't know," countered the bard. "I wasn't born for this."

"Hmmm." The young Amazon felt a soft smile touch her lips. "I don't agree." She squeezed the small bard then added, "Time will tell."

"You have more faith than me," argued the Amazon Princess.

"I always have faith in you, Gabrielle." Ephiny again squeezed Gabrielle tightly to offer comfort. "Always."

The small bard tightened her arms around Ephiny to return the gesture.

"Go to sleep," whispered Ephiny.

A smug look developed on the Amazon Princess's face. "Yes, my loyal subject."

The Amazon grunted and just shook her head. "Sleep well."

"You too, Eph." Gabrielle slowly slipped away into her dreamscape. Her dreamscape wasn't as peaceful as it had been for the past several months though.

Ephiny slept a little better but even she was worried and mostly about Gabrielle. Despite she was asleep she seemed to still be in a faint state of consciousness as they slept.

Hecuba rolled her head to the left and her blurry vision partially focused on Adara.

Adara continued to touch the mother's forehead with a wet cloth, beads of water rolling down Hecuba's temple. "Hecuba?" she whispered in hopes to keep her conscious.

Hecuba softly moaned and closed her eyes. "I'm… slipping, Adara," she quietly rasped. Her body was extremely hot, almost on fire yet she shivered with the coldest of chills. She felt as if she was winter's ice in a burning fire.

"You're going to be fine," assured Adara. She continued to touch the younger woman's brow with the now drying cloth. She pulled the cloth away and dipped it in the bowl of water on the floor by the bed. She retuned it to Hecuba's forehead.

Maria now appeared beside the kneeling Adara and she visually inspected Hecuba. She could even tell Hecuba was just barely hanging onto life. She'd been awoken in the middle of the night by the soft moaning. Her room was next door to Hecuba's and Adara had opted to spend the night in Hecuba's room to watch over her.

Hecuba's dimming green eyes lifted up to Maria's constricted face. "Bring Gabrielle, Maria," she requested in a shaky voice.

Maria tensed and looked at Adara.

Adara felt a swell enter her throat. She dipped her head for a moment then looked up at Maria.

Maria had never seen such a grief stricken look before on Adara's face. Not even her son's death, Michulus's death, had brought on such a dreaded look on Adara. It placed fear and pain in Maria's heart.

"Awaken Gabrielle," quietly ordered Adara. Her voice had cracked and her eyes pricked with unshed tears.

Maria felt her knees weaken yet she urged her body to move and she left the small room.

Adara returned her attention to the dying woman and tried to ease her coming passing. She continued cooling her brow and whispering words of faith and encouragement.

Maria gently opened the door to the guestroom and she poked her head in, a candle in her right hand. She silently stepped in and raised the candle for better light. Immediately her heart ached when she saw Gabrielle tucked deeply in the Amazon's arms and head under the Amazon's chin. She could even tell how much Gabrielle actually meant to Ephiny, probably more than Gabrielle realized.

Maria wet her lips then stepped up to the bed. With her freehand, she gently aroused the small bard.

Gabrielle rubbed the sleep out of her eyes and her vision cleared. "Maria?" she softly spoke.

"You must come," whispered Maria, "it's your mother."

The Amazon Princess didn't hesitate and she efficiently slipped out of Ephiny's arms. When she got out of the bed, she turned and tucked the covers back over the young Amazon. Her stomach was already feeling sick and her entire body was weakening with fear.

Maria ambled out and guided the small bard to her mother's room at the other end of the hall. She didn't need to explain what was going on because Gabrielle already knew without question. She slipped into the room and let Gabrielle in next.

The young slave crossed the distance to her mother's bedside. She relieved Adara of the wet cloth and now took Adara's spot by her mother's bed.

Adara took Maria's candle and lit a few more candles on the dresser near the window. She then clasped Maria's arm and quietly ushered her out. Adara stepped into the hallway with Maria but she turned back and closed the door for privacy.

After the door clicked, Gabrielle finally spoke. "How are you, mom?"

Hecuba's eyes fluttered and she tried to focus on her oldest child. "Gabrielle?"

"It's me, mom." Gabrielle lifted the damp cloth and kissed her mother's heated forehead. She then returned to pressing the cool compress to her mother's head and did her cheeks as well.

Hecuba inhaled a wheezy breath and pulled her right hand out from under the covers. Her frail, hot hand wrapped around Gabrielle's wrist and ceased her tender care. "No more, Gabrielle."

"Mom?" Urgency was in the bard's voice.

"No more," repeated Hecuba and now she smiled her assurance.

Gabrielle felt her throat tighten and her stomach knot up. She removed the cloth and merely returned it to the bowl on the floor. Now she laced her left hand through her mother's hand and tightly held on in hopes she'd never lose her mother.

"I'm going to go soon, Gabrielle," whispered Hecuba, her eyes dull yet her tone grew calming.

"No," refuted the bard, "it's not your time."

"It is," gently spoke the mother. "It is my time."

Gabrielle's eyes began to burn with tears and her pulse grew stronger. "No, mom don't say this… not now, not ever."

"Ssssh," lovingly soothed Hecuba. "It'll be okay, Gabrielle." She eased a caring smile. "You'll be okay."

"Mom, don't leave me… please," begged Gabrielle, "you're all I have left. Don't leave me alone."

Hecuba felt her own throat tighten and her chest heavy with emotions but she did not cry. "I would never leave you… you are never alone, Gabrielle." She licked her lips and turned her head to the left, her gaze went beyond her daughter. "Go to my dresser."

Gabrielle didn't move but finally her mother's words soaked into her mind. She forced herself to stand and she went over to the dresser.

"Bring me that small black pouch."

The Amazon Princess searched and finally found the pouch carefully tucked behind a scroll. She gingerly held it in her right hand and came back to the bedside. She knelt again and held the pouch out to her mother.

With both hands, Hecuba retrieved the black pouch and with much effort, she opened it. She cupped Gabrielle's hand in her own left hand and with her right hand she poured the contents into Gabrielle's palm.

The bard felt a cool metal touched her skin and when she gazed down, she could see something silver flash at her. When the black pouch was out of her view, she focused on the item in her hands. Her breathing stopped yet her heart thundered against her chest as she stared at the necklace in her hand.

"I saved it… during the raid," rasped Hecuba, "I couldn't… couldn't let them take it."

Gabrielle covered her mouth with her freehand and tears freely flowed down her cheeks. She muffled a whimper between her hand then lowered her hand from her mouth. She gently touched the sterling silver quill pendent that rested on top of the chain. It was her birthday gift from Xena that she'd received a day before the raid. Finally she looked to her mother and asked, "How? I didn't know…."

Hecuba had quietly enjoyed Gabrielle's disbelief in being reunited with the precious gift from Xena. "When we got off the horses and the raiders surrounded us."

"You covered us," recalled the bard, "Lila and I."

Hecuba faintly nodded her head.

"We were lying in the cut stalks of wheat," whispered the bard. The day clearly came back to her like it was only a few candlemarks ago. She could still feel her mother's protective form covering her and Lila; the raiders' horses whining and stomping at the ground as the raiders approached them. She could now recall how her mother's hands had quickly gone to the back of her neck. She now realized in that brief instant that her mother had carefully removed the necklace to hide it away from the raiders. She finally came out of her memories and focused on her mother again. "How'd you hide it for so long?"

Hecuba reached up with her right hand and gently stroked her daughter's closest cheek. "A mother doesn't give all her secrets, honey."

Gabrielle clutched the necklace in her hand as she bent forward and brought her arms around her mother.

Hecuba wrapped her arms around her daughter and held her as tightly as possible. She closed her eyes to contain her tears when Gabrielle began to cry furiously against her chest. "Sssh, Gabrielle." She stroked her daughter's hair and slowly closed her eyes. "You will be okay."

Gabrielle said nothing, couldn't say anything as she buried her face deeper into Hecuba's neck.

"You will go on," murmured the mother. She took in wheezy breath but continued to coax her daughter. "You will grow into a famous bard." She turned her head and kissed her daughter's temple. "And you will be free." She felt her chest growing heavy but not from Gabrielle's weight. Even now, her legs were losing sensations but she knew this was coming and she embraced it. "Look at me, Gabrielle. Please."

Gabrielle bit her lip but she gradually lifted her head and peered down at her mother.

Hecuba tried to wipe the tears away from Gabrielle's cheek but they continued to cascade down her daughter's face. "Promise me you will not give up."

The bard shook her head and rasped, "I have nothing left."

"Yes you do," insisted Hecuba, "you have your future, your talents…." She wiped several more tears away then quietly added, "Your hope." She smiled again- a type of smile that was from her love. "And you must find your sister."

Gabrielle shook her head and began to cry even harder. "She's… she's…."

"She's alive," insisted Hecuba.

"How can you… you be sure?" breathed Gabrielle.

"I know, Gabrielle." Hecuba put her left hand over her daughter's chest. "So do you, you know. Can you feel her?"

Gabrielle understood her mother's words; she had always felt a connection with her sister. It was something only sisters had between each other and she felt it, it still thrived and pulsated maybe dull but there and still strong. Gabrielle started to nod and she clasped her hand with Hecuba's.

"Find her," whispered Hecuba. "You will see her again."

Gabrielle's tears now returned and she leaned forward again. She gently rested in her mother's arms and held on for as long as she could now.

Hecuba again rested her eyes and her strength was fading. Her arms remain snug against Gabrielle with the last of her will. She continued to sooth her daughter in hopes it'd ease the pain in her heart but she knew she could never stop the pain.

Gabrielle drew in a heavy breath despite she could barely breathe. She now whispered, "Tell father I love him, that I miss him."

"I will," murmured the fading mother. She stroked her daughter's back and then her hand stilled but she didn't loosen her embrace. "Father and I will be with you always, Gabrielle."

"I know," rasped the bard. She buried her face in deeper. Her chest burned and her body felt incredibly heavy now.

"Never give up, Gabrielle," whispered Hecuba. Her arms were loosening and her breathing was moving into a decrescendo.

Gabrielle still clutched tightly to the necklace as she still firmly held to her mother. "I promise, mom… I'll never give up." Her words seemed to ease her mother as her mother's arms grew looser. Gabrielle squeezed her eyes tightly and her body swelled with anger and her heart crushed with pain. "I love you, mommy."

Hecuba inhaled one last time and with her last breath, she warmly murmured, "And I love you, Gabrielle." She turned her head and with her remaining strength, she pressed her cooling lips against Gabrielle's temple.

Gabrielle tightened her arms even harder when her mother's arms went limp then gradually slipped off Gabrielle's back. She suddenly whaled in agonizing pain and she wanted to scream. Scream to bring her mother back so that her mother would hear but her demand never left her lips. She had no strength and she only felt as if life was stabbing her with a sword in her heart and into her soul.

Gabrielle was never sure how long she remained in the room, holding onto her mother's lifeless body. It wasn't until a warm hand touched her back again that she realized Adara and Maria had reentered the room. She wouldn't look at them, she couldn't face them and she didn't want to face life now. Yet with Maria's help, she was able to slowly release her mother and get back up on her feet. Before she did so, she made sure to place one last kiss to her mother's white cheek and in daze, she was led out of the dark room and back to her room.

Ephiny had awoken when she'd heard Gabrielle's loud crying at the other end of the hall. Maria and Adara had urged her not to go into the room and let Gabrielle release her mother to the afterlife. Ephiny had internally fought herself to barge into the room and help her friend despite she knew there was nothing she could truly do.

Now though, Ephiny knew Gabrielle would need somebody or something to clutch onto so that she knew life did continue. Ephiny now stood in the doorway as she saw Maria helping Gabrielle back down the hall to their room. Ephiny swallowed and embraced her friend when she was close enough.

Maria carefully gazed at the Amazon in question.

Ephiny merely nodded her head and ushered the princess into the bedroom. She pushed the bedsheets out of the way again and helped Gabrielle into bed.

The young slave crawled into the bed and drowned into the comfort of Ephiny's arms when Ephiny got in with her. She tried to hide away from her own pain but she could not even though she tried to dam out her emotions. She shook all night, cried and still clutched the quill necklace in her hand. Her fisted hand pressed against her lip in seemingly endless kiss.

Gabrielle faded into her pain from her mother's death and for a long time, she didn't recall much after her mother's death. She'd eventually returned to the Academy after her mother's burial but she didn't even remember the ride back to Athens. Her mind seemed to only retain fragments of things as the late winter blinked past her eyes. She'd never felt so numb against the world but her mother's death had set the seed in her heart.

Ephiny was the only one that seemed to recall any of it. She still could feel the cold wind nipping at her face when she stood in front of the deep hole dug out for Hecuba. She'd kept her cloak tight against her body yet it never seemed to stop the cold wind from biting at her.

She'd seen many people laid to rest but only one other burial had emotionally shattered her. Her mother's funeral pyre was the first and then later Hecuba's burial further ate away at her. She could still see Gabrielle bending beside Hecuba's open sarcophagus and placing the golden coin into Hecuba's open mouth. It was the coin that would see Hecuba's way across the Rivers Styx on Cheron's boat.

And then several unknown men that Cornelio knew closed the lid and lifted the simple sarcophagus to place it within the hole. Adara then read the prayers for Hecuba's safe journey to the afterlife and finally to her husband whom awaited for her. As Adara read, the same men began to refill the hole steadily and in harmony to Adara's prayers.

Ephiny had turned her head to gaze at her friend.

Gabrielle remained still, her head dipped, and her eyes cold as the wind that fought with her. She was silent but watched her mother's burial hole begin to fill with dirt.

Ephiny knew Gabrielle was physically there yet she was almost sure Gabrielle's soul had left her body. She'd never seen Gabrielle's eyes so incredibly dull and lifeless.

Ephiny then recalled lowering her gaze to Gabrielle's right hand that was fisted just below the sleeve of the cloak. She remembered wondering what it was that Gabrielle held so dearly and refused to let the light of day shine within her hand. She never asked and never pried but she was forever curious to find out what it was that Gabrielle clung to so carefully to in her hand. She only knew whatever the item was that it was enough to keep Gabrielle moving on, it was just enough and Ephiny was forever grateful. She knew there would be an end to Gabrielle's concealment of her emotions and heart.

But Ephiny feared how long it would take. How long would Gabrielle hide away? When would Ephiny see her friend again and see that radiant smile return? Could hope return to Gabrielle's murky green eyes?

Right now though, Ephiny was taking a seat on the soft moss, her back leaning into an oak tree. She felt a soft smile touch her lips as she dropped her head against the tree. Beside her, she sensed Gabrielle settling down and they continued to enjoy the last of their afternoon.

Gabrielle pulled her legs up against her chest and hugged her legs tightly. She'd come to need this position more and more of lately.

Ephiny gazed over at her friend and offered a smile. "Thanks for coming out."

The bard returned the smile but it wasn't very deep. "It is a nice day," she agreed and looked back over the greening forest.

"Spring is setting in," quietly agreed the Amazon. She bit her lower lip as she studied the forest, her stomach turned. She was nervous, incredibly nervous and she knew why. Not only was today the Spring Solstice, full Spring time, but it was also Gabrielle's sixteenth birthday. Originally Ephiny had planned to celebrate her friend's birthday with the boys' help yet after Hecuba's death, she'd decided on another route. She knew Gabrielle would want something more peaceful.

"I love spring," suddenly but quietly mentioned the bard.

The young Amazon now looked at her friend. She was surprised by the admission but yet relieved. "It's a sign of hope returning," she assured. And then Gabrielle looked at her with grey-green eyes that broke Ephiny's heart. She reached over and gently touched Gabrielle's cheek. "There's always hope."

Gabrielle leaned her head into Ephiny's hand and her eyes drifted shut. She hadn't taken any affection since the night of her mother's death. She refused it and refused giving it out but something in her now ached for it.

Ephiny felt her heart breathe again at Gabrielle's resolve starting to give. She scooted a little closer and let her shoulder brush up against Gabrielle's.

When Ephiny's hand left her cheek, Gabrielle opened her eyes and gave a shy smile. "Why did we leave so early from the Academy grounds?"

The young Amazon chuckled and touched the bard's nose. When Gabrielle's expression crinkled playfully, Ephiny just laughed and a soft smile whisked her lips. "Because I thought we could use it." She shrugged and added, "We haven't left the Academy for a trail ride in awhile."

Gabrielle had to agree. She glanced over at their horses, whom nibbled on the grass not too far off. She then returned her gaze to Ephiny and she felt something soften deep in her. "I'm glad we did," she agreed.

"I know," quietly agreed the Amazon. "It's been a hard winter."

Gabrielle didn't say anything; she merely nodded and lowered her chin down onto her knees.

Ephiny carefully brought her right arm across Gabrielle's back. She wasn't sure if Gabrielle would draw away but she took a chance.

The slave was tense momentarily but then she relented. Her posture loosened and she actually leaned into Ephiny. She and Ephiny were quiet for awhile yet she peered up at Ephiny. "Eph?"

The older teenager gazed down in question.

"Thank you," whispered the bard.

Ephiny furrowed her eyebrows and asked, "Why?"

"Because you've been here for me… every step of the way." Gabrielle swallowed and pulled her arms away from her legs. "You're probably the most patient person I've met."

Ephiny tilted her head, still a little confused.

Gabrielle sighed but not at Ephiny, more at herself. She reached across and took Ephiny's left hand into her lap when she lowered her legs. She firmly held Ephiny's hand then explained her earlier words. "I know I've been really distant these past moons… and you've respected that." She drew in an unsteady breath and quietly added, "You don't know how much that's meant to me."

"Yes I do," reassured Ephiny. She leaned her head over and caught Gabrielle's gaze. "When I lost my mother, I too fell into the same pattern as you have… I stopped feeling and I didn't want to feel."

Gabrielle chewed on her lower lip almost hard enough to break skin. "How'd you move on?"

"It took awhile," admitted Ephiny, "and it does still hurt." She reached up and her fingertips touched Gabrielle's chin. "But Eponin was there for me. She let me have my space so I could work my way out but she remained at my side, patient as ever. Eventually I broke and she was there for me."

Gabrielle felt Ephiny's touch leave her chin but their hands reclasped in her lap. "Ephiny… how did you make it stop hurting?"

The Amazon sighed and leaned her head in the rest of the way. She kissed Gabrielle's warm forehead then pulled back. She straightened up a little then laced her left hand through Gabrielle's hand. "One day while I was at my mother's remembrance marker, I was sitting there… like always." She stared ahead through the forest but her eyes were glazed with memories. "I spoke with my mother like any other time, I cried too and I hurt just as much as the first moment she died." She inhaled deeply then looked at Gabrielle finally. "To this day I'm not sure what it was, Gabrielle but I guess I realized I was tired of hurting, of crying, and of painfully wishing for her to live again. I learned to accept it and let it go." She bit her lower lip a little but she then softly whispered, "From that day on, I decided to celebrate my mother's memory in the life she lived… not in what I lost."

Gabrielle remained silent and she finally tore her gaze away from Ephiny. She now felt the night of her mother's death and the morning of her burial crash on her. She suddenly turned her body to Ephiny and Ephiny caught her and pulled her into her arms.

Gabrielle gasped for her first breath of hope as she snuggled into Ephiny's arms.

Ephiny dropped her head back against the tree, closed her eyes, and felt relief wash over her. She sensed hot tears rolling down her neck and she knew they were Gabrielle's tears of release. She knew now the healing would begin and she could not think of a better gift for Gabrielle.

Gabrielle eventually brought her head up for fresh air. She sucked in a deep breath and warm hands carefully wiped her tears off her cheeks. She actually gently laughed and tried to get rid of the tear stains as well.

Ephiny faintly grinned and brushed Gabrielle's golden hair back to see her better. "Did that help?"

"Gods yes," quietly agreed the bard. "Thank you."

"I'm always here," promised the Amazon.

Gabrielle smiled shyly and nodded her head. She then turned, sat on the ground, and now comfortably situated herself between Ephiny's legs and leaned back.

Ephiny enjoyed Gabrielle being closer to her again. She wrapped her arms around her friend's chest and tugged her body in closer.

The Amazon Princess leaned back and laid into her friend. She relished the comfort and protection that Ephiny willingly offered her. She knew she'd been blessed to have befriended Ephiny and she vowed never to take Ephiny for granted. Her mother was right, she was never alone.

Ephiny leaned her head forward and rested her chin on Gabrielle's shoulder. "Give it time. I promise you it'll get easier."

"I know," agreed the bard. She reached up and rubbed Ephiny's arm. She knew it was reassuring to Ephiny as much as it was to her.

Ephiny smiled a little and rubbed the side of her face against Gabrielle's. She was rewarded by a soft chuckled from Gabrielle. The laugh filled Ephiny and she squeezed Gabrielle tightly for a brief moment. "It is so wonderful to see you again."

Gabrielle squeezed Ephiny's arm again. "I know… as you said, I just need time."

"And I'll be here for you," promised the Amazon.

"Thank you," replied Gabrielle. She couldn't see Ephiny's smile but she knew it was there and it caused her to smile too for the first time in a long time. It felt so good to smile again.

"You know what?" whispered Ephiny.

"What's that?" quietly whispered back Gabrielle, as if she was about to be told a big secret.

"This is my favourite day," murmured Ephiny, "for three reasons."

Gabrielle actually had a grin on her face. "What are the three reasons?"

"First," started Ephiny, "it's the Spring Solstice."

"Uh huh… and?"

Ephiny tightened her embrace around Gabrielle then whispered, "Second, you've come back."

Gabrielle sadly smiled at her friend's words. She leaned her head over and nuzzled her face into Ephiny's cheek. "Third?" she murmured.

"This is the most important," insisted the Amazon.

Gabrielle drew back and lifted an inquisitive eyebrow. Now both her eyebrows lifted into her bangs when Ephiny wildly grinned.

"Third, it is your birthday."

Gabrielle jaw unclenched and her mouth hung open. She hadn't even realized it until now; today was her sixteenth birthday. She clamped her mouth shut and she actually laughed. "By the gods… it is… I forgot."

Ephiny chuckled and brought her a freehand up. She poked her friend's nose. "I didn't."

"You didn't," agreed the Amazon Princess. Then without thought, she leaned in and captured Ephiny's lips in a very light kiss. Just as quickly as she took Ephiny's lips, she pulled away and said, "Thank you."

Ephiny blinked and her cheeks were on fire. She cleared her throat and could only mustard out, "Happy birthday."

Gabrielle giggled at her friend's shocked reaction. She settled down and just softly smiled at Ephiny. She then leaned back in but paused when her lips brushed Ephiny's.

Ephiny didn't move, she remained still except for closing her eyes.

The bard held her breath as her heart fought about whether this was right. She relaxed and gave into her feelings for Ephiny as she gently took Ephiny's lips now.

The Amazon softly moaned into the tender kiss. She didn't press it and let Gabrielle take control.

Gabrielle's right hand came up and tangled into Ephiny's curly tresses. She whimpered some as she opened her mouth and pushed her tongue forward.

Ephiny shocked with heat that caused her to moan again when Gabrielle's tongue touched her own. Gabrielle timidly explored Ephiny's mouth and then Gabrielle slowly pulled back.

Gabrielle drowned in a deep breath of air and dropped her forehead against Ephiny's. She breathed heavily for several seconds as she tried to collect her thoughts. "Eph?"

"Yeah?" whispered the just as shocked Amazon.

"What was that?"

"Hmmm… a kiss, Gabrielle," concluded the brilliant Amazon.

There was a brief silence then suddenly Gabrielle's body shook with a silent laugh.

Ephiny's lips broke into a smile.

Suddenly Gabrielle started to actually laugh and Ephiny joined her.

The pair fell backwards, Gabrielle on top of Ephiny and the soft moss cushioned them with ease. After a minute, they settled down and just remained in each other's embrace. Gabrielle tucked her head under Ephiny's chin and closed her eyes as she tried to take in her own actions.

Ephiny squeezed her friend then loosened her hold. "Are you okay?"

"Yes," came the honest reply. "You?"

The Amazon was okay as long as Gabrielle was too. "Yes," she simply replied and closed her eyes. As she replayed the kiss in her head, her smile broke out across her face.

Gabrielle must have been doing the same thing because she started to giggle. She settled down and timidly asked, "Am I bad a kisser?"

Ephiny laughed at the outright question. She decided to tease her friend. "You could use some practice."

"Hey!" shot back the bard, she swatted Ephiny's side. "I'd like to see you do better."

Ephiny raised her head to take on the challenge.

Gabrielle caught the movement and she lifted her own head.

Ephiny sat up, one hand behind her and the other hand captured Gabrielle's chin. Her rich caramel eyes swirled with fulfilment for a challenge. "Gabrielle, never challenge an Amazon." She suddenly leaned her head into Gabrielle's.

The bard's breath was stolen when Ephiny's lips sealed with hers. She held tightly to the Amazon's waist as Ephiny's tongue danced with hers. She never felt such a sharp surge of heat burn in her stomach and grow deeper. When Ephiny started to pull back, she resisted and pressed her lips harder against Ephiny's.

Ephiny grinned into the continued kiss but she had to breathe. She pulled back from the whimpering bard but she ended it with a gentle nip to Gabrielle's sweet lower lip.

Gabrielle softly moaned and her eyes opened to lock on very rich amber eyes. She pouted a little and said, "You kiss way better."

Ephiny dropped her head back and just laughed.

Gabrielle slightly blushed and suddenly threw her arms back around Ephiny's body.

The air was knocked out Ephiny and she fell backwards again. She still managed a few more laughs but she sucked in deeply as Gabrielle hugged her. She remained quiet for awhile while Gabrielle collected her thoughts.

"Ephiny?"

The Amazon noted the seriousness in her friend's tone. She went a little ridged but tried to remain calm. "Yeah?" she whispered and started rubbing Gabrielle's back. But when nothing forthcoming came from the bard, she started to worry a little. "It bothered you?"

Gabrielle sighed and closed her eyes as she rested her head on Ephiny's chest. "The kissing?"

"That and… well the fact you wanted to?" suggested the Amazon.

The bard considered it as she toyed with loose strands of Ephiny's hair. "No… not really," she admitted. "I mean yes in another way."

Ephiny let out a sigh but she tried not to worry too much. She could talk this out. "Why no?"

"No in the way of kissing another girl," bashfully admitted the Amazon Princess.

Ephiny admitted she was surprised and her question came out shocked. "Really?"

"Yeah," uttered the bard, "I've… I've kissed…." She sighed and finally said it. "I've kissed another girl before."

Ephiny blinked a few times and replayed Gabrielle's words. She hadn't expected that at all and she had to be sure. "Not just your sister or mother?" She paused and then added, "You mean another female?"

Gabrielle swallowed and nodded her head. "Yeah," she murmured, "Three years ago…." She swallowed when she realized it was three years ago to date. "Exactly three years ago."

Ephiny could hear the emotions in Gabrielle's shaking voice. She quickly pushed up and lifted her friend with her. She now sat down and helped Gabrielle sit down in front of her. She looked into Gabrielle's liquid green eyes and took Gabrielle's smaller hands. "She meant a lot to you… I can tell."

"She…." Gabrielle looked up into Ephiny's eyes but she felt uneasy. Her gaze fell and she dipped her head forward but Ephiny didn't give in to it.

The Amazon tilted her friend's head back up and tried to show reassurance. "Please tell me, Gabrielle." Ephiny knew little of Gabrielle's past life before the Academy but she felt it was important to know everything. She would take whatever she could get and whatever Gabrielle offered. "It's important to me."

"Why?" Gabrielle fingered Ephiny's hand from her chin and laced their hands together. "It doesn't matter now… she's gone."

"How do you know?" refuted the Amazon.

Gabrielle's head tilted forward again and she shook it. "I don't know but…."

Ephiny leaned her head forward, her forehead touching the top of Gabrielle's head. She whispered, "Please share her with me."

Gabrielle kept her eyes closed tightly. She was quiet for along while and Ephiny wasn't sure if she would ever speak. Then finally, Gabrielle let go of her long kept secret and breathed out her name. "Xena." She lifted her head and met Ephiny's confused gaze. "Her name was Xena."

The name seemed to imprint Ephiny's mind forever from that point on. She never knew why but it did and it was even harder to forget how Gabrielle's eyes grew so hopeless when she'd said this woman's name. Ephiny drew in a calming breath and asked, "Who was she?"

"She was… my heart," whispered Gabrielle. "I don't know how or why but she was… she was everything to me."

Ephiny could tell this other woman must have been by the way Gabrielle spoke and seemed to cling to each word. "What happened to her?"

"I don't know," admitted Gabrielle. "When my village was attacked by the raiders, my family, myself, and Xena… we all tried to escape." Her lips fastened together for a moment then she finally continued her story. "My father was on our workhorse. My mother, my sister, and I were riding the other horse, he was faster and Xena… she was with Potestas on a golden mare." Her green eyes dimmed with hidden memories. "We rode in the wheat field, at full gallop in a group until the raiders broke us apart."

Ephiny searched her friend's face and in her mind Gabrielle's memories flashed before her.

Two raiders instantly broke apart the group, Herodotus went one way while Potestas, Xena went another way with Hecuba, Gabrielle, and Lila beside them.

Gabrielle had briefly seen the two raiders catch her father but she dug her head into Lila's. She couldn't bare to see them slice her father apart. In the background, she could just make out Xena verbally fighting with Potestas but she never knew about what.

But then the horse she rode suddenly had a surge of strength when Hecuba kicked him harder. She almost felt a rush of hope but when she looked behind, she saw several raiders on horseback catching up to them. She squealed in fear and screamed, "Mother!"

Hecuaba stole a quick glance and fearfully rasped, "Oh gods."

Gabrielle screamed suddenly when two raiders came along either side of their horse. One raider slashed at them with his sword and that forced them to ride further away from Xena.

"Gabrielle!" screamed out Xena.

Gabrielle turned her gaze to Xena, who was so far away. Her face suddenly went wet with burning tears and she was filled with dread.

Hecuba tried to get away from the raiders but they finally caught her. Her tired stallion couldn't outrun them any longer and he came to a gradual stop. Hecuba gathered her daughters in her arms and got them out of the saddle. She tried to carry them and run from the raiders as one dismounted as well. She didn't get far and gave up; she dropped to her knees and pulled the two girls under her.

Gabrielle peered through her mother's protective arms and saw an approaching raider with his sword out. She screamed, grabbed Lila, and tried to run but the raider came after them.

The other raider, still on horseback, seized Hecuba and started lashing her hands together.

Gabrielle curled her body over Lila's and she trembled in fear with her sister. She cried out as the raider suddenly grabbed her by her hair and tried to shake her. She wouldn't let go of Lila and the raider grew frustrated and smacked Gabrielle hard across the back of the head.

Gabrielle cried out in pain and then everything went black when something hard slammed the back of her head. Her only next memory was waking up in a tent, shackles on, and a very large man guarding them.

Ephiny closed her eyes as she sharply inhaled. She finally looked at Gabrielle and pulled her scared friend into her arms.

Gabrielle held tightly and whispered, "I don't know what happened to her, Eph."

The Amazon tucked her face into Gabrielle's neck as Gabrielle's face pushed into Ephiny's face. "I'm sure she's still alive."

The young slave girl shook her head and closed her eyes. "I don't know."

"It'll be okay," gently promised the Amazon.

"I know," quietly agreed the bard.

Ephiny pulled back from the embrace and studied Gabrielle's stricken face. "Xena… she means a lot to you?"

Gabrielle wiped her tears away and slowly nodded her head. "She did… does…." She shook her head in confusion, she was never sure if Xena was or wasn't alive. Somedays it seemed like Xena could still be alive and other days perhaps not.

The young Amazon had carefully watched the conflicting emotions shift across Gabrielle's face. She breathed deeply then whispered, "Have you looked for her yet?"

The slave shook her head. "How could I? I've been a slave."

"I know but…." Ephiny steadily breathed as her mind worked very fast. "Don't you think Cornelio would let you look? I mean logically, where should you start?" She peered up into Gabrielle's eyes. "Your hometown?"

The Amazon Princess shook her head and she tried to regain her composure. She quietly replied, "Amphipolis."

"That's where she's from?"

"Yes." Gabrielle had finally wiped her tears away and she straightened her back out. "That's where she'd probably be."

The Amazon brightened and hastily said, "We will go there."

"Ephin-"

"We will," cut off the Amazon, "Think about it, Gabrielle." Ephiny laced her hands through Gabrielle's. "Summer break will be soon… we'll have three moons off." She released one hand and brushed back Gabrielle's loose hair. "I'm sure Queen Melosa will let us go on a trip. We can go to Amphipolis… find Xena."

So many emotions struck Gabrielle at once from the promise of seeking Xena. She felt excited at knowing she could be reunited with her best friend. And she was scared, incredibly scared she'd be only reunited with a grave for Xena.

Ephiny saw the conflicting emotions and she tried to brush them off Gabrielle's face with her hand. She couldn't do it and she knew why but her words came out softly. "We'll find out what's happened to her," she promised.

Slowly Gabrielle met Ephiny's gaze and she absorbed the Amazon's strength. She accepted the idea but chided herself not to get her hopes up; she had to expect the worse despite hoping for the best. She sucked in a deep breath and quietly uttered, "I'd like to go back to Potidaea too… back home."

Ephiny hadn't thought about it and wouldn't have suggested either because she knew it'd be hard on Gabrielle. Yet she slowly nodded her head. "We will." She remained silent for awhile and then she realized sunset was coming close. She suggested they return to the Academy for dinner and the pair climbed up onto their horses.

The two Amazons rode back to the Academy and untacked their horses. They'd joined the boys in the mess hall and fortunately the boys lifted the two girls' spirits that evening. Everybody was laughing and enjoying themselves, it wasn't until they returned to the dorm that they realized they had to do homework. The girls went into their room to do their work while Orion, Twickenham, and Stallonus did their own.

It wasn't until the late evening that Gabrielle broke from her homework, finally satisfied with her five poems. She'd fought with them for awhile but she'd finally settled on a running theme between them. That'd been the assignment; to write five poems and place a similar theme in all of them. At first, Gabrielle thought it was a simple task until she sat to do the scribing and then it became harder. She never realized it could get confusing when trying to reword the same theme five different ways. She'd actually required Ephiny's help a few times on two poems.

Ephiny had finished her homework a half a candlemark before Gabrielle. She was now resting on her bed, eyes closed, and just thinking about today. It wasn't until a warm body curled up beside her that she worked out of her thoughts. She smiled and turned her head to the right to find sleepy green eyes looking at her. "Finished?"

Gabrielle grumbled and nuzzled her face into Ephiny's neck. "I think so."

Ephiny chuckled and rolled onto her side. She faced Gabrielle but kept her body separate except for her forehead, which touched Gabrielle's forehead. "I'm pretty beat."

"Me too," admitted the bard.

The Amazon shifted her left hand up and gently traced Gabrielle's soft features. "I thought about what to give you for your birthday."

Gabrielle pulled her head back from Ephiny's touch. "I don't need anything," she insisted.

Ephiny felt her roaming hand captured in Gabrielle's. "I want to give you something." She quietly considered for awhile and then mentioned, "I want to take you to a play in Athens."

Gabrielle hastily sat up and looked down at her friend. "Eph, you're kidding."

"No," protested the Amazon. She now sat up and comfortable situated herself on the bed. "I hear there's an excellent play showing now. I'd like to take you this weekend to it."

The bard opened her mouth to protest but Ephiny's fingers on her lips stilled her.

"Please?" urged Ephiny, her caramel eyes swirled with emotions.

Gabrielle grasped Ephiny's hand from her lips and slowly she nodded her head. "Okay… we'll go." Her stomach fluttered when Ephiny's face brightened.

"There's just one thing," interjected Ephiny.

The Amazon Princess lifted an eyebrow in question.

The young Amazon chuckled. "I'd like to practice with my sword this weekend."

Gabrielle's face took on understanding and she nodded. "It's been awhile, huh?"

"Yes," sighed the Amazon. "I need to practice… Eponin will be disappointed otherwise."

"So will I," quipped the teasing princess.

Ephiny quietly laughed and grinned. "Besides, I have to stay in shape."

"I know," agreed the bard. She kissed Ephiny on her cheek then slid off the bed. She crossed over to her desk again.

The young Amazon curiously watched and wondered what her friend was searching for in the desk drawers.

"Eph?"

Ephiny heard her name and at first didn't respond but she came out of her revere. "Yes?"

Gabrielle pulled something from her desk drawer. As she approached Ephiny, she asked, "I'll have a lot to learn in the Nation, won't I?"

"I'm afraid so." Ephiny watched her friend sit down beside her. "There's a lot of traditions you must learn, how to fight, the Amazon mentality you have to understand."

The slave took a deep breath. "It would have been easier if I was born an Amazon."

"But you're not," reminded Ephiny, "but you will learn." She tilted her head, her eyes searching Gabrielle's face. "I'll help you, Solari will… Eponin too."

"I know." Gabrielle softly smiled but it faltered. "I guess I'm just scared… nervous." Her eyes met Ephiny's curious ones. "About the queen… what if I can't please her?"

"You will," persisted the Amazon. "Just learn the ways of an Amazon."

The small bard lowered her head and peered into her cupped right hand. "There's so much to learn about being an Amazon."

"There is," slowly agreed Ephiny, "but much to gain too."

Gabrielle smiled at that and for a moment, she enjoyed knowing she was apart of a family, a very big one. It still scared her though to know she was their princess and what terrified her more was that one day she would be the queen. She tried not to think much about that in hopes that Queen Melosa would remain queen for long extent of time. Yet Gabrielle's day would come some time soon.

Ephiny dipped her head and now noted the small item contained in her friend's right hand. She studied it harder and made out the design of a quill. She smiled and looked at Gabrielle's profiled face. "That's a beautiful necklace."

"It is," sadly agreed the bard. With her left hand, she grasped the quill and lifted it from her palm. The chain dangled freely in the air as Gabrielle studied the quill.

"Why don't you wear it?" carefully asked the Amazon. She tried to keep from prying but something told her to ask.

"I'm not sure." Gabrielle's head shook but she still stared at the charm. Her eyes hazed over and memories filtered back to her as the quill sparkled the candlelight into her eyes.

Ephiny remained still and silent as she watched her friend. After a few minutes, Gabrielle came out of her memories and Ephiny took the opening. "Wear it again."

Gabrielle's hand lowered some and she turned to Ephiny a little. She held out the necklace in offer.

The Amazon took the invite. She captured the necklace in her hand and moved behind Gabrielle. She unclasped the hook and gently brought the chain around her friend's neck. She then carefully hooked the necklace and lifted Gabrielle's hair so that the chain slipped to the back of Gabrielle's neck.

The slave grasped the quill in her hand and looked down at it. She thought she'd never welcome a more familiar weight back to her. The quill warmed against her skin and Gabrielle's heart seemed to warm again as well. Just maybe hope was worth hanging onto even during the darkest candlemarks.

That evening, the pair decided to sleep in the same beds, Gabrielle offering the idea. Ephiny didn't refuse and tightly held her friend all night. Ephiny had whispered a finally happy birthday to her friend and Gabrielle turned the wish with a kiss to her cheek. Ephiny knew that was Gabrielle's way of saying thank you and it warm the Amazon. She had no idea what rested ahead of her but she knew Gabrielle would forever figure into her destiny. Ephiny never really believed in fate until that afternoon when she'd seen some of Gabrielle's glow relive again.

As promised, Ephiny a few days later took her friend to the play in Athens. The play had been a classic by Aeschylos tilted The Seven Against Thebes. They'd both thoroughly enjoyed it despite how slightly graphic it could be but it never failed to excite them. And to her word, Ephiny also made sure to practice with her sword despite she knew she'd be stiff and sore the next day. During the next painful morning, Ephiny from there out promised herself to practice at least every two days so she could stay in shape. She knew it would not settle well if she returned to the Nation in a moon out of breath, out of strength, and lost skills.

The Amazon Princess understood Ephiny's worries and tried to support her. So Gabrielle always tried to accompany Ephiny into the surrounding woods so that the Amazon could practice. At first, Gabrielle didn't quite pay much attention, her mind drifting into thoughts and story ideas. Then there was this one day that Ephiny done an amazing manoeuvre, which Gabrielle had never seen and it awestruck the bard.

From that day forward, Gabrielle would sit on the log on the edge of the clearing and just memorize Ephiny's fluent motions. Gabrielle felt ashamed in ignoring such a beautiful spectacle. Ephiny was so amazing and beautiful as she wielded the short sword. The Amazon would gracefully spin, thrust her sword, and dodge to roll away then pop up on her feet again. Gabrielle had never seen anything like it and she was completely fascinated by the Amazon's abilities. Ephiny danced with beauty, stealth, and strength that Gabrielle had never witnessed in her entire life until now. She now felt the burning desire to learn such technique and to master it.

Soon the summer grew in the air and nature thrived in green and a wash of bright colours. The breeze carried hope once again and the promise of many things to come. And today would be another step for Gabrielle to take as she approached the front door of Cornelio's home. She sensed Ephiny's comforting hand on her back and Gabrielle pushed herself to do this.

Mary answered the knocks at the door and she brightened to see her adopted sister and aunt. "Gabby! Auntie Ephiny!" She jumped into their arms.

Ephiny and Gabrielle both laughed and hugged the child back. They could already tell that Mary had grown some and she already seemed a year older despite she was not.

"Are you finished for the summer?" inquired Mary, she drew back from their hugs.

Gabrielle smiled at the young child and touched her shoulder. "Yes we are."

Mary's face was bright until she realized neither Ephiny nor Gabrielle carried saddlebags. She furrowed her eyebrows and peered up at Gabrielle. "Are you not staying?"

Ephiny quickly realized that Mary had grown more perceptive. She had to give the girl some credit.

"I don't think so," whispered Gabrielle. She leaned forward, her face more even with the girl's.

"You're… staying with the Amazons," concluded Mary sadly.

The Amazon Princess sighed but kissed Mary's temple. "I think so, sweetie."

"Why?" persisted Mary. She frowned and shook her head. "You belong here… with us."

Gabrielle sighed and now bent down to one knee. "The Amazons are my family, Mary."

"We are too," reminded the child.

"Yes," agreed the bard, "and you're my little sister."

"Why won't you stay?" insisted Mary.

Gabrielle knew this would be hard but she'd made the decision already. "Because the Amazons need me with them."

Mary grew more distraught. "I need you too."

Gabrielle felt her heart break and she now knew how much this girl had grown in her heart in a short time. She leaned forward and pulled Mary into a warm hug. "I know, sweetie but you have Grandfather, Grandmom, and Auntie Maria here."

Mary tucked her face into Gabrielle's neck. "Joseph too."

Gabrielle chuckled and squeezed the girl more. "Joseph too." She pulled back but held the girl's hips. "I'll come for visits," she promised.

That seemed to help since Mary brightened. "Visits?"

Gabrielle nodded.

Mary slightly smiled and felt better. "At least three," she persisted.

"At least three," agreed the Amazon Princess.

Mary sighed and studied her adopted sister. She slowly nodded her head, took Gabrielle's hand, and guided her to Cornelio's office.

Gabrielle could recall the last time this had happened. So much had changed for Gabrielle in just nine moons and she'd never saw herself here. As she crossed the threshold into Cornelio's office, she absorbed Cornelio's bent head. While Gabrielle had grown her master, Cornelio, had aged extensively these past nine moons. And when his blurry brown eyes met hers, she was convinced he'd gain ten years on him but his powerful hug she received calmed her fears.

"You've completed one year," stated Cornelio, his face in a smile.

Gabrielle dipped her but looked back up, her own smile. "I have, sir."

Cornelio could tell Gabrielle had finally recovered from her mother's passing. He saw the same vibrant life deep within her moss green eyes. He felt so relieved to see her spirit back again. "What do you have in mind for your summer break?" But before he took an answer, he signalled the two seats in front of his desk. "Sit and tell me."

Mary offered a kiss to Cornelio's cheek and then she silently left them.

Ephiny and Gabrielle took a seat and tried to get comfortable.

Cornelio sat behind his desk and studied the two teenagers. He felt thrilled to see the excitement and youth flowing off of them. He especially saw how Ephiny remained close knit to Gabrielle and he inwardly smiled at her dedication.

Gabrielle took a steady breath and decided it was time. "Sir, I think I know what I want to do for the summer." When heavy eyes rested on her, she knew to continue. "Back during the winter break… when I went to the Amazons," she supplied and when Cornelio nodded, she went on. "Ephiny, I, and few other friends… we were on a walk in the forest."

Cornelio tilted his head a little and now stroked his beard as he attentively listened.

"We were attacked," told Gabrielle, "and one of the girls, Terreis, she was badly injured by an arrow. I tried to protect her but her arrow wound killed her." Gabrielle paused as she prepared to explain the rest. "Terreis was the princess and she asked me to take her caste." She paused then suddenly blurted the rest out. "I agreed to take it and now I'm the Amazon Princess."

Cornelio lowered his hand from his beard and rested it on the arm of the chair. He remained silently and curiously watched his young slave.

Gabrielle was squirming inside but she remained calm and ridged in the chair. She knew she had to learn to be confident and sure of herself if she ever expected to be a decent Amazon Princess.

"I see," whispered Cornelio. He bent forward in his chair. "And you wish to be with the Amazons this summer." It wasn't a question but a pure and honest assessment.

"Yes, sir," agreed the bard.

Cornelio nodded his head then leaned back into his chair again. For awhile, he just considered the options and his slave's future. He then focused his attention on Gabrielle. "I will suggest one thing."

Gabrielle slightly tensed but not too visibly. "Yes, sir?"

"I recommend not telling your fellow Amazons that you had to request my permission first."

Gabrielle blinked and looked at Ephiny.

The young Amazon turned her head to Gabrielle; a smile broke her concerned face.

Suddenly the two young Amazons went into a fit of laughs.

Cornelio chuckled too and just enjoyed their easiness. He knew it might have concluded some hidden joke between them but he enjoyed it nonetheless.

Gabrielle stifled her laughter and looked back at her master. "I don't think it'd be a good idea either, sir."

Cornelio softly grinned but he went serious. "You must be careful, Gabrielle." His eye flickered over to Ephiny. "And I'm putting my faith into you, Ephiny."

Ephiny dipped her head in acknowledgement.

Cornelio let out a heavy sigh and returned his focus to Gabrielle. "This wasn't what I had exactly planned."

"Sir?" prompted the confused bard.

"An Amazon Queen," clarified the master.

Gabrielle nodded her head, not really sure what to say.

"However I think it might be exactly where you're needed, Gabrielle."

Gabrielle tilted her head; she was remotely surprised by his agreement. "I will finish the Academy."

"Yes you will," agreed Cornelio. "That is your aspiration." He leaned forward once again. "Becoming an Amazon Queen is your dream."

"Sir, with respect to you and…." Gabrielle held her hand out to Ephiny, "and the Amazons. I never once intended to join the Nation. I just… stumbled into it."

"Perhaps." Cornelio wasn't so convinced. "Perhaps not." He studied Ephiny and he knew how much Ephiny already adored Gabrielle. He looked back at Gabrielle. "Fate has a funny way of making sure certain things do happen that are meant to happen."

Gabrielle was confused but she didn't bother him to explain it. She merely accepted his words and kept them in the back of her mind.

"Spend the summer with the Amazons, Gabrielle." Cornelio nodded his approval. "You will do just fine there."

"Thank you, sir." Gabrielle's smile had returned.

Silently, Cornelio studied his slave then he bent to his right side. "I do have to inform you about something though, Gabrielle." He let out a heavy sigh as he thumbed through scrolls in his large drawer.

Gabrielle exchanged a worried look with her friend then looked back at her master.

Cornelio straightened up and unrolled the scroll on his desk. "Do you recall asking me to look for your sister?"

"Lila," prompted Gabrielle. Her stomach pitched and she instinctively wiped her now sweating palms on her brown skirt.

"I had trouble," informed Cornelio. He briefly took a moment to skim over the scroll, his memory being refreshed. He gazed back at Gabrielle. "Do you know of Pyrgos?"

Gabrielle quarried her mind and the name sounded familiar. "A town on the west coast?"

"In the Arcadia providence," clarified the master. "That was the last whereabouts of your sister."

Gabrielle's brow was knitted tightly together. "Last whereabouts?"

Cornelio picked out his slave's tension and worry. "Yes, she was sold to an Egyptian slaver by the name of Gurkhan." He started to reroll the scroll but he quietly added, "She never made it there."

Gabrielle closed her eyes and slumped in her chair. "Oh gods," she breathed.

Ephiny reached over and took her friend's hand.

Cornelio could feel Gabrielle's heartache that his news brought on her. He tucked the scroll back into the drawer and quietly added, "The merchant ship that she boarded… it was attacked by pirates."

Gabrielle opened her eyes despite they stung. "Pirates?" she rasped. "She would have never…."

"She may still be alive," insisted Cornelio. "But it is hard to say." He laced his hands on top of the desk. "I will keep searching, Gabrielle." He offered a reassuring look. "There is always hope."

"I know," murmured the small bard. She straightened up and tried to not let the news bare her more weight.

Cornelio carefully watched his slave then he decided to go back to the main topic at hand. "When will you leave for the Amazons?"

"Today if that is okay." Gabrielle peered up with anticipation.

"Of course," agreed the master. "But I would like to know where this village is located."

Gabrielle glanced at the other Amazon.

Ephiny nodded her agreement.

The Amazon Princess gazed back at Cornelio. "It is in the Macedonian region."

Cornelio nodded his head. "What is the closest city or town?"

"Aegae is the closest town, sir," spoke Ephiny. "The Nation is due west of Aegae… about half a day's ride."

Cornelio nodded his understanding.

"The Queen," cut in Gabrielle, "her name is Melosa."

Cornelio kept mental notes of the information incase he ever needed to contact Gabrielle. "Does your Nation have a name?" His question more directed at Ephiny.

"Not particularly," replied the Amazon. "We're just known as the Amazons of Macedonia."

"How many villages are there?"

Ephiny did a mental count and she replied, "Around six, sir."

"Around?" prompted the older man.

Ephiny sighed as she decided to explain this one. "Six villages are in contact but there may be more. We're spread out fairly thin throughout Greece and some even outside of Greece."

"Really?" inquired the Amazon Princess.

Ephiny nodded and looked at her friend. "There's rumours that a tribe is in Chin."

"Chin?" whispered Gabrielle. "I've heard of that region."

"It's towards the rising sun," clarified Ephiny.

Cornelio carefully listened and found the information rather intriguing. "How did these Amazons find themselves out there?"

"I'm not sure," replied Ephiny. "It could have been a separation between a village and these ones migrated to Chin." She shrugged. "But nobody is sure if the tribe does exist."

"Gods," whispered Gabrielle. She couldn't imagine a group of women travelling east and setting up a tribe with so many unknown factors and dangers.

Cornelio folded his arms over his chest and relaxed into his chair. "I believe you'll have plenty to learn, Gabrielle."

The young slave nodded her agreement. She knew she was in deep and that this would be an adventure for her scrolls. "I will enjoy it though."

Cornelio chuckled. "Good to hear." He then stood up and said, "And if you are to make it there soon, it is best you leave soon."

Both the young Amazons popped out of their seats. They were escorted out of the office with Cornelio and down the hall. As they walked, Cornelio spoke to Gabrielle.

"You will visit?" he insisted.

"Yes, I promised Mary."

The master softly smiled, his brown eyes slightly lit up. "And send word if you ever require anything, Gabrielle."

The bard peered up and smiled at him. "Thank you, sir."

As Cornelio led the girls upstairs to visit with Adara, Maria, and Mary he soon realized that Gabrielle had adopted a new family. Despite his agreement to 'release' Gabrielle as a slave he already knew she was free purely by her nature and aspirations. He could only pray that no slaver would ever seek her if word spread of a branded Amazon.

Gabrielle and Ephiny visited with the family for a couple of candlemarks. Then Cornelio announced it was time for the Amazons to leave and head north to the Nation. The pair was led out to the stables so that they could collect their horses. Everybody said goodbye with hugs and promises for a visit within a moon or so. And as Gabrielle and Ephiny rode towards the gates, Ephiny saw her friend's stallion slow down and stop. Ephiny knew why and she studied the wistful look on Gabrielle's face.

When Gabrielle dismounted, Ephiny did the same and offered to take Torqueo's reins. Gabrielle only nodded, handed over the reins, and then walked over to her mother's grave. Ephiny remained on the dirt drive and took some time to give her mare, Diana, some attention. She figured it must have been a quarter of a candlemark until Gabrielle returned.

Ephiny sighed at Gabrielle's blood shot eyes and she gave her a quick hug.

Gabrielle returned the hug and whispered, "Let's go."

The Amazon nodded and mounted her mare and once she was sure Gabrielle was situated, she rode out of the gates.

Gabrielle stole one last look at her mother's grave under the baby olive tree. She then forced her gaze away and focused on the long two day ride north to the Nation.

As the Amazons came closer and closer to the village, Gabrielle shifted more out of her despair. She was becoming excited as much as nervous about taking her position as the Amazon Princess. Ephiny had every bit of confidence in her friend's ability to act as the princess. Gabrielle, however, wasn't sure what to expect and in turn was so nervous to the point of being scared. Yet she knew that Ephiny believed in her and that helped block out most of her fears and give her some confidence.

When the two young Amazons entered the Amazon territory, they were greeted by two older Amazons that were on patrol duty. Gabrielle and Ephiny had been walking, horses in tow, until they heard the bird call of warning and they stopped travelling. Ephiny had her hands over her head first and Gabrielle quickly followed her example.

"Welcome back, princess," happily greeted Maired, she dipped her head and bowed.

"Princess," warmly greeted the other Amazon.

Ephiny glanced over and admired the crimson red spreading across Gabrielle's cheeks.

Gabrielle cleared her throat a little and said, "It's great to see you again, Maired."

Maired straightened up and brushed a few colourful straw strands back that had fallen from her mask. She was still smiling and more so because Gabrielle remembered her name. "You as well, princess."

The princess then shifted her focus to the unknown Amazon. She tilted her head a little and asked, "I'm Gabrielle." She held out her right hand.

The Amazon was remotely surprised but she gently teased, "Yes, I know." She now grinned at Gabrielle's second blush. "I am Syna." She'd clasped Gabrielle's arm and shook.

Gabrielle had never shaken arms, a new concept but she figured it was some tradition.

Maired looked over to Ephiny and smiled at her. "Nice to see you back, Ephiny."

"It's good to be back," agreed the young Amazon.

"Did you both have a good year?" inquired Maired.

"We did," answered Gabrielle. She reached up to sweep a lock of her hair behind her right ear. "We both passed."

Maired chuckled and nodded her head. "And now you'll be here to take Amazon classes." She flashed a grin and nodded off to her right. "We'll escort you both in."

"Thank you," agreed the bard.

Ephiny signalled for Gabrielle to go ahead of her.

The princess fell in step behind Maired and Syna. She looked back at Ephiny and pointed to her right side.

Ephiny shook her head. She wasn't sure if it was okay for her to walk along side the princess.

Gabrielle rolled her eyes and instead she walked slower until Ephiny was at her side.

Ephiny sighed and decided not to argue about it.

Maired and Syna noted their slowed pace so they tried to slow down too.

"Maired?" called the princess.

Maired smiled at Gabrielle as she came to the princess's side. "Yes?"

"I was curious," started Gabrielle, "when do you become the priestess?"

Maired went slightly serious and replied, "Not for another year."

The bard noted that and then posed another question. "How long does it take?"

Maired sucked in a breath as she did a mental calculation. "I believe my mother has been training me for two years now. It'll be three when I am finished."

"Do you do any of the rituals or anything?"

Maired smiled at the princess's obvious curiosity. "Yes, in the second year. I've already began to help preform some of the rituals, sacrifices, and help carry out any other traditions such as inductions."

"Every Amazon is inducted?"

"On many levels, yes," agreed Maired. "When a baby Amazon is born there is a blessing. Then later when the Amazon has reached the age of ten, they receive their feather." Her eyes then flickered over to Ephiny and back to Gabrielle. "At the age of eighteen, the Amazon may receive their Amazon mask."

Gabrielle had caught Maired's brief glance at Ephiny. She looked over at her friend.

Ephiny had sensed Maired's gaze on her earlier and she knew why. She now spoke to Gabrielle. "I might be receiving my mask this summer."

The princess brightened at the news but then her expression faltered. "Might?" she prompted, she looked between Maired and Ephiny.

Maired inhaled heavily and prepared to explain the tradition. "Before an Amazon can receive their mask, they must go through a test."

Gabrielle's eyes widened. "What kind of test?"

Maired chuckled and called out, "Syna?"

Syna had been idly listening to the conversation. She now slowed down and joined them but looked at Maired in question.

"You recently went through the test."

Syna nodded her understanding, she looked to Gabrielle. "It is called the Amazon Judgement."

"Amazon Judgement?" whispered the bard, her stomach already turned just at the words.

Syna nodded and now explained the test. "On the Amazon's eighteenth birthday, she is stripped of her weapons. The queen and priestess then banish the Amazon from the village for forty-eight candlemarks. In those two days, she must use all of her knowledge and training to survive in the wild. Once she has done so then she may return to the village and afterwards the queen and priestess honour her with her mask."

"Gods," breathed Gabrielle.

Syna grinned and decided to explain more of it. "It is a test to see if the Amazon has learned enough to survive. It is also a time for her to become one with Artemis."

"And it's a time of self reflection," piped in Maired.

"There are also physical tests," quipped Syna, "to test the Amazon's limits… both mentally and physically."

"Liked what?" inquired the bard.

"It varies," answered Syna, "it depends on what the queen decides." She paused and considered her own trial. "For me, I was attacked in the middle of the night by an Amazon on patrol."

"They're allowed to do that?" asked the surprised princess.

"Very much so," answered Maired. "It's kind of a free for all. If an Amazon is on patrol and spots the Judgement Amazon then the patrol may attack them."

"Or set a trap to capture them," added Syna.

Gabrielle was amazed and tried picturing such a test. "Has anybody ever been hurt?"

"On occasion, yes," agreed Maired, "however the patrol Amazons are not permitted to bring any fatal harm on the Amazon." She chuckled and added, "We're not trying to kill them, just merely test them."

Gabrielle felt awe struck and she turned her head to her silent friend. "When is yours?"

Ephiny stared at the ground passing under her feet. She lifted her head to Gabrielle. "Late summer." She then slightly grinned and reminded, "Yours will be in two years."

Gabrielle's mouth hung open and she closed it as she looked at Maired. "I have to do it?"

"Of course," answered Maired. "There are no exceptions, princess."

A ting of fear rippled up Gabrielle's back and she shook her head. "I have a lot to learn in two years."

"Yes you do," agreed Maired. She then patted Gabrielle on the back and said, "Pray to Artemis, princess."

Gabrielle groaned and her shoulders slumped.

Syna softly laughed at Gabrielle's apprehension. "Most Amazons pass the Judgment."

"Most?" squeaked the princess. "What happens if you do not?"

"Then the Amazon must wait another year before another Judgement," replied Maired.

The princess absorbed all the information and she wasn't so sure that she was glad she asked now. She lifted her head and just ahead was the gates to the village. She and the rest of the Amazons slowly entered the busy village and immediately Amazons recognized Gabrielle and Ephiny. Many of them gave a pleasant greeting to Gabrielle and emphasised either princess or Princess Gabrielle. Gabrielle tried each time not to flush or show any embarrassment because she wasn't sure how to react other than thanking them.

Maired and Syna dropped the two young Amazons off at the stables then returned to duty. As Ephiny and Gabrielle worked to untack their horses and settle them down, Gabrielle began to consider things more seriously. She had a lot ahead of her.

"Eph?" called Gabrielle from her stall.

The young Amazon paused in the middle of her brushing but continued. "Yeah?" she called.

"Where am I staying?"

Ephiny opened her mouth to respond but faltered as she realized a small detail. She shrugged and replied, "My hut."

"Oh," mumbled the bard. "I don't get my own hut?"

A sly grin pulled at Ephiny's lips. "Perhaps." Her grin devilishly strengthened and she called, "You'll have to speak to the queen about it."

"The queen?" squeaked the princess. "Just my luck," she further grumbled. She'd finished hooking up a bag of oats for Torqueo and she checked the wood bucket to see it was full of water. She nodded her approval, grabbed her saddlebags, and patted Torqueo on the neck. "Get some rest, boy."

Torqueo threw his head some and nudged his master's shoulder.

Gabrielle smiled and rubbed his nose. "Tomorrow I'll take you to the corral. Okay?"

Torqueo happily whined and stomped his left hoof.

Gabrielle giggled, bent forward and placed a gentle kiss to his forehead. "Be good." She winked and stepped out of the stall. She saw Ephiny coming out of Diana's stall and she flashed a smile.

Ephiny arched an eyebrow at her friend. "Come on."

Gabrielle narrowed her eyes but her face was so smug. "I'm sorry, you must have me mistaken for a pet."

Ephiny groaned, rolled her eyes, and just walked out of the stables.

The princess laughed and rushed off to catch up to her friend. "I am the princess," she chided once she came up along side Ephiny.

"And you won't let me forget," teased Ephiny.

Gabrielle's smug look had yet to leave. "Of course not." She then bumped her shoulder against Ephiny's. "Remember it's either princess or Princess Gabrielle."

"Oh sweet Artemis," moaned the young Amazon. "Why did you choose her, Artemis?" Her eyes searched the skies far above for some answer.

Gabrielle laughed and threw her freearm around her friend's shoulders.

Ephiny chuckled and brought her arm around Gabrielle's waist.

"Just princess works," murmured the bard.

"Gabrielle," warned the young Amazon.

"That's princess," reminded Gabrielle.

Ephiny growled, removed her arm, and hurried her pace. She looked back over her shoulder and called, "Yes, my prince-ass."

Gabrielle's jaw dropped.

Ephiny finally enjoyed a rich laugh at her friend's expense. She approached the door to her hut and pushed it open. "You're first."

The princess nodded her approval and stepped through the doorway. She smiled at Ephiny's hut and gazed about it as if it'd been too long since she'd been here.

"Which side of the bed?" inquired Ephiny.

Gabrielle's eyes rested on her friend. "I should get the whole thing."

"I don't think so," warned the Amazon. "As far as I'm concerned, you can sleep your royal ass on the floor."

Gabrielle laughed because she was enjoying this gentle banter with her friend. "Left side," she decided.

Ephiny nodded her agreement and she took her saddlebags over to her dresser. As she started taking her regular 'village' attire out, she called, "I'd just put your stuff on the table, Gabrielle." She looked sidelong at the princess. "I don't think you'll be here more than a night or two."

"Yeah?" probed the bard.

Ephiny flashed a grin but before she could answer the question, there was a knock at her hut. "Come in," she called. As she turned around, she saw Queen Melosa open the door. "My queen." She came over and dipped forward in a bow.

Gabrielle followed her friend's example and shyly smiled up at the queen when she straightened up.

"Welcome home, Ephiny," greeted the queen.

"Thank you." Ephiny gave a warm smile as she remained ridged.

Melosa didn't return the smile as her focus went to Gabrielle. "And welcome to your new home, princess."

Gabrielle dipped her head some then replied, "Thank you, my queen."

Melosa instinctively settled her hands on her hips and proceeded to talk to Gabrielle. "Tonight the Nation will celebrate your arrival as well as induct you as the princess." She noted the hidden confused in Gabrielle's eyes. "Right now, you are unofficial the princess until the priestess has blessed the right of caste to you. Tonight the priestess will preform the ceremony and you will take your rightful position as Amazon Princess."

Gabrielle felt a shot of nervous flow through her; her stomach knotted up. She merely dipped her head in acknowledgement, not sure what to say.

The queen shifted her attention to Ephiny. "Ephiny, you are to assist the princess in preparing for the ceremony." She paused in thought. "The weapons master, Eponin, will assist as well."

"Of course, my queen." Again, Ephiny bowed her head. She contained her smile at the news of Eponin's succession as the next weapons master.

Queen Melosa once again addressed Gabrielle. "With her dying wish Terreis bestowed all of her rights and possessions to you ... and her position." She went silent and calibrated Gabrielle's surprised look. "Now you will take her caste with honour." She didn't wait for any words or further reactions, she only turned and left the two young Amazons to themselves.

Gabrielle let out her held breath. Her shoulders dropped and her body loosened, she looked to Ephiny. "Possessions?"

Ephiny nodded her head. "It is tradition when an Amazon passes their caste onto another." She glanced over at her half empty saddlebags and decided the rest could wait. "We should prepare you. The ceremony will start before sunset."

The bard mutely nodded and followed her friend out of the hut. As she studied the Amazons in the village, she realized they all wore leathers, swords on their backs, and most had masks pushed back on their heads. Gabrielle self consciously straightened out her short brown skirt and wondered if she would soon be wearing leathers too.

Ephiny caught her friend's worry. She smiled to Gabrielle in reassurance and winked at her.

Gabrielle shyly smile and just shrugged.

Ephiny's smile formed into a grin and she shook her head as she approached the door to the office hut for the armoury. She pushed the door open and stepped in to see a familiar face behind the desk.

Eponin lifted her head and instantly her face was taken over by a bright smile. "Ephiny." She jumped from her seat and came around the desk.

Ephiny happily sighed as she was tightly embraced by her adopted sister. "Miss me?" she whispered.

Eponin chuckled and kissed Ephiny's temple. "Always, sister." She squeezed a little tighter then released her. Taking a step back, she admired Ephiny's well fit body and nodded her approval. "You've kept in shape."

Ephiny cleared her throat as she blushed. "I almost forgot."

"I'm glad you didn't." The weapons master chuckled and looked to Gabrielle. She smiled at how Gabrielle had grown some more and was obviously filling out. "Welcome, princess." She enjoyed the blush on the princess's cheeks.

"Thank you, Eponin." Gabrielle put her hands behind her back, not sure what else to do.

Ephiny softly laughed but her attention went back to her sister. "Congratulations, Eponin."

The weapons master dipped her head, a smile taking her lips. When she looked up, her eyes glowed happily and she stood prouder. "Thank you."

"I knew you'd be her successor," pointed out Ephiny.

"I had my doubts," admitted Eponin.

"I didn't," countered the proud sister.

Gabrielle carefully watched the exchange and she admired the bond between the two adopted sisters.

Eponin looked between Ephiny and Gabrielle then settled her attention on Ephiny again. "I assume you're here because of the princess's ceremony."

"Yes," agreed Ephiny, she recalled why she was here. "Queen Melosa said you were to help."

"Yes." Eponin now stared at Gabrielle, as if gauging her.

Gabrielle blushed from the obvious visual inspection.

"We should begin with her leathers," decided the weapons master. "They're in the armoury." She went back to her desk and rolled up a scroll she'd been working on earlier. When she turned around, she ordered, "Let's go."

Ephiny was first out followed by Gabrielle then Eponin. Eponin directed them to the armoury hut next door and told them to wait. Eponin slipped into a side room and the two Amazons could hear her moving stuff around.

Gabrielle looked to her friend and whispered, "Do I choose what I wear?"

Ephiny shook her head.

Before Gabrielle could ask more, the weapons master returned with a set of leathers in her arms and she stepped up to Gabrielle. Gabrielle tensed as she realized they were Terreis's leathers. "I can't…." She started to shake her head.

"You must," urged Eponin, "she left her possessions to you." She lowered the leathers some. "To do anything less would dishonour her."

After a pause, Gabrielle nodded her head.

Eponin carefully handed over the leathers and pointed to a small room to the right. "You can change in there. Afterwards, Ephiny and I will assist in putting the rest on."

"Thank you." The bard quietly walked through the hut and as she went, she glanced over the tables of leather uniforms, boots, and weapons hanging or standing at various spots. She went into the small back room and unlaced her green halter top then worked her skirt off.

"She is nervous," murmured the weapons master.

"Can you blame her?" uttered Ephiny.

Eponin let out a deep sigh. "I suppose not." She looked at her sister. "This will be good for her."

"It already has been," admitted Ephiny. When she got a curious look from Eponin, she explained, "She's been trained as a slave… being an Amazon will break her training."

"Let's hope so," muttered Eponin. "The hardest will be giving her the mentality of an Amazon."

"She has a spirit of an Amazon," argued Ephiny.

"I hope you're right, sister," uttered the weapons master. She then straightened up to her full height as the princess stepped out of the changing room. Eponin felt her breath taken away as the princess gracefully approached them and Eponin now realized what Ephiny saw in Gabrielle.

The bard's nose crinkled up. "It doesn't suit me."

Ephiny chuckled and patted her friend's now bare shoulder. "You are not fully dressed." She gazed at Eponin and nodded.

The weapons master took the signal and went back into the small side room. She gathered up the jewellery, gauntlets, and arm bracers that went with the princess attire and came back out.

Ephiny took the large silver belt from Eponin and stepped up to Gabrielle. She brought the belt around her friend's waist and began to tie it in place.

Eponin set aside the gauntlets on the near by table. She picked out the two arm bracers and grabbed Gabrielle's arm to slip one on then the second on Gabrielle's other arm.

Gabrielle stood still and let the Amazons put various items on her. She slowly began to calculate the new found weight on her body. When Ephiny had the last gauntlet on and she stepped back, Gabrielle took a minute to look over her body.

Eponin and Ephiny stood back and admired their new princess.

The bard touched her upper chest and then the bracer on her right arm. She looked back at the Amazons.

"Wait," interrupted Eponin. She came behind Gabrielle after she grabbed a blue necklace from the table. She'd almost forgotten until she'd spied Terreis's necklace on the table. Eponin reached up with her hands, taking the clasp of the quill necklace into her fingers.

"No, don't," protested Gabrielle, her right hand securely fastened around the quill.

Ephiny saw her friend's distress and looked to her sister. "Leave it, Eponin… it'll be covered."

Eponin nodded and released the clasp. She brought the blue and brown beaded necklace around and let it rest on Gabrielle's chest as she hooked it into place. She then returned to Ephiny's side and took in the complete view of their princess.

"I look okay?" asked the shy bard.

Ephiny broke out with a smile. "Beautiful, my princess."

Gabrielle's cheeks heated with a crimson blush.

Eponin chuckled and folded her arms. "Now Gabrielle must choose her weapon."

The princess's eyes widened. "Weapon?" she choked out.

Ephiny nodded and stated, "From childhood every Amazon is taught to use weapons." She stepped around her friend but waved her to follow. "Pick your first weapon." She held out her hand to the racks of weapons in the armoury.

Gabrielle scanned them all and slowly approached the rack of swords. "No, I don't like swords."

"You may not poses one until you've been master something simpler," stated the weapons master.

The bard cleared her throat and shyly looked at Eponin. "Right." She stepped over to the stand of bows and arrows. "Can't hit the side of a Cyclops with a bow and arrow." She shook her head and came to the next rack. "Ah, what's this?" She fingered one of the long wooden weapons. She looked at Ephiny. "Is this the staff?"

"Yes, that's the fighting staff." Ephiny removed the one that Gabrielle had been touching. "Most children begin with a staff." She then turned to Eponin and tossed her the staff. "Eponin, demonstrate."

The weapons master kept a serious face as she took a few backward steps away from the others. She poised the staff horizontally then suddenly began to spin it.

Gabrielle's eyes widened as she watched the weapons master sweep the staff left and right then swung it across her chest.

Eponin finished her demonstration by spinning the staff over head then bringing it down vertically into the dirty floor. She held it out in her out stretched arm and her eyes locked on Gabrielle.

The bard was speechless because she was so impressed.

Ephiny studied her friend then turned to her sister. "Thank you." She took the staff from Eponin and held it out to Gabrielle.

Gabrielle blinked and now stared at the staff. Carefully and slowly, she wrapped her hand around the smooth wood staff at the top.

Ephiny released it and nodded her head. "Now we must prepare you for the ceremony."

"It will be soon," agreed Eponin.

Ephiny nodded and rested her left hand on Gabrielle's midback. "Let's go."

Gabrielle mutely agreed and followed her friends out of the armoury hut.

By that evening, the entire village gathered at the centre where a large fire burned off to the side and drums beat to a certain traditional rhythm. The Amazons had formed a circle and mixed with one another to talk and drink, celebrating Gabrielle's arrival. Within the centre of the gathered circle were several Amazons that danced to the drum beat and chanted as well.

Gabrielle sat on the ground, bobbing her head, and admiring the dancing technique of the Amazons. Just beside her sat Ephiny, who was watching the spectacular dancers and admired them. "There's Syna." She pointed to the third dancer that went around.

Ephiny smiled when she recognized the older Amazon.

Gabrielle admired how Syna's red hair seemed to burn even brighter from the surrounding fire. She realized just how muscular Syna was from the firelight glow making her tan skin stand out. "She's beautiful," she breathed.

Ephiny lifted an eyebrow and looked at her friend. She then noted Eponin behind her and she peered up.

The weapons master just merely flashed a grin at her sister. She then decided it was time so she bent forward and grabbed Gabrielle's arm. "Time to dance, princess."

The young slave was hauled to her feet and took in what the weapons master said. "I'm really, really bad at this, Eponin." When she saw Eponin was ignoring her and trying to push her into the dancing Amazons, she pushed back. "No ... no ... I have two left feet facing backwards." She fell into the circle some and hastily stepped back but only into Ephiny's hands. "Eph, no ... they wouldn't let me dance at the crop festival because I brought a bad harvest."

Ephiny winked and teasingly whispered, "Good luck then."

The princess yelped and was suddenly shoved into the dancers. A dancer swung her into the centre of the circle. Gabrielle threw a dirty glare to her friends.

Eponin remained cool but Ephiny smirked and called, "Dance, princess."

The princess groaned and now studied the dancing Amazons. She slowly started to copy their movements.

Eponin leaned her head closer to her sister's. "Eph?"

The Amazon quickly turned her head to Eponin and saw the curious look. "It's her nickname for me."

"Ah… I see."

Ephiny narrowed her eyes at the wicked look on her sister's face. "Don't even start."

Eponin said nothing, folded her arms, and just quietly chuckled.

Ephiny sighed and returned her attention to the dancers. She now smiled at seeing her friend trying to join in the circle of dancers.

Gabrielle flowed with the dancers and started shaking her head every which way and moving her body. She then hummed the same words and followed the moving circle.

Syna appeared behind Gabrielle and grabbed her waist. "You've got it, princess."

The bard felt her body heat up and she laughed but continued to dance happily. She then got so into the dance that she fell out of the circle near Eponin and Ephiny.

Ephiny covered her mouth as she watched Gabrielle dance in one spot and singing away.

Eponin just lifted an eyebrow at Gabrielle.

Ephiny then noted the end of the drum beat and the queen's approach to the dais. She quickly knelt down to fully bow to the queen's arrival.

Eponin remained ridged since she knew her place in the ceremony. She gazed about as all the Amazons settled and began their full bows but then she looked at Gabrielle, whom still danced.

Gabrielle paused in the middle of her dance and realized everybody had stopped. She shyly laughed at herself then bent down beside Ephiny.

Ephiny glanced over at her friend and laughed at her.

Gabrielle groaned and drooped her head forward more.

"Bring the princess!" ordered Queen Melosa from her spot on the dais.

Eponin bent forward and grasped the bard's wrist.

Gabrielle hastily climbed to her feet.

"Up here, Gabrielle," called the queen.

The young slave followed along side the weapons master. She admired the queen on the dais and she noted the unknown but older Amazon beside the queen.

Eponin caught the curiosity. She bent her head over and whispered, "That's the priestess, Narkissa."

Gabrielle was grateful for the information. Narkissa certainly looked liked Maired's mother by her facial features. The princess climbed up the dais and took her position between the priestess and the queen.

"Before the sun is high overhead," spoke out Queen Melosa, "we will have welcomed a new member to the Amazon Nation, Gabrielle."

The bard tried to remain calm as the queen continued the speech. She gazed about the Amazons, whom remained bowed but heads up; watching and listening.

The queen gave a signal to the priestess.

Narkissa dipped her head and turned to Gabrielle. "Gabrielle, you have been bestowed the caste of princess from Terreis." She locked her eyes on Gabrielle then continued. "Before Artemis, do you accept this honour that Terreis has given to you?"

Gabrielle swallowed and nodded her head. "I do."

Narkissa smiled inwardly but didn't reveal it to the bard. "Gabrielle, do you swear upon Artemis's name that you will fulfil the duties and responsibilities of the princess?"

Gabrielle inhaled deeply, willing her strength to serve her. "I swear before Artemis to serve my nation with all my strength."

Narkissa couldn't hide her smile any longer as she felt Gabrielle's promise touch her. She then turned her head to her right and signalled the weapons master.

Eponin bowed her head as she went up one step of the dais. In her hands was a golden item, which she held up in honour to the priestess.

Narkissa gently lifted the item from Eponin's cupped hands and held it over the bard's head. She nodded to Melosa.

Melosa reached up with her hand and clasped the golden feather over Gabrielle's head.

The priestess inhaled deeply and called out, "Artemis, Gabrielle has come to us and joins your Nation of honoured female warriors. Bless her spirit and let her become one with you."

Queen Melosa spoke next; her head dipped back and eyes locked on the skies. "Artemis, Gabrielle has taken the caste of princess. She has promise to serve your Nation with all her strength and honour that you so desire. Please guide her always even through the darkest moments." Melosa brought her head forward and acknowledge the look on the priestess's face. She released the feather's stem and now gathered the same lock of Gabrielle's hair that already had the one colourful feather tied on.

Narkissa took a faint step to her left as she lowered the feather and with her freehand she pulled out a thin strip of leather string. She brought the golden feather's stem to the lock of hair and positioned it behind the colourful feather. With Melosa's help, she threaded the leather string through the stem of the feather then tied the golden feather firmly to the lock of hair.

Gabrielle sensed the priestess releasing her hair and she now felt the extra weight of the new feather. She tried not to smile and keep a serious expression.

Priestess Narkissa faced the Amazons. Queen Melosa faced her Amazons. Together, they called out, "Welcome Princess Gabrielle to our Nation."

Suddenly all the Amazons got to their feet and cheered out.

Princess Gabrielle finally smiled and felt the acceptance of each Amazon's happy cheer. She then rested her gaze on Ephiny further back and her smile grew wider.

Ephiny nodded and mirrored her smile back. She then threw her head back and gave the traditional Amazon birdcall. She was happy when all the Amazons echoed the birdcall back.

Melosa had a hidden smile at seeing her Nation accept the new princess. She bent her head forward and whispered, "Join your nation, princess."

The princess caught the warmth in the queen's voice. She didn't hesitate to step down the dais and join the encircling Amazons.

Priestess Narkissa folded her hands behind her back and looked at the queen. "She is a gift from Artemis."

Queen Melosa peered over at the priestess and only dipped her head in acknowledgement. She wasn't sure whether to like or dislike the priestess's words but she couldn't accept them yet. Instead she excused herself and stepped down the dais.

Narkissa resist her annoyance at the queen. She sighed because she could never understand the quiet competition between the princesses and the queens throughout the years. She filled her chest with a deep breath and gracefully climbed down the dais. She then sensed somebody approached her side, a smile took her lips. "You have chosen well, daughter."

Maired absorbed her mother's rare praise. She rested her eyes on the new princess that joined in the celebrated dancing. "Thank you," she whispered, "I didn't believe Artemis heard my prayers."

Narkissa grasped her daughter's shoulder. "Artemis is always listening."

"Yes, I can see that now." Maired folded her hands behind her back and admired the princess. "I believe she'll serve us well."

"In time," agreed Narkissa, "in time." She squeezed her daughter's arm and quietly ordered, "Join them for me, dear. I must rest."

Maired dipped her head. "Goodnight, mother."

Narkissa placed a quick kiss to her daughter's cheek. "Goodnight." She then slipped away from the celebration for the night.

Eponin silently watched Ephiny and Gabrielle dance together. Her smile tugged at her lips at seeing how happy both the princess was and her sister. She'd noticed how much Ephiny glowed of lately and it seemed to pour of Gabrielle onto her sister. Eponin felt a warm hand clasp her shoulder. She turned her head. "My queen." She dipped her head in greeting.

Queen Melosa squeezed the weapons master's shoulder in reassurance then relinquished her hold. "Eponin, I'm placing the princess in your care."

"My queen?" asked the confused weapons master.

Queen Melosa turned to Eponin. "She will be your charge." She rested her hands on her hips. "You are to teach her." She glanced at her the princess then back to Eponin. "Teach her to be an Amazon. You are the most qualified, Eponin."

The weapons master was amazed by the request and honoured her new responsibility. "Of course, my queen. I will teach her the Amazon way."

"Excellent." Queen Melosa nodded and took one last stolen glance at the princess. "I will teach her to be the princess."

Eponin nodded and without another word, she watched the queen slip away from her side. Eponin let out a sigh as she continued to watch her friends. She knew the queen trusted her to teach Gabrielle but she knew she had her work cut out for her. She almost let out a groan when she saw the princess trip over her own two feet. "Artemis, give me strength," she prayed.

The following day, the weapons master discovered exactly how large of a challenge she had ahead of herself. She'd decided to break up Gabrielle's day into two areas. The morning consisted of teaching Gabrielle morals and values of the Amazons as well as the legends of Amazons and Artemis. She realized this was the easiest part because Gabrielle attentively listened and seemed to soak in each and every word. Eponin knew it was Gabrielle's bard side that was entranced yet Eponin still had concerns. It was one thing to learn about the mentality of an Amazon but it was another thing to live by it.

Ephiny came by the sparring field late that afternoon and came into the middle of one of Gabrielle's staff lessons.

"Like this," hotly ordered Eponin. She jerked the staff into position on a diagonal in front of the princess.

Gabrielle held her breath as she held the staff properly. She didn't realize how serious Eponin could be until it came down to the staff teachings. Several times, Gabrielle found her temper growing but she tried to keep it in check.

Eponin was pressing Gabrielle hard as she show the basic manoeuvres of the fighting staff. Not only was she physically pressing Gabrielle but mentally as well. She wanted to determine the bard's breaking point before she lost her focus. She knew Gabrielle didn't realize that ninety percent of a warrior's ability to fight was all in their head.

"Now I want you to do fifty of those sweeps, princess," hotly ordered the weapons master.

Gabrielle was surprised by the amount but obeyed.

Eponin stepped away with her own staff in her hands. She circled around the princess and watched her from all angles. "Faster," she bellowed, an edge in her voice, "Faster."

The bard gritted her teeth and repeated the same defence sweeps but faster though.

Eponin shook her head as she continued to circle the princess. "You're getting sloppy, princess. Faster does not mean sloppier." She took a deep breath. "An Amazon warrior is as gracefully as they are fast." She held out her hand to Gabrielle in example. "Not slow and sloppy." She shook her head and loudly ordered, "Get it right. Fast and graceful, princess!"

Gabrielle groaned as she continued to repeat the actions faster. She knew she was almost on fifty count but she had a feeling she was about to start over.

"Another fifty," ordered Eponin.

The bard sucked in a heavy breath and brought the staff across her back around and across again, over and over.

The weapons master continued to circle and admired how Gabrielle was becoming more accurate and faster. "We have to work that fat off you, princess." She came around to the front. "Amazons are pure muscle." She then suddenly lifted her own staff and poked it into Gabrielle's space.

The bard's drill came to a sudden stop and she raised an eyebrow in question.

"Fifty," stated the weapons master, who had been mentally counting. "Now I want you to spin your staff in front of you." She demonstrated by bringing her staff up horizontally and just spun the staff slow then faster and faster until it was a brown blur. "Go!"

Gabrielle straightened her back and held the staff out. She began to spin it but she fumbled here and there when she tried to speed up.

Eponin let her go; knowing Gabrielle needed time to adjust to the exercise. Again she started to circle the young princess. "Faster, princess." She came around to Gabrielle's right side. "This will help build strength in your arms. The faster you go the more strain."

"I'm… noticing," muttered the tiring princess. She was breathing heavy and her arms burned with pain.

"Good." Eponin paused in front of the bard. "Your arms feel like their on fire?"

Gabrielle merely nodded as she remained focused on the drill.

"That's pain," reminded the weapons master. She began her circling again. "Pain is good, princess. It means you're working hard." A sly grin creased her lips. "It means you're alive." As she came to the front of the bard, she added, "When an Amazon is in battle and when they stop feeling pain… that means only one thing." She paused in front of the bard and tilted her head. "Do you know what that means, princess?"

Gabrielle closed her eyes for a moment but opened them to look at the weapons master. She just shook her head.

"It means you're dead," answered Eponin. She chuckled when Gabrielle faltered but she continued her circling. "Pain is good, princess… don't fear it." She came to a stop behind the bard and noted her stance from behind. She lifted her staff and tapped the back of the bard's knees. "Bend your knees." She came around to the front and faced Gabrielle. "Bend forward some. You're not as stiff as that staff, princess. Get into proper fighting stance." She shook her head and hotly yelled, "Only carnival acts in Athens stand like that not Amazons."

Eponin noted Gabrielle closing her eyes and seemed to be willing for more strength. Eponin was proud of the princess strength so far to continue with the drill. She started to walk away to the wood bench near Ephiny. "Keep going," she called out to Gabrielle.

The princess still had her eyes closed as she spun the staff. She was slowing down but she reached deep inside to urge her body to go faster. She managed a charge of energy but the pain burned in her arms and she bit her lower lip. Slowly her eyes began to sting. "Gods," she moaned, "I can't…."

"What was that, princess?" called the weapons master; she picked up the water skin from the bench.

Ephiny was staring directly at the princess. She knew exactly what Gabrielle was going through and it was just as tough mentally as it was physically.

"She's doing well," quietly mentioned Eponin. She said nothing else and walked away, she noted Gabrielle slowing down. "Are you weakening, princess?"

Gabrielle forced her eyes open and she ignored the lump in her throat.

Eponin stood to Gabrielle's left side. "What's your limit, princess?" She tapped her staff on the ground. "Another three spins… another five." She now tapped her staff on the ground in rhythm to her talking. "One, two, three, four, five… keep going." The weapons master bobbed her head in rhythm to Gabrielle's spinning. "Come on, princess don't give in to your body's weakness." She continued to tap her staff. "Those feathers make you an Amazon but they don't make you a warrior. You are not a warrior, princess." She now tapped her right foot on the group with her staff's rhythm. She noted the angry tension building in Gabrielle and she wanted to break her. She suddenly grinned and her voice now came out low and taunting. "You are nothing but a silly girl with a stick, Gabrielle."

Gabrielle growled lowly.

The weapons master hadn't expected it but she caught Gabrielle in time. She instinctively had her staff up and stopped Gabrielle's threatening sweep at her head.

Gabrielle breathed heavily, eyes locked and staves locked. "I am an Amazon Princess," she hotly whispered.

Eponin's lips slowly shaped a proud smile. "So you've proven."

The bard realized what she'd done and quickly straightened up. She was about to apologize for her actions but she had a feeling it would have broken her earlier point if she acted regretful.

Eponin straightened up to her full height and lowered her staff. She threw the water skin at Gabrielle, who caught it. "Take a break, visit with Ephiny."

Gabrielle nodded and took the cork off the water skin. She was grateful for the cool water rushing down her parched throat as she walked to Ephiny.

"Don't drink too much," called Eponin, "or you'll have a sore stomach."

Gabrielle almost laughed as she lowered the skin from her mouth. She recorked it and smiled at her friend.

Ephiny dropped her arms from her chest and mirrored the smile. "How are you doing?"

"I was about to ask the same," teased the princess. She wiped off the sweat that had built up on her forehead.

"You'll get there," urged Ephiny. She didn't want to congratulate the bard or repeated what Eponin had said. She knew that most warriors that were in training were never given a word of praise because it only filled them with an ego that they didn't need. It wouldn't be until much later that Eponin would feed Gabrielle's confidence only to destroy her ego in one clean attack. Just another lesson that awaited Gabrielle.

"Thanks for the vote of confidence," teased Gabrielle.

Ephiny chuckled and took a seat at the end of the bench. "So what you think?"

Gabrielle shrugged and said, "It's pretty fun."

Ephiny's expression darkened. "Fun?" she repeated and suddenly stood up. "Give me your staff," she coldly ordered.

Eponin had come near the pair and heard the conversation. She decided to stop approaching them as Ephiny proceeded to teach a lesson now. She folded her arms and watched.

Ephiny enjoyed the weight of Gabrielle's staff in her hand. She took a few steps away from the bard. She looked at the staff then back at Gabrielle. "The staff can be mastered as a dangerous weapon… especially against the centaurs."

Gabrielle tensed because she'd never seen her friend get this dark, even threatening. She mentally readied herself for anything.

"Centaurs have certain strengths and weaknesses… they're fast and agile. We use that to our advantage." Ephiny came up to Gabrielle's left side and spun the staff down. "As a centaur passes at full gallop the staff goes here." She touched the tip of the staff to Gabrielle's knee.

Gabrielle looked down; her mind imagined the pain that such an attack would incur.

"This cracks the knee at the joint. This splits the leg forward and drops them to the ground." Ephiny held Gabrielle's gaze, seeing her reaction.

Eponin remained silent and watched Gabrielle.

"As the centaur falls," continued Ephiny. She now swung around with the staff coming up. The staff now pressed against the back of Gabrielle's same knee. "A strike to the lower shoulder dislocates the two front legs."

Gabrielle breathed heavily in response.

"Once the centaur is on the ground, an over head strike…." Ephiny suddenly spun around Gabrielle and swiftly brought the staff to the old bench.

The bench broke in half from Ephiny's powerful blow.

Ephiny raised an eyebrow at her friend and finished her lesson. "Breaks the neck… death is immediate."

Gabrielle swallowed and didn't say anything as she stared at the broken bench to her right.

"If they're lucky," quietly added Ephiny. She now held out the staff in offer.

Gabrielle hesitated but wrapped her hand around the staff.

"Still fun, princess?" inquired the Amazon as she released the weapon.

Gabrielle let out a deep sigh.

Ephiny glanced over at the weapons master and merely nodded.

Eponin understood her sister's quiet words. She nodded back.

Ephiny took one last look at her distraught friend then decided to say nothing else. She walked off the sparring field.

Gabrielle's shoulder slumped then she felt Eponin's warm hand on her arm.

"Let's continued," gently ordered the weapons master.

Gabrielle dipped her head and just tossed the water skin next to the broken bench. She turned away from the disappearing Ephiny and went back onto the field with Eponin. She continued the defence training for another candlemark before Eponin ordered the end of the exercises for today. Eponin reminded her to meet her in the office armoury a candlemark after sunrise for the usual class.

Gabrielle agreed and said a word of thanks as she walked off the sparring field. Her head was hung down during her slow walk to Ephiny's hut. When she went inside, she found herself alone and everything perfect and quiet. She propped her staff against the wall near the table and chairs then pulled out a chair to fall into it.

The young princess dropped her face into her hands and softly moaned. She was exhausted and her body, especially her arms, were incredibly sore. She lifted her face from her hands and stared at the large bed, debating whether to take a short nap before dinner. Dinner would be in a candlemark but she didn't feel up to sleeping and going to dinner half groggy. She then considered a warm bath to loosen her muscles but before she could act on the idea, there was a knock.

"Come in," she called.

The door creaked open and Solari's head popped around the door.

"Hey, Solari," greeted the princess.

"Just the Amazon I wanted," happily stated Solari. She stepped into the hut and gently closed the door. "How'd your day go?"

"I'm exhausted," complained the bard.

"Good." Solari brushed back a stand of brown hair to get it out of her face. "You'll sleep well tonight, princess."

The young slave grumbled and leaned back into the chair. "How have you been?"

"Pretty good." Solari took the seat from across the princess. "Busy session today."

Gabrielle lifted her head. "You're training?"

The young Amazon nodded her head. "Ephiny and I are in the same class." She crossed her ankles. "We're learning sword techniques."

Gabrielle groaned at the mention of her friend. "I think I pissed Eph off earlier."

Solari furrowed her eyebrows. "What happened?"

The princess shook her head and focused on the other Amazon. "Eponin gave me a short break between lessons and Ephiny was there on the side. So I came over to her and she asked me what I thought so far. I told her it's been fun."

Solari visibly cringed. "What'd she say?"

"More like what'd she do?" countered the princess. "She took my staff and demonstrated to me how Amazons take down a centaur with a staff."

Solari's head bobbed a few times. "That's Ephiny for you."

"She wasn't happy," reminded Gabrielle.

"Don't take it to heart like that, princess." Solari reached over and took Gabrielle's hand into her own. "Ephiny is just trying to show you this is serious." She paused and tried to rethink the best way to explain Ephiny's actions. "She was talking to you from one Amazon to another Amazon. Not as your friend."

The small bard sadly exhaled and stared at the floor.

"Hey," persisted Solari, "she's not mad. If anything, just concerned."

Gabrielle peered up at Solari in question.

Solari chuckled and let go of Gabrielle's hand. "She just wants you to take this seriously because having a good head on your shoulders is what will save your life. Not always the staff in your hands."

Gabrielle accepted the Amazon's words. She now understood Ephiny wanted her to be serious and take Eponin's lessons to heart not only to be a warrior but for her own safety. "Have you seen Eph since class?"

Solari considered and shook her head. "No, not really."

Then to answer Gabrielle's question, the hut door opened and Ephiny stepped in.

"Hey, Ephiny," happily greeted Solari.

"Hey." Ephiny gave a faint smile to Solari then looked at Gabrielle. "Finished for the day?"

Gabrielle moved her head in answer.

"Good." Ephiny folded her arms over her chest. "Queen Melosa has requested I finish Terreis's passings."

Solari took that as a hint and climbed to her feet. "I'll see you both at the mess hut."

Ephiny smiled at her friend and nodded. "See you there, Solari."

"Bye, Gabrielle." Solari gave a reassuring smile to the bard, squeezed her shoulder, and silently left.

Ephiny held the hut door open but ordered, "Follow me, princess."

Gabrielle urged her body to get up despite how much effort it took. She followed the Amazon out of the hut and through the village. She quietly admired the sunset that filtered through the village, the red and orange rays painting the village's huts.

"This way," urged Ephiny as she took a left around a hut.

Gabrielle hurried along and then stopped several hundred paces from a hut when Ephiny stopped.

Ephiny shifted behind her friend and grasped her shoulders. She stared at the hut and whispered, "This is your hut, Gabrielle." She paused then whispered, "It was Terreis's so now it is yours."

The princess couldn't breathe for a moment until Ephiny released her and started for the front door. She hastened to catch up and Ephiny let her go in first. She gingerly pushed the thatched door open and peered into the hut.

"Go on." Ephiny gave a gentle push.

Gabrielle stepped into the hut and gazed about the hut.

Ephiny sidestepped her friend and looked around as well. Nothing had changed since Terreis had lived here. She noted the crossed chobos over the desk that Terreis received from her mother as a gift. She then looked at the bed and admired the painting of a green forest that Terreis had done years ago.

"Eph, Melosa was serious when she said I take all of Terreis's possessions?"

Ephiny nodded and turned her head. "Everything… weapons, clothes, jewellery… everything."

The small bard looked at her friend. "Why? I mean… they're hers."

"Were," corrected Ephiny. "You are essentially Terreis now, Gabrielle." She scanned the room as she continued to speak. "You are her legacy."

Gabrielle felt remorse fill her as she approached Terreis's desk. She'd spotted the dagger earlier on the desk and now she ran her fingertips down the blade. "Did Terreis have a sword or mask?"

Ephiny shook her head as she came over. "She would have received her sword this spring."

The young slave closed her eyes and dipped her head.

"Terreis was born the same time you were," gently mentioned Ephiny. "Actually a day after the Spring Solstice."

"I didn't know," murmured the bard as she now rested her hand on the top of the desk chair.

"I know." Ephiny touched her friend's midback. "It is a good thing that Terreis didn't have a sword."

"Why?" Gabrielle's expression was filled with curiosity.

"If she'd had her sword," explained Ephiny, "then you would have taken it. Then by tradition, it would be your duty to find her murderer and kill him."

Gabrielle shook with fear and looked back at the dagger. "I couldn't kill."

"I know," whispered Ephiny. "But since Terreis hadn't earned her sword yet then it is the queen's responsibility to seek vengeance for Terreis's death."

"Do they know who killed Terreis?" inquired the bard.

"No but Queen Melosa has been working on it." Ephiny sighed and walked away. "If she does find out whom and she avenges Terreis's death then a war will surely break out."

"Why hasn't one already started?" probed the bard. "I mean, a centaur has killed an Amazon."

Ephiny understood Gabrielle's line of thinking and she shook her head. "The queen cannot be sure until she's proven to the council that it was a centaur that killed Terreis." She shrugged as she sat on the foot of the bed. "Until then, it's merely assumptions and Melosa cannot act on them alone."

Gabrielle came over and sat beside her friend. "I thought the Amazons and centaurs have been fighting."

"We have," agreed Ephiny, "but there's been a hidden… silent peace for several years now. It would only take one small thing to break the thin string of peace." She studied her friend's face. "Terreis death will be it."

Gabrielle shook her head. "I hope Melosa doesn't prove it."

"She will," refuted the Amazon. "She won't let her sister go unavenged. Besides… she's been looking for a war against the centaurs."

"Would we win?" inquired the bard.

Ephiny shook her head as she brushed back her hair. "Not without the other tribes' help. We're too small and the centaurs are too powerful despite they're a dying race."

"How can she do that?" murmured the bard.

"Do what?"

Gabrielle looked from the floor to Ephiny. "How can the queen send her Amazons into battle knowing we'll die?"

Ephiny considered the question as she took a few calming breaths. "Queen Melosa believes in her Amazons' abilities as warriors… she believes Artemis will protect us as well. She turns a blind eye to the centaurs' strength and puts full faith into us."

"That's wrong," protested the princess. She stood up and faced her friend. "She'll just get us killed."

"Gabrielle," warned Ephiny, "she is not the only one." She stood and held out her hand to direct the village that was outside the hut. "This entire Nation believes in the Amazon strength, will to defeat the centaurs."

Gabrielle shook her head and walked away. "Not every Amazon."

"No," slowly agreed Ephiny, "not all but most of the older ones do and they teach the younger ones to as well." She shook her head as her hand dropped. "The older Amazons pass the legacy of hate onto the younger and that cycle cannot be stopped."

The princess spun around and hotly stated, "It must stop. War is not the answer."

Ephiny tried to remain calm with a few breaths. She came over to her friend and grasped her shoulders. "Gabrielle, if you were the queen… maybe you'd have a chance in Hades but you are not." She dipped her head, her face closer to Gabrielle's. "Even if you were queen and you showed a fondness to the centaurs the Nation will see you as weak."

"Fondness for the centaurs? Try a fondness for peace," protested the bard. "A fondness for not walking into a slaughter house and being wiped out by a pointless war."

Ephiny squeezed her friend's shoulders then let go. "I know… but you cannot do anything, Gabrielle." She frowned. "To hate the centaurs is a way of the Amazon."

Gabrielle finally relented verbally yet her mind raced with thoughts. She wouldn't agree, could not agree to this pointless frame of mind. She secretly vowed to change her Nation's view on the centaurs and war in general.

Ephiny watched the conflicting emotions. She placed her fingertips under Gabrielle's chin and tilted her head up to meet her gaze. "Making war is simple. Making peace is never easy. If it was, everyone would do it."

Gabrielle licked her lips and Ephiny's wise words settled into the bottom of stomach and weighed heavily.

Ephiny could tell the truth hurt but she knew Gabrielle had to hear it. She stepped forward and pulled Gabrielle into a hug.

The princess tightly hugged Ephiny back and rested the side of her head against Ephiny's chest. They remained in each other's embrace for awhile until Ephiny mentioned dinner would be soon. Gabrielle's stomach seemed to agree when it growled in happiness. The two friends finally laughed and the tension finally broke down between them.

After dinner, Ephiny helped her friend move into the hut and get settled down. Afterwards, Ephiny kissed Gabrielle goodnight and left her to her own time. Gabrielle spent another candlemark awake and working on her scrolls, keeping a journal on her 'adventures' in the Amazon Nation. She couldn't let this opportunity pass her by without recording every finer detail.

The next morning, Gabrielle headed to the armoury office and found Eponin awaiting her arrival. She received a warm smile from the weapons master and she gave one back. Yet something in Eponin's gleaming eyes worried her.

"You won't need your staff today, princess." Eponin held out her hand.

Gabrielle had a curious look as she handed over her weapon.

The weapons master settled the staff against the wall and said, "Today's classes will be on the run."

Gabrielle furrowed her eyebrows. "On the run?"

"Yes." Eponin's eyes lowered to Gabrielle's feet. She visually inspected the bard's boots and decided they would work fine. Her head lifted back up and she grinned. "I thought you might like a tour of the Amazon territory."

"Um…." Gabrielle's lips puckered as she decided which answer would be a safer response. "I guess I should know if I want to be a decent princess."

"Excellent." Eponin's eyes now glowed with devilishness. "Let's begin then." She opened the office door and let the princess out first. "This way." She guided Gabrielle down to the gates and idly spoke to her on the way. "How do you feel?"

"Rested," replied Gabrielle.

Eponin's head bobbed. "And your arms?"

The princess blushed but quietly admitted, "Sore."

"I'm very glad." Eponin chuckled at Gabrielle's wistful expression. "It means you worked hard yesterday." She patted the young Amazon's back but stopped when they stepped past the gates of the village. "Now, let's begin class. Ready?"

Gabrielle wasn't sure what she was supposed to be ready for exactly but she nodded.

Eponin chuckled and suddenly broke out into a fast jog. "Come with me, princess," she called.

Gabrielle broke into a fast run and caught up then slowed into an even pace at Eponin's side. She now figured out what Eponin meant by 'class on the run' and she didn't like the idea at all now. "Eponin, when you say class on the run do you mean all day?"

Eponin was smug as she looked to her student. "Yes, princess… all day we will run non-stop and speak non-stop until we've seen all the Amazon land." She directed their running onto a path in the now growing woods. "We have much to cover, princess." The only response she received was an auditable groan.

The two Amazons ran through most of the forest during the morning, covering a lot of ground. As they ran, Eponin idly talked about Amazon history and the story behind the creation of the first Amazon. Here and there Eponin would ask Gabrielle questions to make sure she was listening as well as get her to talk.

Fortunately for Gabrielle, Eponin's talking gave her a source of sanity during this seeming endless run. It also kept her mind off how tired and exhausted she felt along with sweaty. She promised herself as soon as class was over she'd get a long, long bath and that was another thing that kept her going.

"Hey Ep," rasped the princess.

The weapons master paused in her idly verbal teaching. She noted the nickname that Gabrielle called her and didn't know if Gabrielle noticed it and just said it because she was worn out or not. "Yes, princess?"

"I'm… I'm getting… really thirsty," mentioned the bard.

"Oh… my apologies." Eponin suddenly turned onto another path in the woods and called, "This way, princess."

The young slave quickly veered onto the new path and jogged behind the weapons master.

"Keep up," called Eponin. "Amazons have the endurance of any horse."

"I rather ride one," chided the princess.

Eponin laughed and glanced back at the young Amazon. "It would do you no good, princess if your horse went lame and you had to be somewhere by a certain time."

Gabrielle groaned in agreement. "Point… taken," she rasped.

"You must not depend on anything or anybody, princess." Eponin spotted her destination just ahead where there stood a large oak tree. "An Amazon is fully self dependent and resourceful."

"I'm… noticing this," called Gabrielle.

Eponin softly laughed and as she closed in on the oak tree, she called. "We will stop but as I said we are running non-stop." She glanced back and smirked. "We must run in place while we take our small respite."

The princess nodded her agreement and when Eponin came to jogging stop by the oak tree, she followed suit. She ran in spot but felt a little relieved not to be wondering around what it seemed aimlessly in the woods. She dropped her head back and gazed up the tall tree. "That's an amazing tree."

"Yes," agreed Eponin. "It is here that the first Macedonian Amazon was believed to climb the first tree in these woods. From those high branches, she gazed about these lands and decided this would be claimed as Amazon land."

Gabrielle mentally pictured a large, muscular and dark Amazon among the foliage of the great oak tree; the Amazon gazing about the lands and absorbing a dream for female warriors.

"This tree is sacred, princess." Eponin looked at her student. "No Amazon may climb this tree and the nation endeavours to protect it." She smiled up at the tree then lowered her head. "Many Amazons come here to pray to Artemis or spend time to self reflect on their life."

The princess lowered her head and smiled at Eponin's explanation of the tree. "It sounds very sacred."

"It is," confirmed the weapons master. "I have even spent many lonely candlemarks here during my training as the weapons master… just thinking." She shifted closer and touched the tree with her left hand. "It's believed that being in contact with the tree will bring understanding of one's way as an Amazon."

Gabrielle furrowed her eyebrows and she jogged over to the tree. She touched it as well and she couldn't explain it as she felt some kind of charge in her hand that slowly extended down her arm and into her body. She ignored it just thinking it was her over active mind or tired body.

"It is said that this tree is connect to Artemis," revealed the weapons master. She smiled at the tree's trunk as her hand ran across the smooth bark. "If it ever dies," she whispered and looked to the princess, "that means Artemis has given up on her Amazons."

Gabrielle quickly returned her attention to Eponin.

Eponin slightly grinned and reassuringly said, "It will not die, princess." Her eyes lifted to the tree. "It is a white oak, the strongest of trees and the Amazons' future is as strong as oak."

The princess now smiled when Eponin lowered her gaze to her.

Eponin chuckled at Gabrielle's dreamy expression. She jogged away from the tree and stopped but jogged in place. She cupped her hands over her mouth and as she did a birdcall, she saw Gabrielle jogging to her side.

The princess was curious as to why the weapons master did the birdcall. But soon her question was answered when a patrol Amazon landed from a neighbouring tree.

The patrol Amazon revealed her face by pulling her mask back. "Princess." She bowed her head then smiled at the weapons master. "Master Eponin."

Eponin rolled her eyes and chided, "Just Eponin right now."

The Amazon chuckled and neared the two Amazons, whom continued to jog in place. "So I see today is the infamous running class."

Gabrielle gave a groan but she was grinning.

"Yes," answered Eponin. She then looked at the princess and said, "Princess, this is Deka."

Gabrielle brightly smiled and jogged up to the Amazon, making sure to jog in place as she held out her arm. "Nice to meet you, Deka."

The older Amazon warmly smiled and took the sweaty arm. She admired the young princess as she purred, "A pleasure to meet you, my princess."

Gabrielle hotly flushed and wished she wasn't because her body was warm enough.

Eponin chuckled and jogged closer to the pair. "The princess is feeling a little dehydrated, Deka."

"Oh." Deka blinked, grinned and reached to her side to unhook her water skin. "Of course." She made sure to remove the cap for the princess too then handed the skin over.

Gabrielle happily retrieved it and took a few small drinks. Eponin's words from yesterday about over indulging in water came to mind.

Eponin noted Deka's apparent visual inspection of the princess. She cleared her throat to get Deka's attention then asked, "How goes patrol?"

"Everything is quiet," reported the patrol Amazon. "Any concerns during your run?"

"No, everything seems in order," agreed the weapons master. She noted Deka's attention wondering back to the princess. "When do you finish?"

"In three candlemarks," replied Deka.

Gabrielle finished taking her small sips of water and offered the skin to Eponin.

The weapons master shook her head and halted her with a raised hand. "I'm fine… thank you."

Gabrielle hid her surprise and just recorked the skin. She held it back out to Deka. "Thank you."

"Oh no, keep it," insisted the Amazon. She chuckled. "I believe you'll need it again later."

"Are you sure?" persisted the princess.

"Oh yes," assured Deka, a huge smile on her face. "I wouldn't want the princess to get overheated."

Eponin rolled her eyes and looked at Gabrielle. "You get to carry it, princess."

"Figured," teased the bard. She unravelled the string that was attached to the skin and brought the strap across her chest, the skin on her back. "Thank you again, Deka."

"Anytime." Deka winked then took a few steps back from the jogging Amazons. "I'm sure I'll see you again, princess."

Gabrielle cleared her throat. "I'm sure," she agreed.

Deka bowed her head first to Gabrielle then to Eponin. "Good day." She bent her knees then suddenly disappeared.

Gabrielle blinked and looked at Eponin. "How do Amazons do that?"

Eponin chuckled and carefully listened to Deka moving through the trees until she was too far to be heard. "You will learn eventually."

Gabrielle's expression darkened. "I will?"

The weapons master laughed and ordered, "Let's continue."

The princess breathed heavily and murmured, "I hate heights." But she continued to jog along side her teacher. As they jogged further north, Gabrielle noticed the end of the forest and they came into a more barren area that had rugged terrain. "Gods… I didn't realize this was here."

Eponin grinned and guided her student towards a small canyon side that was about ten minutes run. "The Amazon lands have very different terrains, princess." She then slowed down a little to come closer to Gabrielle. "Have you been to the east side of the village?"

"No." Gabrielle had a curious expression.

"Ah, that will be next," decided the weapons master. "We will tour the crops and groves."

"You mean… farming?" Gabrielle was shocked.

"Yes, how did you think we sustained life?" Eponin chuckled at the princess. "Amazons are not all warriors all the time. Some of us are healers, other teachers, a few trade in the various markets, and others are farmers."

"Gods," breathed the bard, "I didn't realize it."

Eponin smiled and when she gazed ahead, she saw the canyon coming into view.

Gabrielle reached up and wiped a thick sheen of sweat off her brow. "I'm getting… hot," she rasped.

The weapons master now grinned and she quietly mused how long it would take Gabrielle to figure out her Amazon attire. When she stole a quick look, she saw the bard was soaked in sweat and her face flushed red. She knew that the formal princess outfit that Gabrielle wore was slowly baking Gabrielle minute by minute. She made a mental note to make sure they returned to the forest under the shade of the trees. But right now, she figured Gabrielle needed a tougher work out for stamina. "This way, princess." She now approached the canyon side that had a small path leading upwards.

Gabrielle gawked and asked, "Up there?"

"Of course," replied the weapons master. "You'll have a reward when you make it to the top." She flashed a grin and led the way up the small trail.

The young slave groaned but faithfully followed her teacher. "Let me guess," she gasped, "a lake to dive into?"

Eponin laughed. "Not quite." She peered back at Gabrielle. "It is something I believe you'll appreciate as a bard." She noticed that seemed to encourage Gabrielle since her pace picked up. "Now then, we should discuss some economics before we reach the east side of the village."

Gabrielle wrapped her right hand around the strap of the water skin. She tried to shift her mind to consider an Amazon economy for the Nation. "Okay, I think I'm ready."

The weapons master made no reply to that but began the economics lesson. "The Nation's sole source of income is our crops and groves plus our yields sustains the village year around."

"Really?" Gabrielle already found that intriguing considering she knew farming since she was a child. She started to estimate just how large those fields had to be in order to not only provide profit but sustain a village of several hundred women. "How many fields?"

"There are exactly twenty-five crop fields, fifteen groves, and twenty gardens." Eponin took a deep breath to help her pumping heart. She was finally starting to feel the affects of the running but it only urged her to push harder. "Five groves are for grapes while the other ten for olive trees. The gardens are mostly for growing fruits, vegetables, and herbs. I believe though that two or three gardens are specifically used to grow herbs for medicines."

"Wow," breathed the bard.

"Oh," added Eponin, "I almost forgot, my apologies." She glanced back at the princess. "Some Amazons are also herders."

"Herders?" Gabrielle took a deep breath then asked, "Cattle, sheep… pigs?"

"All of the above." Eponin did a quick mental inventory. "Some cattle, sheep, pig but predominantly chickens."

Gabrielle's head bobbed as she listened. "Are the animals for the village or….?"

Eponin shook her head. "The cattle are raised to be sold on the market." She stopped talking as she focused on getting up a steep incline, once she was up, she continued on the winding trail. "So are the pigs and sheep when they become of age."

"The chickens are for…." Gabrielle sucked in a lot of air then finished her sentence. "Are for eggs and meat?"

"Yes," called back Eponin. "The chickens are mainly for us. All our other meats are bought from the market. It's too much trouble to slaughter our own animals for meat."

Gabrielle understood the line of thinking and had to agree. "Who goes… to the mar… the market?"

"There are trained Amazons skilled in the art of bartering and they handle the trades." The weapons master slowed her pace a little so that Gabrielle could keep up. "Once a month they take whatever harvest we have and go to Aegae's market."

"Do we get… a lot for the crops?" inquired the curious bard.

"We do well," agreed the weapons master. "And once a year, in the late summer, when the cattle are ready to be sold, there's a large trip to either Corinth or Athens." She slowed down even more when she noted the trail finally widened because they were reaching the top. She came along side the bard. "I recommend going too, princess."

Gabrielle lifted an eyebrow in question.

"What happens," explained Eponin, "is not only does this Nation go but so do several others."

The young bard brightened at the news. "Really? What… what other nations?"

The weapons master chuckled. "It depends really. Last year…." She attempted to recall which nations went. "The Peloponnese Amazons always go and normally the Thessaly too." She smiled as they came around the last inclined bend and arrived at the top of the destination.

Gabrielle came up behind Eponin and her breath was utterly taken away when she realized what her reward was at the top. "Sweet Artemis," she heaved between a large intake of air.

Eponin laughed and waved her student to follow to the ledge of the canyon top. "Follow me, princess."

Gabrielle had almost forgotten to continue her jog because she was so taken with the amazing view. She now followed Eponin over to the ledge and remained in one spot as she jogged. "This is amazing, Eponin."

"It is beautiful," agreed the weapons master. She was relieved when the breeze brushed her face and helped cool her off. She could tell Gabrielle was just as thankful for the cool wind.

Gabrielle continued to gaze out over the Amazon Nation, her eyes on the village far ahead. "I see the fields," she spoke up.

Eponin faintly grinned and nodded. "Yes, and there are the corrals for the various cattle." She pointed just south-east of the village.

The princess smiled and her eyes went back to the busy village. "What… what other Nations go to the… the markets?"

Eponin back tracked in her mind. "Let's see, I said the Peloponnese, Thessaly, and normally the Epirus too."

The bard mentally counted four Nations all together including theirs. "Eph said there were six Nations."

"That we know of, yes," agreed the weapons master. "The other two are the Thrace and Illyria."

Gabrielle's head moved up and down a few times. She remained quiet as she freed her water skin and took small sips.

Eponin looked at the princess then back over the village far off. "The cattle bring in quite a bit of money for the Nation. The sheep provide our wool for cloaks and other clothing in the winter seasons." She grinned. "You will learn to love wool lined boots for the winter."

Gabrielle suddenly smiled at the concept. "That is a good idea." She chuckled at Eponin's grinning face.

"We are prepared," stated the weapons master. "The pigs also bring in a nice stiffen of money."

"How do the vegetables and fruits do?"

"We don't really trade those," replied the weapons master. "That's for the village." She paused, her lips puckering some in thought. "Although there have been several attempts to start our own winery."

Gabrielle couldn't help but laugh but she quickly regretted it as it made her cough some. She patted her chest and took a small drink of water again. "Amazonian Wine?" she joked.

Eponin laughed now yet shrugged and replied, "I don't think it's a bad idea." She devilishly grinned. "It might be worth a try to do a winery. We could prosper well with it."

The princess considered it then nodded. "It's always worth a try."

Eponin smirked and patted her student's arm. "There is hope for you after all."

"What's that… suppose to mean?"

The older Amazon winked, turned and headed for the path again. "Let's continue."

Gabrielle threw the water skin onto her back and hurried after the other Amazon. "We're going to visit the fields and groves next?"

"Yes, my princess," called the weapons master. "Hurry up… the trip is easier down the trail."

After a huge breath, the bard urged her legs to catch up to Eponin but she tried to watch her footing too. "Ep, who is in charge… in charge of the Nation's money?"

Eponin thinly smiled at the princess's constant curiosity. "There are two Amazons who handle the flow of dinars. We call them accountants," explained the weapons master, "one accountant manages the money coming in while the other manages what's going out."

Gabrielle nodded her head.

"They also give monthly reports to the queen on how our dinar flow is," included the Amazon. "They're rather good too."

The bard smiled at knowing the Nation's dinars were well cared for. "They must… must work with the traders."

"Yes they do as well as the farmers and herders." Eponin considered that for a moment then added, "Even I have to work with them on occasions."

"Really?" prompted the princess.

"Yes, I often speak with both the accountants and the traders. I have to keep inventory of the armoury. Occasionally I'm in need of supplies such as more weapons, leather hide, boots… items like that." She glanced behind to make sure Gabrielle was close then she looked ahead again. "Sometimes I send out items for repairs, horses to be shoed, or weapons that aren't used to be sold."

"Wait, wait," cut in Gabrielle. She evilly grinned and taunted, "I thought the Amazons were self sufficient and shouldn't depend on anybody."

"The Nation wasn't built in a day, princess." Eponin admired her student's perception and now chuckled at it. "However it is something we constantly strive to improve." She looked back at Gabrielle then watched the trail again. "I am working towards getting a black smith hut built."

"For our own metal working?" inquired the bard.

"Yes," called back Eponin, "however I keep running into snags."

"Like what?"

"First, finding somebody qualified to act as a black smith." Eponin took a deep breath and continued her explanation. "It's a trade and the trade is run by men."

"So were many other things but we've managed… to master… those arts," breathed Gabrielle.

The weapons master softly smiled and had to agree. "You are correct, princess."

"I bet you," rasped Gabrielle, "there's at least one woman… one woman out there that can do… can do smithing."

"And would you like to find her?" chided the Amazon.

The young slave reserved from laughing and just grinned instead. "You will… work it out, Ep."

"Thank you for the confidence." Eponin flashed a grin but decided to focus back on the main topic. "However the economy is quite integrated and I do not know the finer details, princess." Eponin noticed they were coming near the end of the trail. "You will learn more about the system from the queen."

Gabrielle furrowed her eyebrows but first focussed on hopping over a decent size stone. She landed on her feet and continued jogging. "Queen Melosa?"

"The same," teased the weapons master. "I merely teach you the basics of the Nation like most Amazons. The finer details are what the queen reserves to teach you."

"Why… why can't you?"

Eponin came off the trail and ran in one spot as Gabrielle came to her side. Once she was close, she continued the jog back to the woods. "It is the queen's duty to train you to be the princess. It is my duty to train you to be the Amazon."

"Oh," whispered the bard. She reached up and wiped the sweat from her forehead. "When does Queen Melosa train me?"

"Whenever she and I decide you are ready." Eponin kept her expression serious as she spoke about this topic. "When it is time, Melosa will take you under her wing."

"How long do you think it'll take?" repeated the bard.

Eponin lifted an eyebrow and merely replied, "That depends on you, princess." She then suddenly broke into a faster pace, going ahead of Gabrielle. "Let's pick it up, princess."

Gabrielle urged her burning legs to carry her faster and she did her best to catch up. She was though relieved to return to the shaded woods where it was cooler.

Eponin and Gabrielle eventually made it back to the village and they went to the east side. There they slowed down into a jog and took a tour of the fields, groves, and corral of animals. Here and there Eponin would take a small break and that typically included an introduction to some of the head figures that ran either the fields, herds, or groves. The weapons master then led Gabrielle all the way around the village and as she did, she gazed up at the sun low in the western sky. She stole a quick look at Gabrielle and decided anymore running would be too much for her especially in that attire. So when they came to the gates, Eponin headed in and much to Gabrielle's relief. As soon as Eponin stepped through the gates her jog slowed into a walk and she turned to the princess.

Gabrielle gasped for air, stopped walking, hunched forward, and inhaled deeply several times. "Oh… gods…."

"Don't stop moving," ordered Eponin. "Straightened up and walk around… in a circle, I don't care just walk around."

The princess nodded, rose up, and walked around taking in big gulps of air.

Eponin was doing the same but she tried to remain a little more relaxed, which she was managing. She looked to Gabrielle and said, "I'm glad you stuck with me today."

Gabrielle chuckled and gave a doubtful smile. "I tried my best."

The weapons master only nodded and made no comment. "Okay… we're finished for the day." She brushed back some hair that was stuck to her forehead. "Tomorrow though you have a free day."

"Free day?" questioned the surprised princess.

"Yes." Eponin put her hands on her hips and continued to pace as her heart rate settled down. "You may do whatever you like… rest, sleep, eat, write… walk around… whatever you like. You report to me the next day at the usual time."

Gabrielle nodded but she still didn't quite understand the idea behind the 'free day.'

"Great." Eponin stopped walking and faced the still pacing bard. "And I recommend a bath."

Gabrielle laughed and paused in her pacing. She pulled her water skin free and took a small drink. She corked it and held it out in offer thinking Eponin had to be dying for a drink.

"No thank you," replied the weapons master. She wouldn't show any weakness to her student so she could keep Gabrielle awe struck. She would wait until she separated to get a drink of water.

Gabrielle closed her mouth instead of gawking. She corked the skin and threw it over her shoulder. "Ep, I was wondering…." She fell short because she needed a deep breath. She cleared her throat and finished her question. "I was wondering if I could get some other leathers….?" She patted her still heavy chest and took a few steps around again. "I don' think this outfit is right… right for these drills."

Slowly a fine smile creased the weapons master's lips. "Of course. I can assign you some more… suitable leathers for training."

"Oh that'd be great," agreed the bard. "I've been roasting in this outfit."

The older Amazon chuckled and waved Gabrielle to follow her. "This way." As Gabrielle walked along with her, she mentioned, "Technically that attire is considered fashionable." She noted Gabrielle's confused look so she clarified herself. "Terreis only wore it formally, occasionally in the winter, and rare occasions on the sparring field if it was a laxed training."

"Oh," murmured the bard. "I wish I'd known that sooner."

Eponin smirked. "We had confidence that you'd figure it out yourself… and you have."

Gabrielle just rolled her eyes.

The weapons master opened the door to the armoury hut and let the princess in first. "Wait here, I'll find you something suitable."

Gabrielle remained by the door as Eponin went to the tables of leathers.

Eponin first sifted through the tops and pulled out what she guessed would be Gabrielle's size. She then went down to the skirts and picked out a skirt that would go from Gabrielle's hips to just above her knees. She let the articles of leather dangle from her arm as she came back to the princess. "Here." She handed them over after doing a check of the tag numbers on the clothes. "If they work, bring the tags the next day and I'll write them off to you."

The princess noted the parchment tags attached to each item that had a number on it. "Oh… okay." She nodded and smiled at her teacher. "Thank you."

"You're welcome." Eponin patted Gabrielle's back as the bard turned around. "Maybe I'll see you tonight at the mess hut."

The slave flashed a smile and nodded. "Thank you, Ep."

The weapons master smiled at the nickname and gave a wave as she went to the armoury office hut next door.

Gabrielle watched Eponin go into the office hut then she continued her way back to her hut. She was dying for a long bath.

After Eponin entered her hut, she was greeted by another Amazon awaiting her arrival.

"My, my… you're looking hot, Eponin." The Amazon clearly inspected the weapons master.

Eponin smacked the Amazon's stomach and side stepped her to get behind her desk. "It's good to see you too, Calandra."

The Amazon smiled as she watched the weapons master get her water skin. "Class was on the run today?"

The amused weapons master peered up with hooded eyes. "Yes." She took a drink of water then after feeling refreshed, she asked, "How did the lessons go today?"

"Excellent," reported Calandra.

Eponin nodded her approval. She'd been working with Calandra from the start of taking her position as weapons master. Calandra along with three other Amazons helped in training the younger Amazons. They were essential to the training and especially now since Eponin spent most of her time with the princess. "How is my sister doing?"

Calandra grinned. "You don't have faith in Ephiny?"

The weapons master shook her head and sat down. She wryly smiled up at her assistant. "I just want to make sure she is well trained since I'm not there to make sure of it."

"Master," warned Calandra, "have some confidence in your assistants." She took a seat in front of Eponin's desk. "Hali, Aricia, Beryl and I are doing well with them."

"I'm glad to hear it." Eponin rested back in her chair and clasped her belt. "I'll be there tomorrow."

Calandra perked up at the news. "A free day huh?"

"Yes," agreed the weapons master. She picked up her water skin again but before she took a drink, she muttered, "It should be interesting."

Calandra silently watched the weapons master drink. She tilted her head a little. "How is the princess doing?"

Eponin recorked her skin and set it aside on the desk. "She is learning," was all she was willing to reveal.

Calandra mocked glared and pushed out of her chair. "We also have to finalize that proposal for the smithing hut."

Eponin dropped her head back and gave a quiet groan. "Calandra, can't you handle that?"

"They need your approval, Eponin." The assistant weapons master smacked the desk with her hand. "Do I look like the weapons master? No, I'm the senior grade."

Eponin chuckled and nodded her head. "We'll go over them tomorrow after the lessons."

Calandra brightened and she ran her freehand through her short brown hair. "Let's hope they pass the queen's approval."

The weapons master shook her head. "I doubt they even get past the council."

Calandra threw up her arms as she stalked over to the door. "Why not? I'm so sick of the politics. We need a smithing hut… we can't kept throwing away this money on customized weapons outside the Nation."

"I know," agreed Eponin "but you know how it looks when the dinars are on parchment."

"The smithing hut will pay for itself," refuted Calandra.

"In five years," reminded the weapons master. "And right now, the stables need some maintenance this summer."

Calandra put her hands on her hips and shook her head at the weapons master. "Who's side are you on, Eponin?"

The weapons master laughed and shook her head. "The Nation's side."

Calandra brushed off Eponin with a wave of her hand. "You need to be selfish once in awhile, Eponin."

Eponin softly smiled and shook her head. "I'll see you, Calandra."

Calandra flashed a smile now and opened the door. "Have a good evening, master." She then quietly left the hut and Eponin.

Eponin sighed and looked at the report scrolls on her desk from her four assistants. She needed to look over the daily reports to see the progress of the young students then she could finally get a bath before dinner. After about a half of a candlemark, she finished up and decided to leave her office. She stepped out of the hut with her sword in sheath now reattached to her back; she hadn't taken it on the run. However in her left hand was Gabrielle's staff, which she would return later along with a harsh reminder for her student. As she made her way across village, she spotted Ephiny approaching her.

"Afternoon, sister," greeted the weapons master.

Ephiny had a smile as she joined her sister's side. "Finished duty?"

"Yes," replied Eponin. "How were your sword lessons?"

"They went well," agreed Ephiny. "We worked on offence."

"So I read," agreed the weapons master. "The class worked on the horizontal and vertical cuts."

Ephiny nodded her agreement. "I learned a lot," she admitted and she enjoyed Eponin's proud smile. "I heard tomorrow is a free day for the princess."

Eponin shot a faint grin. "Yes."

"You will be teaching tomorrow?"

Eponin mused at her sister's hidden excitement but she relented from smiling. "Yes… I plan to teach your group."

Ephiny chuckled and teased, "You're too kind, Eponin."

The weapons master laughed inwardly but didn't give into the bantering. "Perhaps."

Ephiny studied her sister then removed her intense stare. "How goes things with Gabrielle?"

Eponin's head bobbed. "Well… I'm getting some of your confidence in her."

Ephiny smirked. "It's catching, isn't it?"

Eponin patted her sister's midback. "I'm not her biggest fan like you, sister but she may have potential." She hefted the princess's staff in seeming consideration. "It's too early to tell yet what kind of Amazon she'll be… or future queen for that matter."

Ephiny lifted an eyebrow. "She'll be as amazing as Queen Hippolyta if not better."

"Perhaps," gave in Eponin but she didn't hold the same confidence, the princess still having too much to prove to her.

"Can't you see the potential, Eponin?" persisted the Amazon.

The weapons master shook her head and pointed a finger at Ephiny. "I know what I see… and right now…." She stopped and faced her sister. "I see how you're so smitten with her that you can't see straight."

Ephiny rolled her eyes and put her hands on her hips.

Eponin shook her head. "Have you talked to her about it?"

Ephiny sighed and her hands dropped from her hips. "Eponin-"

"Have you talked to her about it?" Eponin tried again, her face more stern than earlier.

"We've danced around it," admitted the young Amazon.

Eponin's right eyebrow was up and she had an annoyed expression.

"I know," hotly stated Ephiny. "I know."

"You need to talk to her about it, sister." Eponin rested a hand on Ephiny's shoulder.

"She's been through a lot… it's not easy."

Eponin shook her head. "Talk to her… soon." Her hand lowered and her mind slipped back to earlier today with Deka. "There are plenty of others waiting in line." She said nothing else and started walking.

Ephiny had a tight face but she sighed and hurried after her sister. "It'll be interesting to see how she does tomorrow."

The weapons master gave a wilful look. "It will be."

"Do you have any idea what she'll do for the day?"

Eponin shook her head. "You know what most Amazons do." She waved a hand then complained, "They sleep in, eat, relax and do nothing."

Ephiny chuckled and replied, "I think Gabrielle will surprise you."

"Ephiny…." Eponin's tone was drawn out with tried patience. "She's not a goddess… remember we worship Artemis… not Gabrielle."

Ephiny glanced at Eponin and remained silent.

Eponin lifted an eyebrow at her sister.

Ephiny suddenly smirked and murmured, "I'd worship her." Her ears rung with Eponin's hysterical laughter and Ephiny joined in too.

The weapons master's laughter died to a smooth chuckle and smile that curled the corner of her lips up. "I love you, Ephiny." She brought her arm around her sister's shoulders and gave her a kiss on the temple.

Ephiny flushed yet brought her arm around Eponin's waist. "I'm your favourite sister."

"Without a doubt," joked Eponin. She released her sister when they came to her hut. She grasped the door handle yet turned to Ephiny.

"I'll see you at dinner, Eponin." Ephiny didn't step away however as she said, "Enjoy the bath."

Eponin winked as she pushed her door open. "Oh I will. See you, Ephiny."

The young Amazon was already headed off and she gave a brief wave. She then continued on her way.

It was another candlemark or so before dinner and the Amazons gathered in the mess hut. Everybody seemed to arrive at the same time and lined up at the buffet table to gather up the prepared meal. Most Amazons sat in groups with their friends in various areas of the hut however for the more prestige Amazons there was a nicer table that was lifted on a dais. Typically the queen sat at the head of the table and down the sides were various members that may or may not join such as the princess, the stratègos and her officers, the priestess, the weapons master, the head of the council, and other various Amazons that held respected titles or ranks.

As Gabrielle stood in the buffet line, she gazed up at the royal table and noted that Queen Melosa was there already and to her right sat the stratègos. As the buffet line slowly moved, Gabrielle considered the stratègos along with the rest of the Amazon army. Eponin had briefly glazed over how the army worked in the Nation and explained that the ranks were setup much like Alexander the Great's army.

At first the princess was considerably confused why the Amazon Nation would base their army on a male leader. It wasn't until Eponin brought to light that Alexander was Great because of his abilities as a military leader. The Amazons decided to base their own army off the principals of Alexander the Great in belief they were just as superior if not more than Alexander the Great. Once Gabrielle realized that she later understood that the stratègos was the same as the commander of the army.

"Hey," greeted a cheerful Solari.

The bard broke out of her thoughts and turned her gaze to the older Amazon. "Hey Solari."

Solari was a few people behind but she waved and called, "You seen Ephiny?"

"Not yet," replied the princess, a shrug of her shoulders.

Solari shrugged back and just paid attention to the moving line.

After Gabrielle finished collecting her food, she debated whether to join the queen up on the dais or to stay below with her friends. She stood off to the side of the hut and debated with herself. Then somebody brushed up against her and she smiled at Solari.

Solari nodded at the royal table and muttered, "Sit with the queen."

The young slave frowned and stared at the queen. "I know I should."

"Just join us later," persisted Solari. "We'll save a spot for you." She noted the more hopeful look on Gabrielle's face. "Promise," she added.

Gabrielle was relieved and she said a word of thanks before heading to the royal table.

Solari briefly watched her go then she went to her usual table where Ephiny and a few others would join her.

Queen Melosa turned away from her conversation with the stratègos and offered a warm greeting to the princess. "Welcome, princess."

"My queen." Gabrielle smiled and bowed her head then took a seat to Queen Melosa's left.

The queen gauged the bard's mood and decided she was in good spirits. She held out a hand to the stratègos on her right. "This is the stratègos, princess." She smiled at the stratègos. "Commander Kalonice."

The bard decided it was best to stand and she held out her arm.

The stratègos was secretly surprised and impressed. She rose up to her full six feet and took the girl's small arm. "Pleasure to meet you, Princess Gabrielle."

Gabrielle dipped her head and replied, "You as well, stratègos."

The commander inwardly admired the young princess as she released her arm. She took her seat again and continued to study the new princess. "So have you learned much about the army?"

The bard shook her head then answered, "Not yet, stratègos." She paused as she considered what else to say then Eponin's teachings came to mind. "Ep…." She faltered and realized the proper title for the weapons master. "Master Eponin taught me some things." She waved her right hand. "Just general things."

The stratègos nodded her head and wrapped her right hand around her mug. "If you would ever like some more detailed lessons just let me know, princess."

The young slave brightened. "I'd be honoured, stratègos."

Queen Melosa had carefully watched the exchanged and approved of the princess's handlings. She then diverted her attention to the mess hut. Most of the Amazons had gotten their meals but some were still left. As she brought her attention back to her table, she spotted the weapons master and priestess stepping onto the dais. "Priestess, Master Eponin."

Priestess Narkissa bowed her head and gave a greeting smile to the queen. "Good evening, my queen." She took a seat beside the stratègos. "Commander Kalonice," she further greeted.

Eponin settled her plate of food beside the princess but looked to the queen. "My queen." She tipped her head then took her seat.

"How are you, princess?" inquired the priestess.

The princess softened to the priestess for some unknown reason. Gabrielle couldn't shake the natural infinitive she felt for the priestess. "I'm well," she replied, "yourself?"

"Excellent," replied the much older Amazon.

Gabrielle dipped her head then peered back up. For a quiet second, she compared the priestess to the stratègos and figured them to be about the same age. Gabrielle began to muse that since the stratègos was the priestess's age that she would soon be replaced since Maired was taking the priestess position. However Gabrielle refrained from asking knowing it wasn't the proper time to ask such questions.

"How goes the training, princess?" interrupt the priestess's voice.

The bard pulled out of her thoughts and now smiled. "I'm enjoying them." She glanced at the weapons master beside her; she clearly blushed from Eponin's inquisitive look.

"I heard class was on the run," pointed out the queen.

Eponin shifted her attention to Queen Melosa. "Yes." Her focus went to everybody around the table except for Gabrielle. "I'm happy to report my pupil didn't collapse."

Everybody around the table quietly laughed and Gabrielle was dying to sink through her seat after being thoroughly teased.

"You should be proud," cut in the priestess, her full attention on the bard. "Not all students survive the class on the run."

Princess Gabrielle beamed and accepted the praising. "Thank you, priestess." But what she didn't catch was the warning glare from the weapons master.

Narkissa merely ignored Eponin's disapproving look and had already decided the princess require some praise.

"You have much to learn," reminded the queen.

The stratègos's head bobbed and her hands folded in her lap. "It only get's harder from here, princess." She knew why Eponin had disapproved of Narkissa's praise and now tried to destroy whatever confidence Gabrielle had taken from it. "Only true Amazons are fit for these classes."

The slave tried to remain confident yet nervousness didn't elude her. "Of course, stratègos." Her lips pierced a little but she stated, "I am prepared."

"I hope so," relented Commander Kalonice.

Before the conversation could continue, Queen Melosa silently rose up from her chair and straightened her back out. Gabrielle heard the clinging, clanging and chatter in the mess hut come to an abrupt stop. Gabrielle was impressed by how much respect the queen evoked in her Nation and her own admiration for the queen heightened.

"Good evening, sisters," spoke out Queen Melosa, "Let's give praise to Artemis for our meal tonight." She gave a signal to Narkissa.

The priestess rose up and when she was at her full but short height, everybody in the Nation bowed their heads. Narkissa took a deep breath, her eyes scanning the Amazons as she called out, "Artemis, your Amazons celebrate another day under your reign. We thank you for this meal that you've bestowed upon us through blessing our good fortune." She paused then in an amazingly booming voice, she called out, "To Artemis."

"To Artemis," echoed back the entire Nation in harmony.

Queen Melosa and the priestess took their seats again and as soon as they sat the loud clatter and talking continued as if it never stopped. Gabrielle released a held breath and lifted her head. She'd seen this display several times before but it never failed to impress her each time.

For awhile the royal table quietly ate until a new arrival stepped up the dais. The queen first noticed the new arrival and lifted an inquisitive eyebrow because of the Amazon's lack of punctuality.

"My apologies, my queen." The Amazon took a seat beside Narkissa. "I was delayed by work in the council."

"Quite alright, Rena." The queen had a patient look. "Your daughter, Masika, is not joining us?"

Gabrielle perked up at Masika's name. She now knew who Rena was, the head council member.

"She'll be along, my queen." Rena's dark brown eyes flickered down to the buffet where Masika was hastening to get her meal. She returned to the queen. "We had much to prepare for tomorrow."

"Yes," agreed the queen, "the proposals will be in."

The head council member dipped her head.

Gabrielle, from the corner of her eye, took in Rena's features. Rena was much like Masika but with added wrinkles, lighter skin, and salt and pepper hair. And Rena seemed to glow with her age, probably from years of experience Gabrielle decided.

"Master Eponin, are you putting in the proposal for the smithing hut?"

Eponin's attention lifted to the stratègos. "I am, stratègos despite it's a… fleeting attempt."

Commander Kalonice grunted and loudly stated, "The army could use it."

Rena wanted to ignore the jibe but years of experience taught her otherwise. She shot a dangerous look at the stratègos and warned, "I believe your stables need maintenance before you find your cavalry without a home for the winter."

Commander Kalonice smirked at the elder and returned her focus to her meal.

"Let's leave the proposals for later," ordered the queen.

"Of course, my queen," agreed Councillor Rena. Her attention was stolen away when her daughter joined them at the table.

"Good evening, my queen." Masika lowered her plate next to Eponin and bowed her head to the queen. She then gazed at everybody else around the table. "Good evening, everybody."

"Sit down, Masika. You're cramping my neck," ordered the stratègos.

Masika corked an eyebrow at the impertinent commander. She took her seat beside the weapons master.

However it seemed as if the stratègos wasn't finished her earlier banter, her taunting voice filling the silent void. "We were just discussing the proposal for the smithing hut."

Masika peered up with dark, hooded eyes.

Commander Kalonice could tell she was pulling Masika's strings.

"Comannder," gently warned the queen.

The stratègos expression went apologetic before the queen. "My apologies, my queen."

Queen Melosa let it go despite she inwardly enjoyed the banter but she wouldn't let anybody else see it. She was about to return to her meal then hesitated. "Rena, have you met the princess?"

Rena looked to the young princess. "No, my queen."

"Princess Gabrielle, this is Rena… the head council member."

Gabrielle put her fork down and repeated her same actions from earlier. She stood and held out her arm.

The head council member was astounded; she rid herself of the dumbful look and got up. She shook arms and said, "A pleasure, princess."

"All mine, councillor." Gabrielle gave her best smile.

Rena released the small arm then held out that same hand to Masika. "Have you met my daughter, Masika?"

"Yes, we've met," answered Masika, her eyes locked on the young princess.

"This past winter," agreed the bard.

"Excellent," agreed Rena. She took her seat again after the princess sat. She pierced her chicken with her fork but her attention rested on the princess. "Has Master Eponin taught you much about government?"

"The general gist," replied the princess.

"Ah." The head councillor dipped her head and smiled. "If you ever require more knowledge, please speak with me or Masika."

Masika's eyes flickered from her mother back to her meal.

"Thank you," answered the princess. "I know there must be a lot to the council and government."

"There is," agreed Councillor Rena.

"But more to the army," cut off the stratègos.

Rena casted a dark look at Commander Kalonice. "Don't forget who makes the final say on your operations, stratègos."

The stratègos shot back a grin. "Yes, Queen Melosa has final approval."

Rena held a staring contest with the stratègos but finally decided it was fruitless. Instead, she ignored Commander Kalonice and returned to her meal.

Gabrielle witnessed the display and made notes of it. She wondered why there was so much tension between the stratègos and the council or maybe it was just all fun and games. She truly wasn't sure and she decided she'd have to look more into it.

The meal continued in relative silence but on occasions somebody would speak or question another. Overall, Gabrielle found a lot of unknown tension bouncing off each person and she disliked it enough to knot her stomach up almost to the point of not wanting to eat.

Near the end of the meal, Eponin leaned over to Gabrielle and gently asked, "Would you care to join me? I'm going to visit with Ephiny and Solari."

Gabrielle quickly smiled and nodded. "I would love to."

Eponin's eyes flickered to the queen then back to Gabrielle, her eyebrow arched up in warning.

The princess understood and turned to the queen. "If that's okay, my queen?"

"Of course." Queen Melosa nodded her approval and encouraged her to go with a warm look. "Spend time with your sisters."

"Thank you." Gabrielle stood when Eponin did. She collected her empty plate but made sure to say goodbye to everybody around the table. She then followed her teacher off the dais.

Commander Kalonice finished biting on her carrot stalk as she watched the princess and Eponin leave. When they were out of earshot, she speared the priestess with a dark look. "Narkissa, next time do not interfere with Eponin's training."

Priestess Narkissa resisted from rolling her eyes as she picked up her mug of water. After a moment of thought, she responded to the warning. "The princess could use at least a small pat on the back."

"Narkissa," cut in the queen, "you know the rules."

Narkissa gave up on her drink and put her mug down. She was one of the few that could contest the queen's words without being sliced in half. "My queen, my praise would not be as detrimental to Eponin's training as it would be if it came from you or Eponin herself." She could tell the queen was relenting and she contained her competitive smile.

"I suppose," murmured Queen Melosa but in a stronger voice, she ordered, "But see that you hold your tongue until the proper time."

"Certainly, my queen." The priestess bent her head but her hooded eyes sparkled at the stratègos.

Commander Kalonice saw the taunt and just shot a nasty look. She then let go of it when the priestess patted her leg and she secretly forgave the priestess.

Narkissa noted the stratègos's relaxation now so she went back to finishing her meal.

Gabrielle and Eponin were seated together and across from Solari and Ephiny. The group was chatting away after Solari had introduced two of her friends: Teresa and Jocasta. Gabrielle figured Teresa was about her age, sixteen, but Jocasta was closer to Eponin's age and both seemed quite pleasant. Teresa though was rather shy and only piped in here and there or when her opinion was asked. Jocasta was closer to Solari's personality but she was constantly smiling and laughing; one of the most vibrant, sunny people Gabrielle had ever met. Jocasta's intense cheerfulness seemed to rub off on everybody in the group.

Suddenly, the entire group of friends bursted into a stitch of laughter from Jocasta's story. Gabrielle wiped away tears from her eyes and continued to hold her aching stomach.

"So get this, right…." Jocasta waited for everybody's attention to return to her. "I stuck my foot out as she charged me. Adonia trips on my foot and I'm telling you, she took off into the air." Jocasta jumped from her seat and held out her arms. "Arms and legs wide open as she soared through the air then wham!" She smacked her hands together. "Her face and body went into the mud and she glided for several paces."

The group broke out laughing again at Jocasta's story.

Jocasta sat back down while in a roll of laughter.

Solari inhaled deeply and loudly announced. "Well Adonia proved Amazons do fly!"

The group all hooted and howled with laughter and hands clapping in praise.

"Oh sweet Artemis," breathed Jocasta between her laughing. "Poor Adonia, I think she washed her mouth out for candlemarks to get the mud out." She then bared her teeth and pointed to them. "Grit all in between her teeth."

"Oh gross!" cried Solari then she laughed with the rest of the group.

"Lucky she didn't eat any worms!" called Ephiny.

"Well I'm sure it'd make her regular if she did," hooted Solari.

The group ached with laughter again and tears straining from the corners of their eyes.

"That's it!" yelled a deep woman's voice across from the table behind the group.

The group of friends quickly stopped laughing and looked over at the Amazon.

"I have you know, I fully planned that tactic," proudly stated the Amazon as she now stood in front of the group. One hand on her hip and her other hand fashionably swept back a golden lock of her hair.

Jocasta laughed and pointed at Adonia. "Yes, it's called the A-down-ya-go tactic!"

The air was filled again with a fit of various laughs and clapping.

Adonia remained tall and proud before the other Amazons. When they settled, she cleared her throat and perfectly stated, "Well it worked."

"Which part?" spoked up the normally quiet Teresa, "The flying or the cleaning your teeth?"

Adonia groaned as the Amazons laughed at her more. She shook her head, pushed Jocasta, who was on the edge of the bench, and took a seat with the group. "What other stories have you told them about me, Jocasta?"

Jocasta sweetly smiled at her friend. "Only the good ones."

Adonia laughed and shook her head. "I believe it."

"Hey Adonia," called Ephiny, "have you met the princess?"

Adonia's hazel eyes expanded widely and she stared at the princess. "No," she soothed, "introduce me."

Gabrielle was resisting her usual flush as Ephiny held her hand at her.

"Adonia, this is Princess Gabrielle."

Adonia leaned forward and held out her hand. "It's spectacular to meet you, princess."

Now Gabrielle's attempt to resist her blush failed and her cheeks thoroughly crimsoned. She took the larger hand and gave a brisk shake.

Adonia smirked and teased, "The red cheeks flatter you, princess."

The bard's cheeks went into a richer red and she dropped her gaze.

Adonia released the small, warm hand and chuckled. "So tell me…." She leaned forward, her right arm on the table, and her cheek cupped in her hand. Her intense stare was only on the princess. "How do you take to the Nation?"

Gabrielle cleared her throat and mentally thanked Artemis that her blush ceased. "It's becoming home."

"Beautiful," appraised Adonia. "I consider this Nation honoured to be given your divinity."

The bard blinked as she soaked in the high compliment.

Eponin noticed the uneasiness in her student and she almost gave Adonia an annoyed look but she resisted.

"Thank you," replied the bard, not sure how else to respond.

"Adonia is one of the best students in the sword training class," cut in Solari.

"Really?" perked up the princess.

Adonia revealed her proud smile then stated, "But only when I'm taking flight instead of fight."

The group of friends laughed at Adonia's joke.

Adonia waited for her friends to settle down and she went back to her conversation with the princess. "I heard you go to the Academy with Ephiny."

The small slave nodded her head. "Yes, we'll be going back at the end of the summer."

"Ah haaa." Adonia directed her next question to Ephiny. "How goes it, Ephiny?"

"Excellent," replied Ephiny. "And Gabrielle is number one in our class."

"Ooooh." Adonia devilishly smiled. "An Amazon Princess with an exquisite forte in the art of barding… I am in ecstasy."

"You'll have to tell us a story sometime," piped in a Jocasta.

"Positively," agreed Adonia.

"Maybe when the princess isn't so tired from her classes." Eponin lifted a warning eyebrow.

"Naturally." Adonia smiled warmly and nodded.

The princess softly laughed and promised, "I'll tell one soon."

"Fantastic." Adonia's smile grew even warmer.

"So how'd it go up at the big table?" inquired Jocasta to Gabrielle.

Princess Gabrielle chuckled but peered up at her teacher.

Eponin only shrugged as if to give approval.

"It's different," she finally admitted.

"They don't talk much," added Eponin.

Gabrielle nodded her agreement. "I met a lot of them."

"What'd you think of the stratègos?"

Gabrielle's focus went to Ephiny. "I'm not sure yet."

"I can't take Masika," stated Jocasta. "Rena, her mother, is amazing though."

"Masika just started." Eponin always defended the council members no matter any reputation.

"She's too young to be there," refuted Jocasta.

"How old is Masika?"

Jocasta looked at Gabrielle and answered, "Forty-one and most councillors start out at fifty… sometimes even fifty-five." She smacked the table and stated, "She got in because of her mother."

"Well she is Councillor Rena's legacy," offered Teresa.

Everybody glanced at Teresa and pretty much everybody in the group agreed with nods.

"Still," protested Jocasta, "she's too young."

"Give her the benefit of the doubt, babe." Adonia rubbed her friend's back to calm her. "Masika did just start."

Jocasta uncharacteristic frown faded and her natural smile reappeared. "I guess so."

Adonia winked and patted her friend's back.

Ephiny had been idly listening but much of her focus centred on Gabrielle. She took notice of how Gabrielle seemed to be somewhere else mentally and not really listening. Ephiny stretched her right foot out under the table and rubbed her boot against Gabrielle's.

The bard's distance stare broke and her eyes sharpened on her friend. Her eyes glowed in question.

"Feel like going for a walk with me?" Ephiny offered a smile to tempt her friend.

The princess dramatically groaned and loudly asked, "Another 'tour' around the Nation?"

Eponin deeply laughed and patted her student's outside thigh. "Class is over, princess."

"I find I'm always in class," chided Gabrielle.

Eponin knowingly smiled for a brief second then turned away.

"I'd love to go for a walk." Gabrielle smiled and stood up when Ephiny did the same.

"We'll see you ladies later."

The group smiled up at Ephiny and said goodnight.

The princess also said goodnight and fell into step beside Ephiny when Ephiny came around the table. After she and Ephiny left, the group continued with their conversation except for Solari. She didn't pay much mind as she watched Ephiny and the princess leave the mess hut. From the corner of her eye, Eponin noticed Solari's curious stare and Eponin kept a mental reminder of it.

Gabrielle quietly walked along side Ephiny, who led them through the village. She stared down at her boots and contemplated her few days so far with the Amazons.

"How you doing?" Ephiny waited awhile for a reply and Gabrielle's answer started with a deep breath.

"Tired, sore… but I'm good." The princess had a half-hearted smile.

Ephiny curiously studied her friend then asked, "Feel comfortable here?"

"Yes." Gabrielle's head also bobbed. "But I guess… I think I'm finally starting to miss home." She sensed Ephiny's confusion so she explained. " Potidaea, I mean. Life has been so… insane that I never had a second to consider how much I miss home." She shrugged and whispered, "Settling down here I guess has me thinking about Potidaea."

The older Amazon now understood and she thought over what Gabrielle told her. When they went through the gates and into the woods, she reached over and laced her hand through Gabrielle's. Ephiny gave a gentle squeeze then she felt Gabrielle's smile on her.

Gabrielle squeezed back and studied Ephiny's soft yet reserved profile. "You know… I really do want to go back to Potidaea." She stared at the passing ground. "For a visit… see how things are."

"I agree." Ephiny never looked at her friend as she spoke but instead watched where they were travelling in the moonlit woods. "Take some time off… visit Potidaea, Amphipolis."

The young bard dipped her head and bit her lower lip. "And maybe Pyrgos."

Ephiny paused in her breathing but silently released a long breath. "You think you'll find something that Cornelio didn't?"

"Possibly," replied the bard. "I'm not sure though." She brushed back and locked a few strands of loose hair behind her left ear. "How do I get the time off, Eph?"

"You'll have to talk to the queen and Eponin."

"You think they'll give it to me?"

The Amazon considered before answering. "I think so… probably not right now but maybe after a moon's cycle of training."

Gabrielle thinly smiled but slowly it slipped and she came to a stop. She turned to Ephiny. "Will you go with me?"

Ephiny couldn't resist smiling as she dipped her head closer to Gabrielle's. "If I can, yes."

The princess chuckled and her smile returned. She dropped her forehead against Ephiny's and closed her eyes. "Thanks."

"No problem," murmured Ephiny. She closed her eyes as well and just absorbed the silent comfort between them.

"Eph?"

Ephiny picked up on Gabrielle's gentle yet curious tone. "Hmmm?"

"Is it okay if I kiss you?"

Ephiny's chest tightened with a laugh but she resisted it yet her lips did curl up into a grin. "Very okay." She didn't move at all until Gabrielle's warm hand touched her right cheek and she leaned into the touch. Then Gabrielle's forehead moved away from hers and soft lips tenderly touched against hers. A whimper passed through Ephiny when Gabrielle gradually deepened the kiss.

Gabrielle took a step closer, which caused Ephiny to encircle her waist. She gave her own whimper as her tongue touched Ephiny's now and she could only recall one other time feeling this good. When she pulled back from the kiss, she took a moment to tangle her right hand in Ephiny's hair and as she pulled Ephiny back for another kiss, she felt her stomach burn.

Ephiny resist her desires as she drew back for air. She smiled at Gabrielle but took a moment to give a more soothing kiss. When she finally pulled back some, she memorized the wistful and beautiful expression on Gabrielle's face. She'd never seen Gabrielle's eyes so rich and a burning green.

"Ephiny?" murmured the bard.

"Mmmm?" The Amazon bent her head again for another kiss, gently nibbling on Gabrielle's lower lip. She felt her knees weaken when Gabrielle responded with a moan. Again she forced herself to pull back and she brought the side of her head against Gabrielle's, their cheeks pressed together.

Gabrielle let out a content sigh, a smile growing on her face. "I don't think 'friend' is working anymore."

Ephiny's chest shook from deep laughs. She nuzzled Gabrielle's neck and whispered, "I agree."

The bard heavily inhaled as she tried to convince herself she was ready for this step.

Ephiny could feel Gabrielle's uneasiness and she understood why. The past few years had brought on so many changes for Gabrielle and this was another change that brought on more fears. Ephiny knew she had to reassure Gabrielle and for it to work out at the start had to be a positive change in Gabrielle's life. With that in mind, Ephiny brushed her cheek against Gabrielle's and whispered, "I promise it'll be slow." She then drew back so she could look into unsteady green eyes. "And if you ever want to back out, just so say." She was silent as Gabrielle's worries slowly fled her hazy green eyes. "I worry about you, I care about you, Gabrielle. So I want what's best for you."

"I know," quietly replied the bard. She touched Ephiny's cheek again with her fingertips. She sadly smiled. "I want what's best for you too. I don't want to hurt you."

"Just one day at a time, Gabrielle," reassured Ephiny. "Okay?"

Gabrielle nodded and smiled now. "Thanks, Eph."

"Anytime," murmured the Amazon. She captured Gabrielle's soft lips in another tender kiss when she pulled back; she heard a small laugh from Gabrielle. "What?"

The bard quickly stopped giggling and asked, "Does this mean we're girlfriends?"

"I hope so," teased Ephiny.

Gabrielle nodded and leaned in again but before she started another kiss, she whispered, "Girlfriends."

Ephiny groaned as she tried to force the kiss to an abrupt stop. She started to pull back while murmuring, "Slower, Gabrielle."

"What?" chided the smirking princess.

Ephiny challenged Gabrielle with an arched eyebrow and indifferent expression.

Gabrielle laughed and swatted Ephiny's hard stomach. "No fun." She then turned on her heels and trotted off back to the village.

"Hmph." Ephiny's eyes slitted, her lips in a secret grin but she followed Gabrielle back. When they were in the village, she took Gabrielle back to her hut.

Gabrielle stopped in front of her door, turned, and leaned back against it. She folded her arms over her chest and softly grinned.

"How about breakfast tomorrow?" inquired Ephiny.

"That sounds good," agreed the princess. "What time do you start class?"

"Three candlemarks after sunrise."

"I'll be at the mess hut before that then." The princess face crinkled up. "You get to start later than I do for classes."

"That's because I've earned it," bluntly stated the Amazon.

Gabrielle laughed and straightened up from the door. "I'm sure," she murmured and leaned into Ephiny.

Ephiny sighed as she returned the tender kiss. She then stepped back and pointed a finger at her girlfriend. "Go to bed." She winked, turned and headed off.

"Goodnight, Eph," called the bard.

The older Amazon flashed a bright smile then disappeared ahead in the torch lit village.

"Hmmm." Gabrielle chuckled and finally went into her hut. She decided to get ready for bed by starting with the removal of her gauntlets and arm bracers.

Eponin approached the princess's hut; in her right hand was Gabrielle's staff. She tapped the top of the staff against the princess's hut door and waited.

Gabrielle was just about to get her nightshift when she heard the knock. She rushed over to the door and opened it to find a serious weapons master. "Eponin."

"Hello." Eponin directed to the staff in her right hand. "You left this in my office." She narrowed her eyes and gently tapped the top of the staff on Gabrielle's forehead. "An Amazon warrior never forgets their weapon."

Gabrielle rubbed her forehead as her shame washed over her. "I'm sorry." She took her fighting staff.

"Don't apologize," gruffly replied the weapons master, "just improve." Without another word, she turned and began walking away.

The princess sighed and briefly watched Eponin leave but then a previous thought came back to mind. "Eponin?" she called.

The weapons master was several paces away but she heard the princess. She stopped and turned back, her hands now on her hips.

"I was just wondering…." Gabrielle propped her staff against the doorway, stepped out of the hut, and hastily neared Eponin. "Would it be a good idea if I ran every morning?"

Eponin blinked and it took her a few moments to absorb the question. She contained her amazement and kept her voice even as she replied, "Yes… that would be a good idea."

The bard beamed at her idea being agreed by her teacher. "I'll do that then," she agreed. "I thought it might be good for me to get in shape."

"It would benefit you," gently agreed the weapons master. She then dipped her head. "Enjoy your day off tomorrow."

"Thank you." Gabrielle wasn't sure what else to say until Eponin was a few paces away again. "Goodnight, Master Eponin."

The weapons master paused in her stride but continued walking as she called, "Goodnight, princess."

Gabrielle studied Eponin's ridged back as she disappeared in the far distance. She sighed and went back into her hut; she was too tired to think anymore about her day. That night she slept extremely hard with a calmer dreamscape than most of her other nights. From the restful sleep, Gabrielle woke up a candlemark after sunrise from the gentle tapping and rapping of beads of water on the top of her hut. For a few minutes, Gabrielle lay on her back and stared up at the ceiling. She just listened to the beat of the rain against the hut top and it soothed her. As she listened to the rain, her thoughts wondered off to her day and what she thought she'd do. She wasn't required to be anywhere until dinner time so she figured she had an option of either staying in the hut and being left to her own devices. Or she could go about the village and visit fellow Amazons so she could learn more. Her curiosity and interested made the final decision.

Gabrielle rolled out of bed and went to her dresser. On top of the dresser, she'd placed the neatly stacked leathers that Eponin had given her. She first picked up the top, which was a simple dark brown leather that had small, short tassels dangling from the bottom and the thin shoulder straps were tightly woven. The skirt was the same rich brown but black glossy leather had been woven in with it. The skirt also had the matching tassel strands from the belt of the skirt that were in a perfect diagonal from the centre and going around to the back.

The princess decided they would probably be perfect for her training and classes with Eponin. She carried them into the side washroom where she got out of her nightshift then put on the leathers. After she'd slipped on everything, she came out of the washroom and stood in front of the full body reflecting glass that sat on the floor by her dresser.

Gabrielle looked herself up and down, her head bobbing in approval. Next she hastily put her ankle tall boots on and laced them up tightly. She was about to leave her hut but a second thought came to mind. She figured she needed to do something with her hair to keep it out of her face if she were going to run this morning. The small, thin strands of leather on her dresser came back to her so she rushed back to her dresser.

Gabrielle grabbed one of the three leather thongs and went in front of the mirror again. She pulled her hair back then neatly tied it back with the leather string. However the thick strand of hair that held the feathers slightly loosened from the weight of the feathers. Gabrielle absently tucked the feather in between her hair and felt satisfied they wouldn't move.

The last article Gabrielle grabbed was another thong from her dresser. It was thicker and also dyed a deep crimson red. She tied it to her left arm as she sauntered over to her hut door. The thong now turned into an armband tightly held around Gabrielle's upper bicep and the strands dangled from the side of her arm.

When the princess creaked opened her front door, she stopped in the doorway, dropped her head back and watched the rainfall. "Well," she muttered, "at least I'll stay cool." With a breath that filled her confidence, she stepped out of the hut, closed the door, and instantly became wet but it felt so incredibly refreshing. The cool beads of water rolled down her body with a promise.

Gabrielle decided to start at a jog as she went through the village, headed for the gates. She waved to some unknown Amazons and said good morning to others. Finally she broke into the Amazon woods and went into a slow run through the woods.

After some consideration, she decided she would go to the same cliff side Eponin had taken her. She loved the view of the Nation, a Nation that someday would be hers. During the run, Gabrielle thought about her life so far and how it'd changed. Her new life with the Amazons was a far cry from her previous life in Potidaea or even as a slave. She was still a Potidaean, still a slave, and still an aspiring bard but she was becoming a princess and a future queen. For Gabrielle, becoming the queen of the Macedonian Amazons was an honour and something she had to earn. Despite her enthusiasm as an Amazon Princess all her love went into story telling.

Gabrielle now reached the top of the ridge and walked to the ledge of the canyon side. She came into a slow walk and finally stopped on the ledge. With her hands on her hips, she stared out across her future Nation. Just as yesterday, she was memorized by the beauty and strength of the Amazon Nation, it softened her heart into an warm ache. Could her Nation ever claim her heart and soul such as her story telling did?

The Amazon Nation far below in the distance was busy with female warriors working about the village, outside the village, and through the trees in the woods. The woods glowed with a thriving, rich green of life and the crops due east shined golden and white with the breath of food. And just to the west in the Amazon woods proudly rooted was The Great Amazon Oak Tree that flourished stronger than all the rest. The oak tree's roots tightly woven into the ground and her branches flourishing far above all the others as if reaching out to Artemis herself.

Gabrielle closed her eyes and dropped her head back. The rain slid down her face, through her hair, and brushed down her body to join her soft skin. She felt as if the rain was apart of her, a second skin, and it hypnotized her. When she lifted her head again, her vibrant moss eyes locked on her Nation and a smile stole her lips that softened her expression. She now held no doubt about her future with the Amazons but she still remained curious as to what rested ahead of her and her Nation.

Without another thought, the young Amazon Princess turned and continued her run by first heading down the winding path. When she finally arrived back in the village, it was about a half a candlemark before Ephiny would begin her class so Gabrielle went to her girlfriend's hut. After a few knocks, there was no response so Gabrielle figured Ephiny might have gone to the mess hut already.

Ephiny took a seat beside her best friend, Solari.

Solari offered a smile and she was happy to be sharing breakfast with Ephiny. She gently touched Ephiny's closest thigh and asked, "How'd you sleep?"

"Pretty good." Ephiny warmly smiled and picked up her fork, prepared to eat her breakfast. "How was your night after I left?"

"Awesome." Solari warmly laughed. "Jocasta, Adonia, and I went back to my hut."

Ephiny wistfully grinned and nodded. "You get along well with them."

"Yeah." Solari shook her head and chuckled again. "Jocasta and Adonia are a fun pair."

Ephiny had to agree as she laughed too. "I guess Eponin went back to her hut?"

"Yeah but…." Solari's eyebrows were creased together. "She muttered something about the princess and a staff." She shrugged with a perplexed look on her face.

"Hmmm." Ephiny wasn't sure what her sister could have meant by it but it probably had something to do with Gabrielle and another lesson. "I think Eponin is teaching our group today." She shovelled up some of her scrambled eggs and began eating.

Solari brightened while cutting up her wheat cake. "I can't wait." She smirked and joked, "Eponin will kick all our asses."

"I know." Ephiny groaned and shook her head, her curly locks moving with her shake some.

"We're gonna be sssso sore, Ephiny." Solari pointed her fork at her friend. "Gua-ran-teed."

Ephiny slyly grinned at her friend but went back to eating her meal. After she'd taken a few bites from her wheat cake, she looked up just in time to see another Amazon enter the food hut.

Solari opened her mouth as she looked to Ephiny. She said nothing but her mouth remained open. She snapped her jaw shut as she became really confused why Ephiny had such an awed expression. She then followed Ephiny's line of sight and Solari's eyes widened greatly.

Ephiny swallowed when Gabrielle waved to her then came over. Ephiny had never seen so much of Gabrielle's body until now and not to mention she was completely wet from the drenching outside.

"Morning, Eph." Gabrielle adored the dumbstruck look on her girlfriend's face. She barely contained her smug expression as she sweetly smiled at Solari. "Good morning, Solari."

Solari cleared her throat and replied, "Good morning, princess." She blinked when her voice came out a little squeaky so she cleared her throat again in hopes it'd help. "Here for breakfast?"

"Of course." Gabrielle chuckled and turned her attention to Ephiny. "How you feeling, Eph?"

Ephiny's caramel eyes had darkened to a deep golden brown. She finally met her girlfriend's gaze and she worked a smile onto her face. "I'm fabulous." She took a second to shake her desire away despite how impossible it was. "You?"

"Really great." Gabrielle winked then decided she was incredibly hungry. She headed for the buffet table with full intentions to fill her plate.

Solari finally broke from her spell but realized Ephiny hadn't. She slightly glowered at how Ephiny was completely taken with the princess. Solari's stomach twisted and her emotions darkened, her face bitterly bent into a dark frown. "Ephiny?"

The older Amazon broke away at last and blinked at Solari. "Yeah?"

Solari shook her head and bent forward over her plate.

"What?" asked Ephiny, a touch of annoyance in her voice.

"Nothing… never mind." Solari sighed and pushed her eggs around with her fork.

Ephiny saw how angrily constructed Solari's features were and her back incredibly ridged. She hesitated at first but rested her hand softly on Solari's leg. "What's wrong?" she whispered so nobody would hear.

Solari was touched by her friend's concern and when her eyes met Ephiny's, her anger vanished. "It's okay… I forget what I was gonna say."

Ephiny dipped her head closer and gently asked, "You sure?"

Solari nodded and turned away. "Yeah… it's okay."

Ephiny resisted her sigh as she squeezed her friend's leg. When she pulled away from Solari, she spotted the princess coming over to the table.

Gabrielle lowered down onto the table with her full plate of food.

"Hungry?" teased Ephiny.

The bard softly laughed and picked up her fork. "I ran this morning sssso…." She shrugged then didn't wait any longer to dig into her food.

Ephiny softly laughed.

"You ran?" spoke up Solari.

After Gabrielle got down some of her food, she answered Solari. "Yeah… thought it'd be good for me."

"I wish I'd thought of that," muttered Solari. She smirked but went back to her wheat cakes.

"So what you think you'll do for the day?" probed Ephiny. She tried to keep her tone even and not so curious since she wasn't allowed to lead onto anything.

Gabrielle smiled at the question. "I was thinking about visiting some people."

Solari's eyebrows shot up. "Like who?"

The princess shrugged as she cut up her wheat cake into smaller portions. "The priestess, Masika… maybe the stratègos." She pierced a few slices of her wheat cake but she decided to add an after thought. "Thought about even visiting Eilis."

"Really?" Solari pushed her empty plate away.

"Yeah, I haven't seen her since I got here."

Ephiny's head was bobbing. "That's right… you met her when we first came."

Gabrielle nodded her agreement. "Yes, so I thought I'd see her."

"She'd enjoy that." Ephiny smiled her approval then ate the sliced pieces of melon on her plate.

"What time will you two finish training?" inquired Gabrielle.

"Oh centaur crap," breathed Solari, "it could be late knowing Eponin."

"That's right since I'm not with her today I guess you guys get her." Gabrielle chuckled and shook her head. "Sorry."

Ephiny shook her head, a smile touched her lips. "We're happy. Eponin is an amazing teacher."

The princess considered her girlfriend's words and slowly she nodded. "She is." She had to admit, she admired Eponin not only as the weapons master but as her own teacher. Eponin was quite accomplished on several levels and always demanded respect.

Solari silently marvelled at how fast the princess had eaten her breakfast. It made her grin and inwardly chuckle at the plate that was cleared in record time.

"We need to get to class," mentioned Ephiny.

Solari took the hint so she got up on her feet with her plate and utensils in one hand.

"I'll go with you." Gabrielle got up too and followed her friends to the table for dirty dishes. After she and the Amazons dropped them off, they walked out into the warm but wet outdoors.

Ephiny brushed her wetting hair back. "I bet Adonia will fly today."

Solari abruptly laughed and nodded. "I bet you're right."

Gabrielle had an amused look as she listened to her friends. When they came close to the sparring fields, she decided to speak up. "I think I'm going to Eponin's office… just want to say hi before she gets busy."

"We'll go with you," agreed Solari.

The bard smiled and nodded. She slightly turned right and went to the armoury office hut that rested next door to the sparring fields. She knocked on the door and heard Eponin offer entry. She pushed the door open.

Eponin lifted her head and thinly smiled at the group of friends coming into her office. "Good morning."

"Morning, Eponin," replied each Amazon.

"So what happened to you, princess?" inquired the weapons master as she stood up.

Gabrielle chuckled. "I went for a run."

The weapons master paused in the middle of collecting her sword and sheath from the hanging rack behind her desk. "How was your run?"

"Refreshing," admitted the princess.

Eponin nodded as she strapped her sword onto her back. "I'm glad." She came around her desk and smiled at her sister and Solari. "How are you, Ephiny and Solari?"

"I'm great," replied Solari.

Ephiny smiled. "The same, sister." She tilted her head. "Headed to the fields?"

"Yes." The weapons master approached the group. "Ready to begin your lessons?"

"Definitely." Ephiny's face brightened in anticipation.

Eponin dipped her head and ordered, "Let's head over then."

Ephiny and Solari took the hint, they turned and left first then Gabrielle followed out.

Eponin was out last and she gave her hut door a good slam.

Gabrielle turned to Ephiny and smiled at her. "I'll see you at dinner." She reached over and took Ephiny's hand.

Ephiny felt a little shy, her cheeks tinted red. She didn't say anything but dipped her head in acknowledgement.

Solari's right eyebrow made a slow incline as Gabrielle leaned in a kissed Ephiny softly on the lips.

The weapons master folded her arms over her chest and remained neutral to the situation like it was a daily event.

"I'll see you," murmured the princess.

Ephiny nodded. "See yah… have a good day." She smiled shyly and when Gabrielle winked at her she only blushed again.

Gabrielle started to walk off but her hand still held Ephiny's and she only let go when she'd taken a few small paces. She released her girlfriend's hand and looked to Eponin and Solari. "See you, Ep and Solari."

"Yeah… bye, princess," called Solari, she amazingly held back her jealousy in her tone.

Gabrielle then hurried off.

Eponin shook her head and placed her hand to Ephiny's mid back. "Come on, lovebird."

Ephiny shot a dangerous look to her sister but walked along side her.

Solari let out a grudging sigh as she followed the sisters. She hadn't expected the kiss at all and she should have seen the developing relationship coming between them. She tried to ignore her growing jealousy but it was so hard to block it or even ignore it.

The princess approached the two large doors of the temple. She paused in the large doorway and admired the doors made of pure oak. She pressed the palm of her hand against the smooth wood and traced the detailed carving of a tree in a forest. She was stunned by how amazing the work was and she was so amazed that she stepped backwards until she came to the top of the steps. She tilted her head back and took in the entire view of the meticulous and beautiful carving of The Great Amazon Oak Tree.

"That's so beautiful," the princess murmured. She brushed off the thick sheen of rainwater on her brow then hurried into the temple. She stepped inside but hesitated because she was worried about tracking mud inside of the temple.

"Take your boots off," ordered a deep, booming voice.

Gabrielle looked up from her muddy boots and her eyes rested on Priestess Narkissa, whom stood at the front of the altar. "I'm sorry," she called and bent forward.

Narkissa carefully watched the hunched Amazon untie her boots. She stepped off the dais altar and came down the aisle way between the rows of wood booths. She stopped several paces in front of the princess. "I am surprised to see you here, princess."

Gabrielle picked her boots up and set them aside, away from the doorway entrance. She smiled at her priestess as she brushed back a piece of hair plastered to her wet forehead. "Well Master Eponin gave me a day off and I thought I'd come for a visit."

Priestess Narkissa bowed her head. "I'm honoured, princess." She turned to her side and held out a hand to the altar. "Come with me, speak with me, and pray to Artemis with me."

Princess Gabrielle warmed at the offer and nodded her head. She followed the priestess to the altar and stepped up the dais. Gabrielle observed the gigantic stone statue of Artemis centred and elevated on the dias. Gabrielle paused to admire it while the priestess vanished off to the side to do something.

Narkissa came back over with two red pillows in either hand. She smiled at the wistful stare of the princess. She followed Gabrielle's gaze to the statue of Artemis. "Beautiful, isn't she?"

"Breath taking," murmured Gabrielle.

Narkissa softly smiled and bent forward so she could place the pillows on the floor before the statue. "Kneel, my princess."

Gabrielle looked down and noted the red pillows. She understood and bent down, her knees pressing into the pillow and softening her stature. From the corner of her eye, she watched the much older Amazon kneel down in a graceful, descending motion from years of practicing it.

Narkissa didn't speak for awhile; instead she gazed upon the great statue of Artemis.

Gabrielle wanted to speak however she held her tongue and did the same as the priestess. She'd took in the full detail of the statue that almost touched the ceiling.

Artemis stood tall and proud, her leg slightly parted and her sword was out, locked by both her hands. The blade of her magnificent sword was held vertical so that her eyes looked between the blade. Just behind her could be made out the top of a gigantic bow and strapped to her side was a quiver with several arrow tops protruding out. All of her plated armour was clearly noticeable as it covered her shins, most of her arms, chest, and stomach. Her hair was perfectly still but from the right side of her head was a visible feather that was actually made of pure gold.

Despite the grandeur of the sculpture, Gabrielle couldn't take her eyes away from Artemis's. Artemis's eyes sparkled and glowed brightly with striking and rich emeralds, it was an impressive and amazing display of the goddess's beauty.

"Her beauty never fails to enchant me," quietly spoke Narkissa.

Gabrielle inhaled sharply; she didn't know what to say.

The priestess leaned over and murmured, "Not even those emeralds do her eyes justice."

The princess irregularly breathed from Narkissa's words. "I heard legends that her eyes are the forest," whispered Gabrielle, her voice light and in awe.

Narkissa softly laughed but she nodded. "The legends are true." She turned her head to Gabrielle. "Your heart will stop when you see them."

The princess slowly turned her head to Narkissa.

The priestess had her first view into Gabrielle's own eyes and she sensed her body weaken from the beauty. "By Artemis," murmured Narkissa; she touched Gabrielle's cheek and sharpened her gaze deeper. "I see now why she has sent you."

"Sent me?" Gabrielle reached up and clasped her hands with the priestess. Immediately she felt a charge one that was similar to what she felt yesterday from The Great Amazon Oak. She shook it off and tried to remain focused on her questioning. "She? You mean Artemis?" Her brow was creased and her eyes hollowed with concern.

The priestess gently laughed at the princess's questioning. She laced her hand through Gabrielle's then answered. "Yes, Artemis has sent you to us, princess."

"I...." Gabrielle grew even more perplexed. She didn't know what to think or how to respond.

"Do not be concerned," assured the priestess. "Artemis has chosen you among so many but it was you that she has chosen."

"Chosen?" Gabrielle became more confused and she rubbed her forehead. "What do you mean, priestess? Tell me what's going on, please."

Narkissa enjoyed the princess's desire to understand. She'd never met an individual so concerned with understanding her world around her. It filled Narkissa with confidence of the future. "You were chosen, my princess by Artemis herself."

"To do what?" gently asked the bard.

The priestess's smile grew and her eyes darkened with determination. "Chosen to serve her and her Amazons."

Gabrielle's gaze faltered but she peered back up. "Am I suppose to do something in particular?"

"I cannot be sure, princess." The priestess tilted her head. "That is for Artemis to reveal to you."

"How do you know I'm her chosen?"

"Artemis has told me and my daughter, Maired." Narkissa squeezed the small hand in her own. "Maired prayed for your arrival and Artemis has answered."

Gabrielle couldn't believe what she was being told. She turned her head from Narkissa to the statue of Artemis. She stared up into her amazing emerald eyes.

"Be proud, princess," spoke Narkissa, "you have been chosen."

Gabrielle rotated her head back to the priestess.

"Artemis believes in you and her strength is yours," promised the priestess. "You are one of her chosen."

The bard furrowed her eyebrows when she considered Narkissa's words. "One?" Her eyes narrowed tightly and she asked, "Are there others or will be?"

Priestess Narkissa softly laughed at Gabrielle's intense perception. "Yes," she answered, "there will be another in your lifetime."

"Who?" urged the inquisitive young slave.

"I am not sure," confessed Narkissa, "but she will be reborn from your heart and soul."

"Me?" Gabrielle shook her head; her head spun with so much information.

Narkissa slightly frowned as she gazed upon the statue of Artemis. "Artemis's other chosen will be your greatest threat and all you'll ever need." Her features softened to Gabrielle. "That is all Artemis has told me but you must hold steady when the time comes."

"How will I know when it is her?"

"Artemis spoke that future will darken with the night in the lands of Greece but we must not fear because the sunrise will dawn again." Narkissa gently brushed at Gabrielle's face.

The bard felt her worries slowly ebb because of the priestess's touch. Her eyes drifted shut and Narkissa's next words draped warmly over her and settled her fears.

"Do not be fearful, my princess. Artemis is beside you and nothing will stop you." When Gabrielle looked at her again, the priestess gently smiled and soothingly ordered, "Let us pray to Artemis."

Gabrielle dipped her head and faced the statue again. She bent her head forward and Narkissa's right hand slipped into her left hand. Again Gabrielle felt that energy charge from the priestess's touch and gradually crawl up her arm and burst through her body. The energy was warm as much as powerful; it was comforting to the bard. Together, she prayed with Narkissa to Artemis.

For half a candlemark the pair remained motionless and quiet as they prayed to Artemis. A mix of wished and desires to understand what rested ahead for the Amazon Nation. Eventually the peaceful silence was broken in the temple by the quiet treading of another in the temple.

Narkissa gradually opened her eyes as she heard the person come up behind her and Gabrielle. "Good morning, daughter."

Maired's lips curled into a small smile; she enjoyed how her mother knew her so well. "Good morning, mother."

Narkissa's grasp slipped from Gabrielle's grip and the princess stood up.

Maired instantly bowed forward and greeted, "Good morning, princess."

"Good morning, Maired." The bard briefly looked to the priestess when she stood then gazed back at Maired.

"It is nice to see you here." Maired had a warm smile and glowing hazel eyes.

"I thought I'd visit the temple," mentioned the princess.

Narkissa smiled in response as she held the two red pillows in her right hand. "I was just speaking to the princess about our brief visions."

"Oh yes." Maired's attention flicked away from her mother back to the princess. "You have been a gift to the Nation, princess."

"I'm not so sure myself," sadly refuted the princess.

"Do not worry," persisted the Amazon, "there is much still ahead." She then tilted her had. "Just as much as there is behind you."

Gabrielle had a confused and even suspicious look. "Behind me? How would you…."

"My apologies," cut in the priestess. She dipped her head to Gabrielle then peered up with hooded eyes. "Artemis has shown Maired and I your past, my princess."

Gabrielle's eyes widened and she took a step back, her fears returned. "Everything?"

"It's okay," assured Maired. She reached out and clasped the bard's closest wrist. "We have not spoken about it to anybody… not even to the queen."

Gabrielle released a heavy breath and nodded.

Priestess Narkissa decided the young princess was still worrying so she decided to interject. "We know that you were taken into slavery with your mother and sister."

The young slave's head fell forward and she tried to remain calm in spite of being scared.

Maired stepped closer and tilted Gabrielle's head up with her right hand. "Your secret is safe, princess." She looked to her mother and saw the hidden agreement in Narkissa's eyes. She returned back to Gabrielle and whispered, "And will remain hidden as long as you would like it."

"Thank you," whispered the bard. She shook her head and quietly confessed, "I couldn't tell the queen or anybody else." She sighed, her eyes on the stone floor. "Only Ephiny and Eponin know about it."

Maired had pulled her hand away earlier but she felt the desire to comfort the princess again yet she refrained from it. "We understand."

Narkissa now rested her closest hand on Gabrielle's shoulder. "Yes, many Amazons would find it unbelievable however they would accept it. What they wouldn't accept is the fact that the truth was hidden from them especially if it's over a long period of time."

"I know," murmured the slave. She locked eyes with Narkissa. "I would tell the Nation but… I'm concerned that word would spread about my brand." Her eyes lowered again. "I have to keep it secret or else the slaver who trained me will most likely hunt me down."

Maired frowned. "Especially considering you are an Amazon Princess."

Gabrielle nodded her head. "It's not my life I'm concerned about but… the Nation's well-being."

The priestess now had a clearer understanding of why Gabrielle kept her brand hidden. "We will never speak of it, princess."

Gabrielle sadly smiled at the priestess. "Thank you."

"If we can ever help you with anything, please visit us." Maired offered a comforting smile.

"Maired is correct," agreed the priestess, "we are here always, princess. If you wish to confide in us don't hesitate to come here." She then held out her hands to direct to the temple. "We offer a place of solace, peace…." Her hands lowered then she whispered, "and open arms."

Gabrielle now smiled. "Thank you, priestess." She then shifted her smile to Maired. "Thank you, Maired."

"You are welcome, princess." Maired mirrored the smile back. "And where are you headed next?"

The young Amazon's lips puckered together as she considered. "I think to see the stratègos."

"Ahha… the stratègos," repeated the priestess.

Gabrielle arched an eyebrow at the priestess, demanding an explanation.

Priestess Narkissa slyly grinned and stated, "Commander Kalonice is quite the… character."

Maired deeply laughed. "What my mother is trying to say is she's taken with the stratègos."

Gabrielle's eyes widened at Maired.

"Maired," warned the dangerous voice of Narkissa.

Maired shot her mother a challenging look. "Well it is true, mother."

"Perhaps but it is neither here nor there." The priestess went serious as she gazed upon the princess again. "You will enjoy what the stratègos has to say."

Gabrielle quietly chuckled and dipped her head. "I have to agree… she does seem like a character."

"Commander Kalonice has her pearls of wisdom but they are black pearls."

Gabrielle tilted her head at the priestess's words.

Priestess Narkissa softly laughed and patted Gabrielle's back. "You will come to understand one day."

The princess left it at that but asked, "Where can I find the stratègos?"

"At this time," considered Narkissa, "mostly likely at her office." She then raised an eyebrow at her daughter.

"I will take you there," offered Maired.

"I'd like that," agreed the bard. "Thank you."

"Go on then," ordered the priestess. "Thank you for the visit, princess. Come in at any time."

"Thank you, priestess." Gabrielle offered a smile then walked down the aisle with Maired.

Priestess Narkissa watched them head to the door then as Gabrielle put her boots back on, she felt a smile come to her.

Maired opened a heavy door and let the princess step out first. She then followed but made sure to flash a bright smile to her mother.

Narkissa chuckled then turned to leave.

Maired pulled the large bronze ring until the temple door slammed shut.

Gabrielle had her head back and watching the sky that was slowly clearing. The rain was only a fine mist now and she figured by this afternoon the clouds would pretty much clear out.

"This way." Maired hurried down the steps and went towards the south side of the village.

The small bard hurried along side. "How do you like the stratègos?"

Maired was silent for awhile as she thought about it. She finally answered after much internal debate. "The stratègos is well balanced… she's been one of the best we've had but… there is room for improvement."

Gabrielle considered that for awhile then an older question resurfaced to her. "Is the stratègos going to retire soon?"

Maired sighed and dipped her head some. "She is becoming of age, yes." She lips pressed together tightly and she looked at Gabrielle. "Yet she refuses to step down."

"Why?" persisted the bard.

The Amazon shook her head. "She believes there is no Amazon warrior qualified to take her position."

"Wouldn't the queen or the council force her to retire?"

"Perhaps but... they would prefer the stratègos to agree upon it." Maired glanced at the princess. "It would do no good to force Commander Kalonice because she may not train her successor properly. Besides, Commander Kalonice has been the stratègos for many, many years and it would not honour her to force her out of her position."

Gabrielle's head bobbed in agreement. "That makes sense."

"The stratègos is excellent and successful in battle however the times are changing as well as catching up with her." Maired sighed and shook her head again. "I have prayed to Artemis to show us a warrior capable of Commander Kalonice's position as the stratègos."

"One will show," persisted the bard.

Maired smiled at the princess's confidence. "Perhaps you are correct. You have come to us."

Gabrielle chuckled and tried to absorb the faith both Maired and the priestess held in her. She didn't understand where it came from or why but she accepted it nonetheless.

"Here we are." Maired indicated the hut ahead. "That is the stratègos's office." She stopped and faced the princess. "Good luck."

Gabrielle laughed and grasped the Amazon's forearm. "Thank you, Maired."

"My pleasure." Maired winked then stepped away. "Have a good day, princess."

"You too, Maired."

Maired nodded then made the journey back to the temple.

Gabrielle though faced the stratègos's office again and went to the door. She rapped on the door and when she heard Commander Kalonice's distinct voice she entered.

"Princess Gabrielle," greeted the stratègos. She quickly stood from her desk in good form because she respected the princess. "Welcome to my office hut." She held out her arm.

"Thank you, stratègos." Gabrielle clasped arms and gave a good shake.

"What brings you here, princess?" The stratègos took her seat again and curiously studied the bard. "Sit," she offered and signalled a chair in front of her desk.

"Thank you." The small slave took a seat in the wood chair and once she was comfortable, she replied, "I thought I'd take you up on the offer to learn more about the army."

Commander Kalonice's expression brightened briefly but she went stoic again. "It is nice to see your interest, princess."

Gabrielle thinly smiled and nodded back. "As I said before, Master Eponin told me a little but not everything."

"What would you like to know?" insisted Commander Kalonice.

"Well… Master Eponin briefly went over the system of command." Gabrielle tilted her had. "She told me that the army is organized much like Alexander the Great's army."

"It is," confirmed the stratègos. "Hence the reason why my title is the stratègos."

Gabrielle faintly grinned but she lost it to her wondering mind. "Is there a second in command?"

"Yes, the second in command is called the polemarchos." Commander Kalonice straightened up some. "But the polemarchos is only in charge of the foot warriors."

"There is a cavalry too?"

The stratègos nodded her head. "It is a small cavalry but the officer of the cavalry is the ilarchès."

"Who are they?"

Commander Kalonice slightly grinned. "The polemarchos is Officer Galatea and the ilarchès is Officer Rufina."

Gabrielle memorized the names for the future. When she came back to the present, she had another question on her mind. "How many are in the army?"

"Currently we have five hundred warriors all together," replied the stratègos. She tilted her head a little. "A hundred are cavalry and another hundred are archers, the rest are foot warriors."

The young slave shook her head as she did the calculations. "It seems like there are more Amazons in the Nation than five hundred."

The stratègos understood Gabrielle's line of thinking and it made her chuckle. "You are correct, princess however not every Amazon is a warrior."

The small bard suddenly had an astonished look.

Commander Kalonice enjoyed the dumbfounded expression and she felt rather amused. "There are many Amazons who cannot fight."

"Why?" persisted the princess.

"Princess," started the stratègos, "it is not a requirement to be a warrior to be an Amazon."

Gabrielle reached up and brushed back some of her blond strands. "Honestly stratègos, I didn't know that… I just naturally assumed Amazons were required to fight."

"Yes, they are required to learn how to fight so that they may at least defend themselves, protect themselves. But no Amazon is required to be a warrior and participate in wars and battles." Commander Kalonice folded her hands in her lap and studied the conflicting emotions crossing the bard's face. "All Amazons follow one belief and that is that no man is superior to women… god, immortal, or mortal. However not every Amazon believes that it requires bloodshed to stand up against the male species and protest in this male dominated world."

"But then there's those Amazons that believe the only way to fight back is to take arms."

The stratègos nodded at Gabrielle's words. "And many warriors also believe in protecting their families and home, the Nation." She took a moment to cross her legs at the ankles then she continued speaking. "The Amazons that hold morals against bloodshed instead assist the Nation in other ways such as growing food, raising cattle, or perhaps they are skilled with speaking so they go into trade or diplomacy." She smiled at Gabrielle's warm expression. "I may be the commander of an army, princess but I do not believe war is the answer to problems. However at times it is the only means of protection in this world… it is the last course of action."

Gabrielle now admired the stratègos even more and fully respected her for her views. She bowed her head forward a little and said, "Sometimes I believe in fighting fire with fire but other times…." She lifted her head. "I don't know."

Commander Kalonice somewhat dipped her head in understanding. "It is a hard choice and one may never remain steady on the path once they realize some things."

The small bard adjusted some in her chair to get more comfortable. As she settled down, her thoughts wondered about her own morals. "I think the fighting is okay." Her attention centred on the stratègos. "I just don't believe in killing." She shook her head and she stared down at the floor. "I couldn't… I couldn't kill somebody."

"I respect that," stated the stratègos. She sensed pride build in her but she didn't express it. "However that is a hard path to follow. To fight but not kill." She tilted her head to one side. "That is a very small branch to walk, princess."

"I know," murmured Gabrielle. She shook away her reverie then brought her focus back to present. "I was wondering, where does the queen fit into the system?"

Commander Kalonice roughly smiled at the princess's deep curiosity. "The queen is essentially the true commander of the army." She noted the bemused expression on Gabrielle's face so she further clarified her words. "The queen overrides my control of the army at any time and I'm merely the second in command at the end of the day. However my position to the queen, as the stratègos, is to provide her with knowledge of war, fighting, battle tactics and so on."

Gabrielle considered the explanation; her eyebrows tightened together. "So… in a sense, you're the advisor."

"Yes, exactly," agreed Commander Kalonice. "I am the highest superior in the army but I answer to the queen. I recommend to her how the army should precede, attack, not attack and normally I do lead the army."

The princess was silent for awhile as she absorbed the information. "How does Master Eponin work with you?"

The stratègos chuckled. "Master Eponin is in charge of overseeing the training of new Amazons both young and old. She also maintains inventory of the armoury as well as maintains the armoury goods."

"You mean as far as weapons that need repair?"

"Yes or any leathers that need major repair. Or perhaps a particular type of weapon is not popular then Eponin will ask a trader to sell it."

The young slave grinned. "An unpopular weapon, I can't imagine."

"It does happen," refuted Commander Kalonice. "At one time, the weapons master, before Master Eponin, tried a new weapon that came out on the market. They were called sais and they're similar to… well forks."

The princess arched an eyebrow.

The stratègos softly laughed at the Amazon's look. "They are small hand weapons, made of strong metal, and have three prongs."

"Huh," murmured the bard. "Do we still have them?"

"I believe maybe only a set or two left from the original grouping." Commander Kalonice shrugged. "They were not popular so they were sold."

Gabrielle remained quiet but then shook her head. "I didn't realize how… well how detailed the Nation is. I mean, the Nation is more than just…." She fell short on expressing herself.

"A tribe of warrior women?" suggested the stratègos.

"Yes." Gabrielle brightened at the explanation. "I mean, the way the legends go they make the Amazons sound like a tribe of brutal, savage women fighting men."

Commander Kalonice full heartedly laughed now and smiled at the princess. "I'm sure that is how it seems to the male species." She chuckled a few more times. "The only reason why this is a man's world is because we let them have it."

The bard turned the stratègos's words over and over in her head. "I suppose that is true," she finally agreed.

The stratègos thinly smiled and began to go stoic again. "Was there any other question, princess?"

Gabrielle shook her head. "Not that I can think of right now." She then eased up from her chair. "Thank you, stratègos."

"You are welcome, my princess." Commander Kalonice also rose up and held out her right arm.

The young Amazon understood the gesture. She gave a strong shake to the stratègos's arm and smiled at her. "Thank you again."

"Visit at any time." Commandor Kalonice sat back down. "My door is always open to you, princess."

The bard felt warmed by the acceptance and happily smiled. "I appreciate it, stratègos." She then stepped around the chair and headed for the door. "Have a good day."

"You too, princess." The stratègos waited until the princess was gone then she relaxed in her chair. "You might make a decent queen after all, princess." Her words quietly rolled from her lips as she went back to her paperwork.

Princess Gabrielle travelled across the village and arrived at the steps of the healer's hut. She went up the three woods steps then just entered without knocking since she knew it was open doors for the hut. When she entered, she found only two Amazons inside looking for help from the healer. She offered smiles to them, received one back, and then she went into the back to find the healer.

As she walked down the small hallway, she saw the office door at the back. She came up to the open door and tapped on it. She smiled when the Amazon at the desk lifted her head and smiled at her.

"Good morning, princess," greeted the healer. She stood up from her desk and came around it. She held out her arm and spoked again. "I am the master healer, Etana."

"Yes," agreed the princess as she took the muscular arm. "I've met your daughter, Eilis."

Etana deeply chuckled and finally relinquished her hold. "Yes, she has mentioned meeting you this past winter."

The bard dipped her head in acknowledgement.

"So what brings you here to my hut?" inquired the master healer, her hands behind her back.

Princess Gabrielle smiled. "I'm just here for a visit." She paused then added, "I would like to meet your assistants. Master Eponin mentioned you had half a dozen under your authority."

"Yes I do so far." Etana stepped around the bard and went to the door. "And we've been busy until just recently."

"Oh?"

The master healer smiled back at the bard. She signalled for her to follow. "Yes, the spring fever seems to finally be backing off." She brought Gabrielle down the hall some and at the end of the hall, to the right, was another open door. She led the bard inside after her.

When Gabrielle came in, she realized in the middle of the room was a large rectangular table and three Amazons were working on parchments. She stepped off to Etana's side and studied the Amazons, she immediately recognized Eilis when she lifted her head.

"Good morning, princess." Eilis stood up from her chair and came closer, her arm out. "It's good to see you after so long."

The princess brightened and accepted the arm shake. "It's wonderful to see you too, Eilis."

Eilis grinned and looked to her mother. "A tour of the hut?" She tilted her head. "Would you like me to do it?"

"If you don't mind?" inquired the mother. She also looked to the princess. "If you don't mind either, princess. Unfortunately I have a lot of work to take care of."

"We have proposals due today," piped in Eilis.

"That's what I've heard," agreed the princess. "What is your proposal?" She looked to the master healer.

Etana remained stern as she stated, "Another healer hut. The Nation is growing and so are the ailments, we need more space."

"I hope the council and queen approve of it," agreed the princess.

"We hope so too," agreed Eilis, a grin on her face.

Etana thinly smiled and looked to her daughter. "I leave the princess to you." She then gazed upon the princess. "Enjoy the visit and again, my apologies."

"I understand," assured the young slave. "Thank you."

"Good day." Etana bowed her head then stepped out of the assistants' office.

Eilis had noted the two on looking healers at the table. She turned to them and lifted an eyebrow at them in signal.

The two healers gracefully rose up.

"Princess, I'd like to introduce you to two of our healers." Eilis held out a hand to the closest Amazon healer. "This is senior grade healer Melpomene."

Melpomene took Gabrielle's arm into a good shake. "Or Mel for short, my princess."

The bard chuckled as she let go of the healer's arm.

"And this is our young apprentice Cliona."

Gabrielle now held her arm out to the apprentice healer and took in her appearance. Gabrielle figured the young healer had to be about Gabrielle's age yet she had a confident air about her. "Pleased to meet you, Cliona."

"You as well, princess." Cliona dropped her arm back to her side.

"Cliona just began with us about two moons ago," mentioned Eilis.

The princess faintly grinned.

"We have some things in common," mentioned Cliona to the princess. "I joined the Nation when you did… this past winter."

Gabrielle perked up at the news. "How do you enjoy it here?"

Cliona now smiled for the first time. "I am incredibly happy to be here. A day doesn't pass when I am not grateful my mother and I were rescued by the Nation."

The princess expression twisted together and she asked, "Rescued?"

Cliona now had the perplexed look as she glanced between her fellow healers then back to the princess. "Yes… the Nation rescued my mother and I from our imprisonment by my father and eldest brother."

Gabrielle tried to rid of her confused look because she knew being the princess meant she was suppose to know everything. She now recovered and nodded her head. "Of course." When Cliona's expression softened, Gabrielle continued to speak. "And who is your mother?"

The apprentice healer warmly smiled and replied, "My mother is Jarina."

The princess nodded her head and filed the information away.

"We should start our tour," interrupted Eilis.

"Please," agreed the bard. She then looked to the two healers. "It was nice meeting you both."

"You as well," agreed Melpomene.

"Enjoy the tour, my princess." Cliona dipped her head then she and the senior healer went back to their paperwork on their scrolls.

Eilis and Gabrielle stepped out of the large office room and into the hall. As they made their way back into the main hut, Eilis shifted closer to the princess.

"I assume you do not know much about the rescues?"

The princess opened her mouth but no words came, she merely shook her head.

"I would provide you with more information but I cannot be sure if I am allowed." Eilis patted the princess's back. "I believe that is Master Eponin's position."

"I will take it up with her then," agreed Gabrielle.

Eilis, the senior healer, nodded her head then started the tour of the healer's hut. And it wasn't until the early afternoon that Gabrielle found herself at the end of the tour. She gratefully thanked Eilis and felt pleased to now understand the finer mechanics of how the healers worked in the Nation. She then left the hut and decided her next stop would be the council hut. When she arrived, she went into the small lobby room and gazed about wondering which way Masika's office could possibly be.

"Good afternoon, my princess," greeted an Amazon to the right of the doorway.

Gabrielle practically jumped but she just reserved herself, her heart furiously pounding from the small scare. "I didn't see you there."

The Amazon contained her grin as she rotated her head to the princess. "I am glad… it means I have done my job well."

"Yes," agreed the sighing princess, "very well indeed."

"May I assist you?" inquired the Amazon, who obviously was a guard.

"Maybe so." Gabrielle squared her shoulders again. "I'm looking for Councillor Masika's office."

"Of course, this way." The guard signalled for her to follow and she went to her right.

Gabrielle walked behind and came to the last door on the left. "This one?"

"Yes, princess." The guard stepped back and offered a smile. "Enjoy your visit." She stepped away.

"Hold on," called Gabrielle.

The guard paused and turned around, her face inquisitive.

The bard had a grin as she neared the Amazon, her arm out. "I'm Gabrielle."

The Amazon finally stole a moment to laugh and she shook arms. "I am Vara, my princess."

"Nice to meet you." Gabrielle relinquished her shake.

Vara smiled one last time then returned to her post.

Gabrielle quietly laughed to herself and knocked on the office door. When Masika ordered entry, she went inside and was found Masika behind her desk like many the others Gabrielle had visited today.

"Princess Gabrielle," welcomed the councillor. "What brings you to my office?" She retuned her gaze back to her scroll work, finding it more important. "Something I could perhaps do for you?"

"Yes, if you have time, councillor." The small slave approached the desk but remained tall as possible with a ridged back.

Masika peered up with hooded eyes. For several quiet moments she just gauged the princess and her demeanour. Finally a hidden grin developed on her face. "I believe I have some time." She set her quill into the ink jar and rolled her scroll up. "Please have a seat."

Gabrielle inwardly sighed in relief. She took a seat but still remained calm and in control without showing any submission. "How's your day been, councillor?"

"Busy," admitted Masika. "Yours?" She leaned back into her stiff wood chair.

"The same," agreed the princess.

The councillor leaned her head to the side. "What brings you to my office, princess?"

"Well your mother, Councillor Rena, offered help with understand the council and government. I was hoping you had some time to tell me more."

Masika contained her faint smile and only mutely nodded her head.

Gabrielle took that as a sign to ask her questions. "I guess what I'm really curious about is what's the role of the council."

"Master Eponin has not told you?" asked the surprised councillor.

"She has," confirmed Gabrielle, "but I wanted… well your version, a councillor's version."

"Ah, I see." Masika laced her hands together and rested them in her lap. "The role of the council is to balance the power of the queen so that she doesn't gain too much power in the government. The Nation is not a monarchy but republic."

"A Roman republic?"

"Similar," granted Masika, "but the queen cannot never claim dictatorship."

"Never?" Gabrielle was slightly amazed.

"Well," relented the councillor, "there is one extreme case but it is far too rare."

"What's the condition?"

Masika cautiously studied the bard but did decide to answer. "Only during a siege on the Nation can the queen claim full power but only with the unanimous consent by the council."

"Has that ever happened?"

"No, never." Masika held a hard stare at the princess. "It is an extreme condition and only a queen that can be fully trusted is granted such power."

"Huh." The bard's head bobbed a few times. "And the council is suppose to represent the Amazons in the Nation?"

"Correct."

Gabrielle's mind turned over the information from several angles. Slowly her eyebrows creased together and her eyes darkened with suspicion. "All council members must be a certain age though, right?"

"Yes, a councillor must be forty or older, that is the written law however it's an unspoken understanding that councillors should be at least over fifty."

The princess shook her head, her face still askew with confusion. "And a council of five members fifty years or older represents a Nation of over seven hundred much younger Amazons?"

Masika's expression darkened with warning but she relented from say anything.

Gabrielle huffed and arched an eyebrow at the councillor. "That doesn't exactly represent the Nation sufficiently."

Masika quietly agreed but she wouldn't be allowed to show it. She was a council member and in time she would be the head council member, it was her legacy. "What are you suggesting, princess?" Her voice came out thick and heavy.

"I'm suggesting that if the council is suppose to represent the Nation then they should get more younger members in." Gabrielle suddenly sprang from her chair and started pacing in the small office. "I mean think about it, over half of the Nation is between the ages of five and twenty-five."

"Are you suggesting we put five year olds on the council?" shot back Councillor Masika.

The princess sighed; her shoulders slumped because she knew Masika wouldn't make this easy. "No, what I'm suggesting is we get some younger members. No offence, councillor but the council is not properly representing the Nation."

Masika's face was still dark, her eyes squinted, and her composure very stiff. "I do not believe a council full of young tempered Amazons is what this Nation needs. The council holds elders who have seen much in their time and can properly decide what is best for the Nation."

"But what about new ideas?" countered the bard. She stalked towards Masika as she spoke. "Fresh minds? At least younger voices. I mean a younger councillor will be in the loop with the younger crowd of Amazons and know what they want. How can an elder Amazon know what the younger generation want?"

Masika was breathing hard but it wasn't because she was offended but because Gabrielle had her mind racing. She reined control of her emotions and returned to her normal calm state. "The tradition has been like this for years, princess."

Gabrielle grasped the desk's edges and bent forward, her eyes locked on Masika. "And new times call for new traditions."

"You are not the queen," hotly reminded the councillor.

The princess smirked and smugly reminded back, "But I will be." She then had a long, silent staring contest with the councillor.

Masika finally broke and a distant grin spread on her lips. "Perhaps when you are queen then the Nation will be prepared for such liberal and chaotic ideals, princess."

Gabrielle chuckled and released the edge of the desk. She took her seat again. "So you don't disagree," she challenged with a grin.

Masika took a moment to decide how best to respond without giving away too much. "I am merely a councillor… not an opionist."

The princess quietly laughed. "Not that a councillor ever offers their opinion in the matters of the Nation."

The young councillor refrained from saying anything to the joke but her small grin was pulling at her lips.

Gabrielle settled back down and tried to move away from the earlier debate. "I've heard a lot of talk about these proposals."

Masika sighed just at the mention of them. "Yes, it is that time of the season." She leaned back into her chair once again. "Each department submits any proposals for improvements to their department. It is the council and queen's duty to go over them and decide which to approve of."

"Each department?" questioned the bard.

Masika dipped her head before further explaining. "Yes, the departments are such areas as the agricultural, armoury, herders, maintenance, healers, army, and so on." She sighed then continued. "If a proposal is accepted then we do whatever the work is that was decided on at the end. Not all proposals are full agreed upon or there are changes, revisions."

"This happens once a year?"

"Typically, yes," agreed Masika, "only for improvements… it's sort of like spring cleaning for the summer. Through out the year there may be other small proposals but these are the big projects for the summer."

"I understand." Gabrielle's head bobbed a few times.

Masika watched as various thoughts seemed to flick across the princess's face. She couldn't understand them at all except she knew they were apart of the bard's inquisitiveness.

"Going back to the council and the queen…." Gabrielle again centred her gaze on the councillor. "Was there a reason why the council concept was created? I mean… was there a queen that took on too much power?"

"Yes," quietly agreed Masika, "over a decade ago. There was an Amazon that challenged a queen for the mask. This Amazon beat the queen and took the mask as the new queen. The new queen was intoxicated with her new position as the queen and almost sent the Nation to Hades in a ridiculous war."

"Gods," breathed the surprised bard. "What happened?"

"The queen was killed in battle so the original queen was reinstated without challenge. After that, this queen set out to establish a council to forever balance the power in the government to make sure no queen destroyed a Nation."

"Which queen established the council?"

The councillor warmly smiled and stated, "She was a young queen at the time and still is queen today." Now her smile went prouder. "Queen Hippolyta of the Thessaly Nation."

Gabrielle blinked and her jaw loosened some. "I didn't… I didn't realize she was…."

Masika tilted her head. "She is not just a legend, princess. She is real flesh and blood like us."

Gabrielle chuckled and shook her head some. She swept back a lock of hair as she said, "I didn't know. I've heard so much about her I just thought she was… well a myth."

"She is not," confirmed the councillor. "Perhaps one day you will meet her."

"I would love to." Gabrielle's eyes were lit bright like a grass field in the sun. "Gods that'd be wonderful."

Masika kept a note of that so she'd know to mention it to Queen Melosa the next time she saw her.

"Councillor, has the council ever taken the queen's power away?"

The elder Amazon shook her head and contently sighed. "No thankfully, not since the councils have been established in the Nations. The role of the council has been sufficient in deterring any queens abusing their powers. However if it were to happen then the queen would be stripped of her position and her mask destroyed by the priestess."

"Why is it destroyed?"

"The corrupt queen will have corrupted the mask and it must be destroyed; only the priestess can handle the black mask. The priestess cannot be affect by the corruption since she is protected by Artemis. Afterwards, a new one is forged and the priestess blesses it before the new queen is given her caste."

"How does the priestess destroy the mask?"

Masika frowned. "It is unknown, princess… only the priestesses know the ceremony. It has never been revealed to anybody outside."

"Gods," murmured the surprised bard. "Then what happens to the corrupt queen?"

"The corrupt queen is banished from the Nation for five years. She may go to another Nation however she is not allowed back at her home Nation. Once the allotted time has passed she may return if she wishes."

Gabrielle sunk in her seat at imagining if she ever abused her future powers as queen. She knew she'd be torn if she'd ever hurt her Nation in some way. Then her thoughts slowly went back to Queen Hippolyta and the history that Masika told her. "Councillor, do the Nations keep a record of things?"

Masika was a little confused but she tried to answer the question as best as possible. "We keep records on certain events, yes. We also keep records on Amazons for particular things."

"What you mean?"

Masika chuckled and she knew this would be another long explanation. "The departments keep records on their personnel but it's typically on significant things." She paused to take a moment to cross her legs under the table. "An example would be with the army, if a warrior Amazon showed bravery in battle then her superior notes it in the records. The Amazon then is given a particular coloured feather to honour her for going beyond duty. You may have seen some Amazons with these feathers."

Gabrielle's expression glazed over with consideration. She suddenly focused back on Masika. 'I've seen some warriors with a dark yellow feather… two or three at a time."

"Yes," confirmed the councillor, "that is for bravery or courage in battle. Green feathers are for excelling in the agricultural or herding areas. A blue feather is for diplomacy. Or a red feather represents innovation or inspiration on the battle field, on the sparring field, in the crops… anywhere really."

Gabrielle agreed and liked the idea of the symbolism of the feathers.

"However," cut in Masika's voice, "records are also kept on what negative actions Amazons take."

The young bard chuckled and nodded. "I thought so." After she settled, she then went back to her original question. "But what I meant earlier was do any of the Nations keep records of the history? I mean what the Amazons go through over time."

Masika considered it then shook her head. "Beyond our personnel records and some significant events, no not really. A lot is passed down by word of mouth but even that is distorted some over time." She narrowed her eyes at the wistful look on the princess's face. "Why are you interested, princess?"

"Well… don't you think the Nation needs a… historian?" Gabrielle sat up and her expression was becoming excited. "Tradition is important in the Nation, right? History is apart of our tradition and tradition is apart of our history. The history of the Amazons should be kept and record for future generations."

Masika's lips were pressed tightly together as she thought over the concept. Her eyes grew distant and her right foot slightly swung, which rested on top of her left leg. "Perhaps you are right, princess."

In reaction Gabrielle immediately brightened up. "Councillor, we should look into this."

Masika shot a grin at the young, ambitious Amazon. "As compelling of an idea as it is, princess I cannot… look into it." The young slave frowned at her but she quickly cut Gabrielle off before Gabrielle refuted her. "However if you are so intent on this idea, princess then I recommend submitting a proposal to the council."

Gabrielle stiffened at the suggestion and she weakly asked, "Proposal to the council?"

"Yesss." The councillor arched a dark eyebrow. "It would have to be approved before some Amazon went romping through the archives and picking elders' brains for history."

Gabrielle sighed but she couldn't let the idea go. "But isn't it too late to put a proposal in?"

"The major proposals are due by sunset, yes however during the next seven days smaller ones may be submitted." Masika sat up then continued speaking. "If you're so intent on this idea of yours, princess then scribe a proposal and hand it in." She slightly grinned and quietly said, "Off the record, you already have my vote."

Princess Gabrielle chuckled and nodded. "I'll give it a try then."

Masika felt her respect go up a notch for the young princess. She liked the spirit in this princess and she was incredibly different than Terreis or any others in the past. "I also recommend you find somebody willing to be this… historian before you submit your proposal. That will be the first thing the council will attack."

"Thank you." Gabrielle smiled.

Masika shook her head and looked down at her scroll. She knew she needed to get back to work.

The bard caught the councillor's diverted attention. She suddenly rose up. "I should let you finish, councillor."

Masika lifted her head and a faint but warm smile touched her lips. "Call me Masika, princess."

The princess returned the smile as her defensiveness to the councillor suddenly died. She now felt fond as much as admiral of the councillor. "Only if you call me Gabrielle."

"Of course, Gabrielle." Masika bowed her head then stood up.

Gabrielle was stunned but she clasped Masika's offered arm.

"I enjoyed our conversation." Masika smirked. "And debate." She relinquished her shake and her next words came out serious despite she was teasing. "Perhaps there is hope for you afterall, Gabrielle."

The bard blinked then realized the councillor was joking. She shook her head and as she headed for the door, she shot back, "Perhaps for you too, Masika."

The councillor gave a deep laugh but called, "Goodbye, Gabrielle."

The princess glanced back and smiled. "Thank you." She quietly left the amused councillor to her work. Now she decided her next mission would be to talk to Queen Melosa about a small break. She really wanted to visit both Amphipolis and Potidaea this summer if she wanted to lie to rest her fears and curiosity. Even though it would give her some resolution to the past she had a sinking feeling it would only bring her new fears or even more pain. Gabrielle wasn't sure if she was ready for more pain but she had to know.

When Gabrielle finally was able to track down the queen, she found herself in the stables where she'd originally stabled Torqueo. He was now in the corral with all the other horses while the stables remained empty.

"And over here, my queen you can see the roof damage."

The queen dropped her head back and saw how the wood planks were fairly worn and there were small gaps that went all the way through. She could just make out the clear blue sky through the cracks. "I would say so," she agreed. She then sensed somebody behind her so she turned around. "Princess," she greeted.

The princess dipped her head. "My queen."

Queen Melosa held her hand out to the other Amazon. "Have you met Master Eponin's assistant Hali?"

"No, I haven't." Gabrielle did the traditional arm shake and offered a smile.

"I heard you've had the day off," mentioned the senior weapons trainer.

"Yes." Gabrielle warmly smiled. "It's been a great day too."

Queen Melosa lifted an eyebrow. "A day of writing and relaxing?"

The princess quickly shook her head. "No, I've been visiting various departments. First thing I visit with Priestess Narkissa then Commander Kalonice, next was the healers' hut and just now I'm coming from Councillor Masika's office."

Hali blinked and stared at the princess.

Queen Melosa though remained collected and didn't act at all impressed or surprised. She wasn't about to give this young Amazon any of her respect just yet until she truly earned it on Melosa's terms. "It is reassuring to hear the princess is taking interest in her Nation."

Gabrielle held back from sighing because the queen wasn't giving her any room. "Of course… everything has been rather fascinating."

Hali had kept quiet and just watched the exchange. She wasn't sure why the queen was so incredibly hard on the princess but it slightly annoyed her. As a senior grade weapons trainer, she knew the idea was to teach and bring deep understanding to the students but not punish or frustrate them to make them dislike being an Amazon.

"Fascinating is not the word I would choose," challenged the queen. Her hands now went to her hips, her expression darker than earlier. "Was there anything you needed, princess?"

The bard almost sighed but instead replied, "I would like to speak to you… about a personal matter when you have the time."

Queen Melosa studied the small Amazon and her eyes grew harder still.

Gabrielle held her ground and didn't falter under the queen's scrutiny yet her body grew cool.

"Very well," granted the queen. "Hali and I will be finished shortly… wait for me outside."

"Of course, my queen." Gabrielle bowed her head then decided to leave now. Just before she stepped out of the stable, she could hear Hali continue to speak up the repairs that needed to be done on the stables. She blocked out the conversation as she waited near the door and her gaze wondered through the village. Just off to her right several hundred paces away was one of five gigantic corrals for the horses. It was where Torqueo and Diana both were so she went over to visit her stallion.

Torqueo was on a small hill top and he heard a distinct whistle from his master. He turned his head to the left and he whined when he saw her. Without another second, he galloped down the small, stony hill and came up to the fence, as close as he could get to Gabrielle.

"Hey, boy." Gabrielle bent forward and rubbed his crown. "It's good to see you."

Torqueo whined and nudged at his master's arm. He happily sighed and nuzzled his face into her touch.

"I miss you too." The princess held onto the fence with one hand and her other hand steadied her as she leaned in to kiss his cheek jaw. "Have they been treating you well?"

Torqueo stomped his front leg in response.

"Lots of apples?"

Torqueo dipped his head and shook it.

"No?" The bard giggled and patted his neck. "I'll stop by tonight with a couple. How's that sound?"

Torqueo lifted his head and snorted happily.

"Okay sounds like a date." Gabrielle chuckled and scratched behind his ear some.

Torqueo quietly enjoyed the attention but then he sensed another human near by. He looked beyond his master then huffed in annoyance.

Gabrielle had also felt the other person but didn't acknowledge them because she wanted her time with Torqueo.

"You always talk to your horse?" inquired the rich voice of the queen.

Torqueo whined and glared at Queen Melosa.

The queen lifted a challenging eyebrow at the stallion.

"He talks back," countered the bard. She brought her hand to her face and kissed her fingertips. She then pressed her fingertips against his nose and whispered, "See you tonight."

Torqueo happily agreed with a whine then took off at a trot to join the other horses.

"So it seems," relented Queen Melosa.

Gabrielle turned around and almost leaned against the fence post but thought twice about it.

The queen put her hands on her hips and her mind jumped back to Gabrielle's original purpose. "What did you want to speak about?"

The bard had gone over in her mind how she'd ask the queen about this. She could only hope it'd come out properly without leading to too much information or questioning. "I wanted to ask permission to go on a break for about seven maybe ten days."

"And what do you plan to do?" inquired the queen.

"I would like to return home for awhile… my original home." Gabrielle folded her arms over her chest. "Plus I have… family in another town I'd like to visit that I haven't seen in three years."

Melosa could understand the young girl's desire to visit with family. "What villages?"

"They're both on the border of Thrace… Potidaea and Amphipolis."

The queen tried to recall the locations of the villages and slowly nodded. "Potidaea is on the first Macedonian peninsula."

"Yes and Amphipolis is about a days ride away north-east along the Thrace border.."

Queen Melosa pulled away from her memory and gazed back at the bard. "I cannot grant you this time off for another moon. Once you've accomplished more training."

"That's what I assumed." Gabrielle stifled another sigh. "I've waited this long."

"Yes," agreed the queen. "However I do have one condition before you can go."

The young princess tilted her head, eyebrows creased together.

"You must take two competent Amazons with you." Queen Melosa stared hard at the Amazon. "I will not have the Nation's princess wondering around the country-side unprotected."

Gabrielle had slightly anticipated the request and actually hoped for it.

"I recommend you find two Amazons and request for them to go. If they can go then you must let me know so I can approve of them accompanying you." Queen Melosa then hesitated as she considered Gabrielle may have already selected some Amazons. "Have you anybody in mind?"

"Actually I was thinking about Ephiny and Master Eponin." Gabrielle lifted an inquisitive eyebrow.

Queen Melosa had expected as much so she shook her head. "I can grant Ephiny but not Master Eponin. She must remain here for training."

Gabrielle just about audibly groaned when she forgot about that problem. She now had a sinking feeling since she didn't know who else to take since Ephiny and Eponin were the only two that knew about her slavery brand. "I will find another then."

"As soon as you've found a second companion I will approve of your trip." Queen Melosa now relaxed some and asked, "Was there anything else, princess?"

Gabrielle shook her head. "No… thank you, my queen."

Queen Melosa dipped her head and turned.

The young slave watched the queen gracefully and proudly walked away. And finally Gabrielle let out a deep and long sigh that shook her frame. She dropped her head forward some and with one last glance at her stallion, she headed back to her hut for the rest of the candlemarks before dinner. She figured she'd work on a proposal for the historian while she waited for dinner.

Slowly the days rolled on for the young Amazon Princess. Her training with Eponin gradually grew more intense and Gabrielle each day rose to the challenge. And every afternoon, she'd return to her hut just as sore as the day before yet feeling undoubtedly rewarded for her hard effort.

For several days, Gabrielle had written a proposal for approval on a historian. Ephiny, Solari, and a few others assist the princess by spreading news of the interest in the new position in hopes Gabrielle would find somebody. It'd been five days and only two days were left before the closing of spring proposals and Gabrielle was growing weary that she'd find somebody.

However late one evening, Gabrielle was about to rise from her desk after working on a scroll when there was a knock at her door. The bard half turned in her chair and called, "Come in."

Cautiously an Amazon entered the hut, closed the door, and stood in front of the door. She shyly looked to the princess and gently spoke, "Hi, princess… I'm Gryta and I've heard you're looking for a historian."

Gabrielle, suddenly charged with excitement, jumped up from her seat. "I am, Gryta. Are you interested?"

"I think so," murmured the shy Amazon. She cleared her throat and put her hands behind her back as the princess neared her. "I heard the general overview of the position but I just wanted more details… if that's okay."

"Of course." The bard directed to the table and chairs just beside Gryta. "Sit down and we'll talk."

Gryta nodded then took a seat. She remained ridged and stiff in the chair to show good posture.

Gabrielle slowly sat down and tried to shake her mind away from her scroll she'd been previously working on. "Well in general the historian will keep detailed scrolls of the history of the Amazons." She shifted some in her chair. "This is mainly going to require doing a lot of back tracking on how the Amazons were first started. Then lead up to the events of the present."

"And the historian will keep records of the future events?" probed Gryta.

"Yes," agreed the princess. "However back tracking the past, I think will take plenty of years."

Gryta faintly grin and dipped her head. "I believe you're correct, princess."

The young slave chuckled and tilted her head. "How are you with talking to people? This will require a lot of talking, especially to the elders in Nations."

"On a one on one basis, I am just fine," declared Gryta but she shyly smiled. "However it does take me awhile to warm up."

Gabrielle chuckled and enjoyed the shy look on the Amazon's face. She took a quiet moment to take in the Amazon's features. Gryta was a little taller than Gabrielle and had rich almost fire red hair that touched her shoulders. Her face was small but round while her nose seemed out of character since it was a bit wide. And when Gabrielle caught her eyes, she enjoyed how they shifted between a blue and a green, they were a turquoise shade. As Gabrielle pulled her focus out, she realized the Amazon must be a warrior considering the dark yellow feather tied behind her Amazon feather. "Which department are you in, Gryta? The military?"

Gryta nodded then answered, "I'm a foot warrior under the polemarchos, princess."

The bard tilted her head to the other side and further inspected the Amazon. Gryta had to be at least twenty years of age but no more than twenty-three Gabrielle decided. "Are you not satisfied with the army?"

"I enjoy being a warrior." Gryta went silent as she pulled together her thoughts into proper order. "Yet I do not find it fulfilling."

"What are your aspirations?" urged the bard. "Is there anything you thoroughly enjoy doing?"

Gryta faintly grinned. "I am curious by nature, princess. I like to investigate things so I can understand them and I admit I am a perfectionist." She lost her grin as she continued to think about herself. "I believe I'd like to be the historian because I believe in history being important." She was staring at her boots but now she lifted her gaze to the princess. "It's apart of keeping the culture in the Nation."

"I agree," stated the princess. She suddenly rose up and crossed over to her desk. She pulled out her top drawer on the right side and thumbed through her scrolls that rested on their sides. She finally found the proposal scroll and brought it to Gryta. "This is the proposal… it'll give you an idea."

Gryta gingerly took the scroll and carefully read over the words.

Gabrielle had taken her seat again and curiously watched Gryta's facial expressions. She was content when a small smile ever so slowly grew across Gryta's face.

When Gryta was finished, she rolled it up and held it out. "I believe I would like the position of historian, princess."

Gabrielle warmly smiled and took the proposal. "You may have it if it is approved by the council." She then stood and returned the scroll to its home in the drawer.

"Will you need my assistance with the council?" spoke up Gryta, her eyes following the princess.

Gabrielle once again took her seat and crossed her legs. "I think it would be best. I will go to the council tomorrow with my proposal. Will you be able to make it?"

"I will be on patrol duty tomorrow." Gryta's face twisted together. "I believe I finish three candlemarks after midday."

"I might be able to get out of class early." Gabrielle was also planning in her head the time. "When you are finished, come to the sparring fields."

"Which will you be on?" persisted the Amazon.

"I train on the far south field."

Gryta dipped her head in acknowledgement. "I will go there first then to your hut if you are not there."

"Wonderful." Gabrielle smiled then stood up.

The Amazon didn't hesitate to stand as well and shifted to the door. "Thank you, princess for your time and the position."

"You don't have it yet," reminded the princess.

Gryta merely bowed her head then stated, "I will soon." She lifted her head with a hidden smug look then opened the door behind her. "Good night, princess."

"Good night, Gryta and thank you."

The Amazon shot a shy smile then silently left the princess's hut.

Gabrielle amusingly grinned and shook her head. "Quite an Amazon," she murmured and went to her desk to finish her scroll.

It wasn't long before the next sun reached in the low east and the rays crept through Gabrielle's window. The princess slowly arose and got ready for her training. It was vigorous and more than yesterday or any day before this one. For the past week, Eponin had Gabrielle warm up with laps around the sparring fields.

Eponin would stand in the middle of the six sparring fields. She would order the princess to run three laps around the three sparring fields; three around three was what Eponin would say. So Gabrielle would heft her staff into both hands and run at a steady pace around the field. In the background, Eponin would yell at her to go faster whenever she slowed, which was becoming rare anymore.

Then the bard would jog into the middle of the sparring field, drop her staff to the ground, and take ten minutes to stretch. The weapons master would near her and begin the verbal lessons about the Nation as Gabrielle stretched her muscles. Then after her stretching, Gabrielle would jump to her feet, her staff back in her hands, and she would go through a system of drills to warm up. As she did so, Eponin would continue to speak and verbally teach about the Nation, that day it was about the mentality of a warrior Amazon. The bard had carefully listened to every detail and committed it to memory because she knew it was a key element to many of her Amazons in the Nation.

After about a candlemark of systematic drills, Eponin would stop the princess then Eponin would start the staff training for the day that would last most of the day. Near the end of day, the weapons master stopped the staff training early and continued the teachings of the Amazon way.

"An Amazon may not be immortal but nothing is impossible for her," stated the weapons master. She stared down at her student on the ground and Eponin leaned against her staff. "And an Amazon also expects the unexpected."

Gabrielle faintly furrowed her eyebrows when she saw Eponin tense. For some reason, Gabrielle's hands curled around her staff, it was some natural instinct to do so.

Suddenly the weapons master straightened up in a fluent motion and had her staff swinging at her student.

The bard yelped but reacted in time by getting her staff up in horizontal position. Her staff banged loudly when Eponin's connected with it. Her eyes were wide and bright with surprise. "Eponin?"

"Get up," growled the weapons master and she took a few steps back.

The princess bounced up onto her feet and wasn't sure what to expect. Her body tensed, her staff ready, and her mind rapidly processed the next move her teacher would do.

Eponin spun her staff once then lunged at Gabrielle.

The young Amazon automatically went on defence and deflected her teacher's attack. She now knew Eponin was testing her to see what she knew as far as her defences went. The test made Gabrielle's stomach turn in nervousness which caused her focus to falter.

The weapons master stabbed at her student with the butt of her staff.

Gabrielle leapt to one side and caught Eponin's horizontal swing with her staff. She wasn't sure whether to try and attack Eponin back but she hadn't learned any offences moves quite yet.

"Come on, princess," coaxed the weapons master, "attack me back."

The bard stepped back and raised her staff. Her knees were bent and her heart pounded but what scared her was the fear coursing through her body. A natural part of her wanted to back away from the fight, a natural instinct, but the part of her that was trained by Eponin wouldn't back out. She would hold her ground no matter what.

Eponin growled and brought one end of her staff at Gabrielle's left knee.

The princess hastened to stop the attack and just caught the end of the staff before it connected with her knee. She then realized the other end of Eponin's staff was coming at her face so she instantly jumped back in time.

Eponin deeply chuckled and her eyes darkened. "Close one, princess." She tilted her head and took a step closer. "Attack me." She then lunged again with her staff raised.

Gabrielle stopped the overhead attack but didn't respond back with her own attack. She merely side-stepped and adjusted her staff defensively in front of her.

The weapons master kept from getting annoyed at her student's lack of fight. She knew she had to just coax her student into the desire to fight back then Gabrielle would fall into it. "Are you scared, princess?" She faced her student and lowered her staff to her side.

The bard narrowed her eyes and took one step back. She knew there was some trick coming her way.

"Come on, princess I'm wide open for you." Eponin held out her arms. "You couldn't possibly miss." She could tell Gabrielle wasn't going to take the bait and she had to admit that was smart.

The princess was keeping a certain distance as she her mind worked with her defence tactics. She knew so many that she figured she'd be able to arrange one into a decent offence attack. She just needed a little time to mustard one and thankfully Eponin was providing her with that time.

Eponin shook her head then suddenly took a swiping attack at Gabrielle's legs.

The young slave jumped back but this time instead of backing away, she reacted by randomly swing her staff at Eponin's midsection.

The weapons master stopped the attack and she faintly smiled at the princess's attempt. She took offence again and lunged with the butt end coming at Gabrielle's chest.

The bard swung one end of her staff and reflected the butt end away from her. She then spun around ninety degrees and brought her staff around with her. Her left half of her staff came at Eponin's right side.

The weapons master hastily brought her vertical staff to her side and stopped the attack. Then much to Gabrielle's surprise, Eponin gave a high kick at the bard.

The princess was slammed into her side just under her right arm and she went flying into the air.

Eponin put her freehand on her hip and stared at the bard, whom was coming to a dead stop in the dirt.

Gabrielle coughed from the lack of hair in her chest. She dared not to touch her aching side but she peered up at her teacher.

The older Amazon cocked her head to the right side. "You were okay, princess." She then stepped forward and held out her free right hand.

Princess Gabrielle took the hand and was hauled up to her feet. "I didn't expect that," she quietly mentioned.

"No, I suppose not." The weapons master had a hidden grin while she patted Gabrielle's shoulder. She opened her mouth to continue but faltered when she spotted an Amazon off to the right.

Gabrielle followed her gaze and brightened when she noted Gryta.

Eponin caught the excited look on her student's face. "Two girlfriends, princess?"

The bard flushed bright red but offered a dark glare at the weapons master. "No… actually she's offered to be the historian."

The weapons master had heard the rumours circulating about the princess's request for an Amazon to take the position. She felt a smile touch her lips. "Gryta would be a fine historian," she approved.

The princess quickly turned back to Eponin. "You think so?"

"I know so," gently stated the weapons master. "She's curious by nature and loves detail." She nodded approvingly and stared at Gryta. "She will do the position justice."

Gabrielle smiled now but she faintly lost it as she focused on her next duty at hand. "Ep, is it okay if we break early?"

Eponin lifted an eyebrow but asked, "The historian proposal?"

The bard dipped her head.

"Under one condition," started the weapons master, "tomorrow you stay an extra candlemark to compensate."

"Of course," agreed the princess and she couldn't hide her smile.

"You may go then," agreed the weapons master.

Gabrielle didn't wait for Eponin to change her mind. She hurried off and caught up with Gryta.

Eponin leaned against her staff and watched the princess and Amazon head across village to the huts sector. As she watched, she considered all the changes in the princess and she honestly decided she liked them all. Even she had to admit that Gabrielle was quite unusual, which made for a unique princess in all of the six known Nations.

The weapons master pulled out her reverie and decided to head back to her office hut. When she got inside, she spotted her senior grade officer, Hali, at the table to the left of Eponin's desk.

Hali looked up from her scribing on a scroll and offered a smile. "Afternoon, master."

"How goes things, Hali?" The weapons master propped her fighting staff against the wall behind her desk. She then took her seat.

"Fairly well." Hali returned her attention to her scroll as she brushed back midnight hair. "The others are finishing up with the classes."

"So you snuck out early?" teased the weapons master.

"No earlier than you, I see." Hali shot a grin but returned to her scribing.

Eponin chuckled as she retrieved her new weekly scroll from her desk. She was keeping detailed records on the princess's progress from day to day. "The princess has other engagements."

Hali huffed and shook her head. "What could that be, Eponin?"

The weapons master had just dipped her quill into an ink well but she paused and stared at her senior grade. "She's going before the council."

Hali stopped scribing and looked at the weapons master. "You're joking. About what?"

"A historian," murmured Eponin, most of her focus on her report scroll.

"Oh yes." Hali shook her head and went back to her scribbling once again. "I did hear about that." She chuckled and asked, "Has she even selected anybody? The council will shred her proposal if she hasn't selected somebody." She paused then her taunting voice muttered, "Just like they do to our smithing hut proposal."

"Hali," warned the annoyed weapons master.

"Hey, hey!" Hali held up her hands in defence then dropped them to the table. "You know I'm right, Eponin. The damn council expects Artemis herself to drop down from Olympus and gift us with a smith." She pointed her quill at Eponin. "It ain't happenin', Eponin because we have to find one. You know it."

The weapons master's expression had darkened. "When it is time for us to have a smithing hut, we will get one."

"When the Hades will that be?" shot back the senior grade. "When Artemis turns a man we'll have one." She grunted and turned back to her scroll.

Eponin decided not to continue the argument and went back to her report. After she was finished, she rolled up the scroll and stood up. She checked her sword on her back and decided it was fine so she started around her desk.

"Where you headed?" pried the senior grade.

"To see the princess's proposal be approved," coolly stated the weapons master.

Hali rolled her eyes but head followed Eponin as Eponin went to the door. "You're getting infatuated with her, Eponin."

The weapons master laughed and grasped the handle of her hut door. "Hali, there's a difference between infatuation and pride."

Hali slightly grinned at her superior's remark. "Yeah I guess you're right… the infatuation is Ephiny's job."

Eponin chuckled and was tempted to leave the conversation there but she hesitated. "And it's funny because Ephiny doesn't infatuate that easily either."

Hali smirked. "Are you saying there's a good reason why Ephiny is infatuated with our princess?"

Eponin shot back her own smirk. "You decide." Without another word, she left the hut and started her journey across village to the council hut.

Rena gazed about the council room and table as she expected to finish up for the day. "I believe we are finished… are there any more proposals on the table for today?" As she spoke her words, she caught sight of the council guard, Vara, opening the door.

The princess had stepped in first and caught the tail end of Rena's words. "I have a proposal," she announced and instantly all eyes turned on her and Gabrielle's stomach just dropped to the floor.

"Princess Gabrielle," greeted the head council member. Rena straightened in her seat at one end of the table. "This is quite unexpected."

Gabrielle shyly smiled and stepped closer to the council table. "Well, today Master Eponin taught me that every Amazon warrior expects the unexpected."

All the council members gave a round of deep laughs and smirked except for the Queen, whom sat at the other end of the table.

Gryta had slipped in behind the princess and now slid into an open spot along the wall side in the corner. She noted that all around the walls were lined various heads of the departments such as the priestess, the master healer with her daughter, the head of the diplomacy affairs, the head of agriculture, and there were several others. Gryta's scanning of faces finally came to rest on the stratègos and the polemarchos so her stomach instantly twisted in concern. She realized too that Officer Galatea, the polemarchos, was curiously staring at her, which unsettled Gryta even more so. Suddenly Rena's thick voice cut into her conscious and Gryta returned her focus to the princess's proposal.

"Yes, councillor I have written my proposal," stated the princess. She held out two scrolls. "I have made a copy of it so it'll go around the table faster."

Councillor Rena was inwardly impressed but didn't show it. She merely accepted a scroll and noted Gabrielle giving the second one to Queen Melosa. "Go ahead and brief the rest of the council," she ordered to the princess.

The bard nodded and stood beside the head councillor as she formulated a summary in her head. She knew she could speak in front of people when she was telling a story but this was different. She was about to begin but now noted another person entering the meeting room. She saw her teacher, Eponin, enter and silently take a spot off to one side. Gabrielle forced herself to focus though on the task at hand. "I am proposing that the Nation creates a new position." She paused and gazed about the council members before stating, "A historian."

Without missing a beat, the councillors all murmured amongst themselves.

Gabrielle ignored them though and forced her voice to lift in volume as she spoke over the din. "I have discovered in my lessons with Master Eponin that the Amazons hold a very rich, detailed past that is not very well recorded. I believe that since we are a Nation that prides ourselves on traditions and history that we must take it upon ourselves to keep records on both our accomplishments as well as our mistakes." She paused as she scanned the quiet table of councillors. "It is our history that has woven this Nation into what it is today and we must take it upon ourselves to not let it fade away. It is my hope that by keeping meticulous records of the events in the Nation that we will have a past… a history to pass onto future generations of Amazons so that their lives are enriched and are given a sense of pride." She gently nipped her lower lip then finally ended her speech with, "In response to this idea, I am submitting the proposal that the position of a historian is created so that she may trace and record Amazon history."

The council was quiet for several moments then finally one of the councillors gazed at the head councillor.

Rena held out her hand to the fellow councillor and ordered, "Please stand, Councillor Tanya."

Tanya rose up to her short height and locked her gaze on the princess. "Have you confronted the issue with finding a historian? Somebody to volunteer for the position?" She then took her seat again as everybody awaited for a response.

Gabrielle grinned and replied, "I'm so glad you asked." She turned her head to the left and extended her left arm.

Gryta took the signal and peeled away from the wall. She approached the princess then faced the council, her hands behind her back, her back straight, and her expression even.

"This is Gryta, councillors and she has offered to take the position as historian." Gabrielle smiled at Gryta then looked back at the councillors. "I find Gryta will be quite competent to take the position."

From the corner of her eye, Gryta saw the polemarchos whisper something to Commander Kalonice. She tried to ignore them as she remained focused on the proposal.

Suddenly another councillor rose up and she wasn't much younger than Rena. "I am Councillor Elysa," she introduced to the two young Amazons. Her eyes though fully focussed on Gryta. "Do you believe you are fit for this position, Amazon?"

"I am, councillor," stated Gryta, her voice even and assured.

"What department are you assigned to?" further inquired Councillor Elysa.

"I am in the military," stated Gryta. She'd forbidden herself to fall under this elder's scrutiny or the hard stares from the polemarchos.

"I see that you've received the yellow feather of bravery." The councillor tilted her off to the side. "What were the conditions for receiving the feather?"

Gryta inhaled then calmly reported, "I and two other Amazons were on patrol when we were caught in a small scrimmage against three centaurs. The centaurs had entered our lands and we proceeded to stop them but unfortunately they were rather vicious." Gryta paused and cleared her throat as old memories filtered back to her mind. "There were three of us all together and one Amazon went down with an arrow in her chest. I took it upon myself to fight off the three centaurs as the other patrol Amazon fought to save our sister's life."

"You defeated the centaurs then?" concluded Councillor Elysa.

"I defeated two, yes. The third fled and I let him go because of my concern for our sister's life." Gryta paused but decided to finish her story. "The other patrol Amazon ran ahead of me to get a healer while I carried the other Amazon back to the village."

"Impressive," quietly agreed Councillor Elysa. She then took her seat again.

The fifth and final councillor rose up and stated, "I am Councillor Hersilia." After the princess and Gryta bowed their heads, she continued to speak. "I am curious, exactly how old are you Gryta?"

Gryta gently smiled and replied, "I am twenty-two, councillor."

"You seem much older than that," relented the councillor, "I like that." She then took her seat again. As soon as she was comfortable, Councillor Tanya handed her the proposal scroll that was being passed around.

The head councillor looked up at Gabrielle from her spot. "Princess, have you considered the expense of this operation?"

The bard's lips puckered and she sensed the queen's piercing stare on her. "I believe the expense will not be that high." Her expression was tight as her mind calculated what they would need. "The historian would need scrolls, ink, and quills."

"I would assume she would travel," finally spoke the queen.

Gabrielle quickly looked to the queen. "I believe so," she agreed, "since many of the other elders in other Nations will know much of the history."

"So there are travelling expenses," reminded the queen.

"Yes, there will be," agreed the princess. She hadn't quite thought about that but she knew Queen Melosa had a point. Suddenly her attention was redirected to another councillor when they rose up.

Councillor Masika straightened her back out and looked between the members of the table. "I believe the expanse is little of our concern considering how extremely important it is that we retain our Amazon history." She had her hands behind her back as she looked between her mother and the queen. "Besides, I believe the expense will by minute compared to the costs of running… the military."

"I believe you are correct, councillor." Rena dipped her head in appreciation of her daughter's point.

Masika took her seat again.

The head councillor noted the other members had finished reading over the proposal. "How do the four councillors vote?"

Councillor Tanya stood up and stated, "I am in favour."

After she sat, Councillor Elysa rose and voted, "I am in favour."

Councillor Hersilia was next up from her chair and voted, "I am in favour."

Rena then looked to her daughter.

The youngest councillor dipped her head as she stood to her full height. "I am in favour."

Gabrielle's stomach was slowly unknotting but she was still nervous about the Councillor Rena's vote and especially the queen's. She knew it could be Queen Masika's vote that abolished the entire council's agreement.

Councillor Rena steadily rose up and announced, "I am in favour." When she sat, her eyes rest on the queen.

Queen Melosa touched the proposal scroll in front of her. She felt everybody eyes solely on her and she absorbed the power she felt from this. She finally pushed her chair back and rose up to her height. Her attention went around the room then settled on the princess. She kept her shoulders square and her brown eyes were dark with conviction. "I am in favour. Your proposal is granted, Princess Gabrielle."

Gabrielle released a held breath and her shoulders slumped but she was smiling.

Gryta chuckled and patted the princess's tensed back.

Councillor Rena thinly smiled at the happy princess. She cleared her throat and stated, "Congratulations, princess."

The bard dipped her head and offered a warm smile. She said nothing because she knew Rena had more to say.

"And since you're so enthusiastic about this, princess…." Rena paused as a slick smile creased her lips. "You will be in charge of this new department."

Gabrielle slightly tensed at this revolution.

Rena noticed the princess's hesitation and Rena thoroughly enjoyed it. "It will be your first duty as princess."

"Of course, councillor," concurred the princess.

The head councillor revealed a rich grin. "You will assist Historian Gryta with composing her records, categorizing them, and weeding through the… fiction and truth of the history." She tilted her head. "You are an aspiring bard, princess and I believe you are more than competent to handle this duty."

"Of course." Gabrielle's lips slightly thinned but she proudly stated, "Thank you, councillor."

Councillor Rena bowed her head and was grateful for the appreciation.

Queen Melosa now broke in as she straightened her back in her chair. "I assume you will not work on this from day until night, Gryta." She lifted an eyebrow at the young Amazon.

Gryta's bowed her head and stated, "I do not have to, my queen."

"I would suggest not," ordered the queen. "I prefer you to stay with the military since it is obvious of your skills as a warrior."

"I will do so," agreed the Amazon, her head still bowed.

"See that you do." Queen Melosa glanced over at the polemarchos then at Commander Kalonice but her attention returned to the new historian. "I expect you and the princess to work with Officer Galatea about a satisfactory schedule."

"We will," agreed the princess.

"Excellent," calmly stated the queen. "I have no further concerns then." She then gazed upon the head councillor. "Councillor Rena?"

"I hold none either." Rena noted her fellow councillors shook their heads too. "Then we have finished and the position of historian is now established under Princess Gabrielle's supervision." She scanned the room as she further spoke. "Now, are there anymore proposals for the day?" The councillor patiently waited and nobody came forth. She then stood up and announced, "Then the council rests for today."

Immediately the meeting room filled with voices that all spoke at once.

Princess Gabrielle turned to the Gryta and held out her arm. "Congratulations, historian."

The Amazon slightly flushed but took the princess's arm shake. "Congratulations too, princess."

After Gabrielle released Gryta's arm she said, "Tomorrow hopefully we can talk to the polemarchos about your schedule."

"Yes, that would be best," agreed the Amazon.

Before they could continue discussing, several Amazons approached both Gryta and Gabrielle and started to congratulate them.

The princess and Gryta were so caught up in the congratulations and discussion that they didn't realize how late it was becoming.

Eponin came up behind her student and gently touched her shoulder. "Princess, it is near dinner."

The Amazon that was speaking with the princess paused and looked at the weapons master. She was faintly insulted by the disruption yet also interested by it. "Master Eponin," she greeted.

The weapons master offered a smile to the diplomat. "I see you've met Ambassador Majorie."

"Yes," agreed the princess, "the ambassador was just telling me a bit about the diplomatic affairs."

"Indeed," murmured the weapons master.

The ambassador secretly smirked at the weapons master. "It seems, Master Eponin you have not covered the foreign affairs to our princess."

"No," agreed Eponin, her hand finally slipping from her student's shoulder. "That was a lesson in the near future."

"I would hope so." Majorie chuckled and looked at the princess. "I was just offering to the princess if she wished to know more about foreign affairs to see me or any of the emissaries."

Eponin dipped her head and looked at the bard. "I agree, princess. The ambassador has much to offer on the topic of diplomacy." She paused and quietly added, "It would behove you to not only be a good Amazon warrior but a good diplomatic."

Gabrielle was staring at Eponin and for some reason, she had a feeling Eponin was asking her to pursue time with the ambassador. She nodded then replied, "I will take your suggestion, Master Eponin."

The weapons master felt her tension recede at hearing the possible agreement. She now smiled at the ambassador and she could tell that the ambassador was remotely surprised by Eponin's hidden support. "Good day, ambassador." She bowed her head then looked at her student. "I will see you in the mess hut."

"See you, Ep," murmured the bard and she watched her friend and teacher leave the hut. When she looked back to the ambassador she felt the need to continue their earlier conversation now that Eponin had encouraged her. "Ambassador, do you give lessons at all?"

Majorie's frame shook with a deep laugh and she wonderfully smiled. "I do not typically but for you, princess, I would be more than happy to do so."

The bard now beamed brightly with a smile. "I would thoroughly enjoy it."

The ambassador folded her arms over her chest and tilted her head. "It is reassuring to see a future queen that wishes to be diplomatic as well as militaristic."

Gabrielle shifted her hands behind her back and tried to rub her palms dry despite she was still nervous. "I believe in being well rounded. Plus I prefer to settle a fight with my words before my fists."

"I agree," stated the ambassador. She now bowed her had in respect then when she straightened up. "If you would like, princess I can offer lessons every third evening if you would have time."

"I would love to," agreed the now excited princess.

"Excellent." Ambassador Majorie smiled warmly and unfolded her arms now. "We will begin tomorrow night… in my hut." She now held out her hand.

Gabrielle understood the subtle difference between shaking hands and shaking arms. She clasped the older Amazon's hand and briskly shook. "Thank you, ambassador."

"The pleasure is all mine, princess." Mejorie released the smaller hand then stated, "Have a good evening." She then side stepped the princess and headed for the door but she paused and turned back. "Oh and princess," she called, "be sure to bring some goodies from the mess hut for our lessons."

Gabrielle chuckled and nodded. "I will, ambassador."

Majorie wistfully smiled then stepped out of the now thinning meeting room.

Gabrielle slightly jumped when a hand came to her back again and she relaxed at seeing Gryta at her side. "Are you ready to leave?"

"Yes," murmured the tense Amazon.

The young slave noted how the anxiety flowed off her historian and she wondered what the cause of it was. She gazed about the room and her eyes homed in on the stratègos and the polemarchos. Then it occurred to her that they were nearing her and Gryta. She sensed Gryta's hand on her shoulder gripping tighter and she turned her body to face the approaching military officers. "It'll be fine," she gently assured Gryta.

The historian released her hold of the princess and tried to fall back into her military training of coolness. "Commandor Kalonice and Officer Galatea," she greeted.

"Historian," emotionlessly stated the stratègos. "Princess."

Gabrielle bowed her head to Commander Kalonice. "Stratègos." She then bowed to the other officer. "Polemarchos."

The stratègos straightened to her full and imposing height. "Princess Gabrielle, you are stealing one of my best Amazons."

Despite how serious the stratègos was, Gabrielle could pick up the teasing tones in the stratègos's tone. "I am merely burrowing her at times," she reminded.

The stratègos faintly grinned and chuckled. "Perhaps, until the work mounts and it requires more of Gryta's time."

"Then I will merely steal another of your Amazons to assist Gryta and I."

"You are quite conniving, princess," cut in the polemarchos. "I like that."

Princess Gabrielle softly laughed and smiled at the two military officers. "I just want to see this research taken care of… it's quite important."

"I agree," stated the stratègos. She smiled and offered, "If you need any information on the military do not hesitate to speak with me." Her attention flickered to Gryta. "Either of you."

"Thank you," politely stated the historian.

Officer Galatea then broke into the conversation, her words directed to Gryta. "I admire you for taking this position, Gryta. You will make a fine historian." She paused and looked from the stratègos back to the young Amazon. "Commander Kalonice and I were just discussing how this will benefit the military substantial since you will cover some of the greatest Amazon warriors in Amazon history."

"Yes, I will certainly be recording such accomplishments," agreed the historian.

"I should hope so," agreed the stratègos. "It is quite vital to the military."

"Of course, stratègos," agreed the historian.

The stratègos nodded then looked between the two young Amazons. "We will leave you both. I am sure you're both headed to dinner shortly."

"Yes," agreed the now hungry bard, "I will see you there, stratègos."

"I'll be delighted," gently bantered the stratègos. She then turned her head to the polemarchos.

"Good evening." Officer Galatea smiled then followed her commanding officer out of the meeting hut.

Gabrielle felt her shoulders deflate from tension and she looked at Gryta. "Wasn't so bad, huh?"

The historian could only grin and patted her superior's back. "You did as well as I did, princess."

"Thanks," chided the bard. She then broke into another smile when she saw Masika joining them. "Councillor."

The councillor lifted a warning eyebrow. "Gabrielle," she greeted.

The princess gently chuckled and her head bobbed. "It's good to see you too, Masika."

Masika held out her hand. "Congratulations, Gabrielle."

The historian certainly noticed the difference in titles and wondered how that stemmed. She then realized Masika was holding her hand out to her too.

"Congratulations, Historian Gryta."

The Amazon smiled at her new title as she shook hands with the councillor. "Thank you, councillor."

"I believe you'll be successful at this position," agreed the councillor then she looked to the princess. "And you will lead her well, Gabrielle."

"Thank you, Masika." The bard was clearly blushing as she mumbled, "I will try my best."

"Well then let's hope that's enough."

Gabrielle tensed at Masika's remark but realized she was teasing her. "It's more than enough," she shot back, a grin on her face.

Masika gently laughed and now smiled. "Shall we walk and talk?" She held a hand out to the exit door as the last Amazon stepped out of the meeting hut. "Dinner will be starting and I am starved."

"I agree," whispered the historian and she didn't wait for a response. She headed out of the meeting room.

Masika grinned and looked at the princess. "You first, princess."

The bard rolled her eyes and hurried out of the meeting room with Masika in her wake.

From that evening on, Gabrielle found herself in a flood of work and little time to spend with her girlfriend or her scrolls. On rare occasions, Gabrielle would steal away time and hide in Ephiny's hut to be with her. But those nights were far and few between yet Ephiny never once protested to her girlfriend's busy schedule and instead supported her fully. Gabrielle had found stability in Ephiny's support and it helped her get through each day of wear and tear on her mind and body. Despite the deep waters of stress, Gabrielle thoroughly enjoyed her role as a training warrior Amazon, apprentice diplomat, and supervisor to her historian.

Gabrielle couldn't quite decide which aspect she enjoyed more- her long lessons with Master Eponin or her nightly classes with Ambassador Majorie because in both cases she was filled with knowledge. She'd become quite settled into her role as an Amazon warrior and Eponin was teaching her various offence tactics. Gabrielle had realized that day when Eponin unexpectedly attacked her had been her introductory to offence work. Eponin also made sure to give stark and sound reminders of how important defence was too. On occasions, Eponin and Gabrielle would spar and the weapons master had a way of firmly flipping the bard onto her royal ass at the end of each sparring lesson.

Gabrielle's lessons with the ambassador, however, never landed the bard on her ass much like with Eponin. Majorie each night began the classes with a game of sorts yet it was quite a bit of critical thinking for the bard. Majorie would immediately tell Gabrielle of a scenario and in response; Gabrielle would tell how she'd handle the situation. Sometimes the ambassador agreed to the solution, other times certain aspects distained her, and rare times she completely disagreed. Gabrielle had come to enjoy these crucial games and learned much from them.

Not only had the bard learned about diplomacy, she also discovered what a sweet tooth Ambassador Majorie had on her. Gabrielle made sure to bring sweets each night from the mess hut and the pair would munch on them through the lessons. Gabrielle had been sure nobody could match Xena's sweet tooth but the ambassador was in close tie to her best friend.

But as of now, Princess Gabrielle was carefully pulling out her Amazon Princess formal attire and gently packing it into her saddlebags. As she straightened up in front of her dresser and continued to pack, her thoughts went forward as she considered her future journey to Potidaea and Amphipolis. It'd been over a moon's cycle and Queen Melosa had granted her trip with Ephiny and Solari as her guards.

As Gabrielle packed, her mind went back to the evening when she and Ephiny talked to Solari about going with them. They'd gathered in Ephiny's hut and Gabrielle was the first one to really start on the topic.

"Ephiny and I are going on a trip," mentioned the bard.

Solari perked up at the news and looked between the girlfriends. She was sitting in a chair at Ephiny's table, completely relaxed as well as worn out.

Ephiny was at her desk but now slowly approached the pair at the table.

"Where are you both headed?" asked the curious Amazon.

The princess bent forward and captured Solari's hands into her own. "I'm going home."

Solari's eyebrows knitted together. "To Articia?"

Gabrielle shook her head. "I will be later but I'm going to my real home."

Ephiny knew this would be hard for her girlfriend. She reached down and squeezed the bard's left shoulder for support.

The young slave inhaled heavily and tried to remain calm. "Solari, I'm originally from Potidaea and when I was thirteen my town was raided."

Solari could feel how sweaty her friend's palms were from being nervous. She squeezed her reassurance then asked, "What happened?"

Gabrielle gently bit her lower lip. "My mother, sister, and I were taken into slavery."

Solari's jaw immediately dropped. "Sweet Artemis," she rasped, "I'm so sorry, Gabrielle." Without a second thought, she sprung up from her seat, pulled Gabrielle up, and hugged her.

Ephiny folded her arms over her chest and smiled at the pair. She knew her best friend wouldn't be disgusted or hateful when finding out about Gabrielle's past.

Solari pulled back but held onto her friend's shoulders. "Are you still a slave?" she murmured.

The bard dipped her head. "I am… I'm branded."

Solari shook her head. "You haven't gone home since you were…."

Gabrielle understood the unfinished question and she shook her head. "No, I haven't that's why Ephiny and I are going." She paused as she tried to reorganize her thoughts. "I made the request with the queen to go and she made a condition that I had to take two Amazons with me."

"I'd be happy to come," cut in Solari.

At the offer, Gabrielle's fears instantly melted and she began to smile. "Thank you," she whispered sincerely.

Now Gabrielle, Solari, and Ephiny were hastily racing to the stables where Torqueo, Diana, and a third horse were awaiting them. Eponin had taken the liberty to tack up the horses for the young friends and it was an excuse for her to see them off. She was undoubtable worried about them making this journey but she knew Ephiny and Solari were quite competent Amazons.

Ephiny went into the stable first and brushed past the weapons master as she got into Diana's stall. "Thank you, sister."

Eponin smirked and leaned against a post as she heard her sister strapping down the saddlebags. "No problem, Ephiny." She turned her head to the left when Gabrielle and Solari went racing in next. "Your stallions are tacked up too."

"Thanks, Ep."

"Thanks, Eponin."

The weapons master quietly laughed as she received the praise from the young Amazons. She watched them rush into their stalls and strap down their saddlebags. "Gabrielle, you do have your fighting staff?"

The bard leaned to her left and hung her staff over the stall door. "Got it, Master Eponin."

The weapons master resisted from rolling her eyes. "Ephiny and Solari, you both have your short swords?"

"I do," called back Ephiny.

"Same here," answered Solari.

Eponin nodded her head approvingly. She then straightened up when all three Amazons came out of their stalls with their horses in tow. "I'll wake you three to the gates." She turned and headed out.

Gabrielle exchanged a look with her girlfriend.

Ephiny shrugged and waved for her to follow.

The three young Amazons caught up to the weapons master several hundred paces ahead of the gates. They were quiet for a little while until Eponin broke the silence.

"You three be safe," ordered the weapons master. She looked between them all. "I will not be happy if I have to send out the stratègos to find your feathers."

The small group chuckled together and gave reassuring smiles to the weapons master.

"We'll be safe," promised the princess.

The weapons master glanced at her student and noted her changed attire.

Gabrielle had decided not to wear any of her Amazon leather and instead went back to wearing her brown skirt and green halter top. She'd figured it was best considering she was going to Potidaea and Amphipolis where people knew her and may stir up talk about her arrival. She didn't need the rumours to include her new title as Amazon Princess where it could endanger the Nation.

Eponin came to a stop at the gates and faced the three young Amazons. "Will you be going to Articia?"

"Yes," answered Ephiny, "after we stop in Amphipolis." She looked at her girlfriend for confirmation.

The bard dipped her head then settled her gaze on her teacher. "We're going to Potidaea, then Amphipolis, and Articia last."

"You three will be exhausted," decided the weapons master aloud.

"We're young… we can handle it," joked Solari.

Eponin grinned and shook her head. "Be safe, each of you and watch each other's back." She slightly narrowed her eyes and warned, "Do not get into fights amongst each other and separate."

"We know," assured Ephiny.

The weapons master slightly dipped her head then stepped forward first to hug her sister.

Ephiny was surprised but she tightly hugged her sister back.

Eponin kept her lips close to Ephiny's ear as she murmured, "I love you, sister."

Ephiny's embrace tightened and she closed her eyes. "I love you too." She then felt Eponin pulling back and she let go.

The princess was the next one in her teacher's embrace.

"I hope you find what you're looking for, Gabrielle."

The bard squeezed the weapons master more and whispered, "I hope so too."

Eponin pulled back and nodded to her student then she went to hug Solari last.

Solari chuckled in the middle of the hug and teased, "Nothing serious to say to me?"

The weapons master groaned in the middle of the hug and teased, "Don't be a pain in the ass, Solari."

The Amazon laughed as she released the weapons master. "No guarantee there."

"I know." Eponin rolled her eyes then started to walk away from the group. "See you Amazons in seven to ten days."

The three young Amazons turned, waved and all called out, "See you, Eponin!" And then they travelled out of the gates, through the Amazon lands, and caught the main northern road. It would take them most of the day to ride towards Potidaea and they planned to camp about three-quarters of the way so that Gabrielle could have the evening to prepare herself. She didn't know what to expect and she wasn't sure she was ready for it but she would do it.

As of right now, Solari was sitting on a log by a fire they'd started over a candlemark ago. On occasions she would push her branch in the fire and toy with the ambers for some mild amusement. She turned her head to the left and stared at the girlfriends sitting on the ground with their backs against a huge rock. Slowly her eyes travelled down to their linked hands and she could just barely make out the low whispers between them.

Solari sighed and turned her head away. She knew this trip would be hard for her and only because she'd have to see them together. It wasn't that she didn't support the relationship but it was the stark reminder of Solari's lack of foresight. At times, Solari could almost scream because of her incompetence for handling the situation completely wrong.

For a very long time, Solari had contained her feelings for Ephiny so long that nobody would have noticed them except for one person. Eponin had insisted Solari tell Ephiny about her feelings long before Ephiny had ever joined up with the Academy, long before Gabrielle. Yet Solari had refused because she felt as if she could never handle being with Ephiny when Ephiny would be attending the Academy. She'd decided to wait it out until Ephiny graduated and then Ephiny would be free of any engagements.

The pain welded up inside of Solari because it was the worst mistake she'd ever made. She'd never been so blind sided by Gabrielle's appearance into the image and Solari had no time to stop the blossoming relationship between Gabrielle and Ephiny. Now it was far too late and Solari felt her regret grow stronger with each kiss Ephiny and Gabrielle shared because it slowly ate Solari apart. Despite her pain, Solari never once gave the couple a deathly look or talked unkindly about them because she supported them and wanted them happy. Yet Solari would always harbour this sickening and sinking feeling in the pit of her stomach about their relationship.

"It'll be okay," murmured Ephiny, her thumb running across Gabrielle's knuckles.

The worried bard nodded and leaned into her girlfriend. She rested her head against Ephiny's shoulder and she sensed strong arms encircling her. She closed her eyes and tried to imagine what tomorrow would bring when they would enter Potidaea midday.

"What do you think you'll find?" whispered Ephiny. She leaned her head against Gabrielle's.

"I'm not sure," admitted the bard. A thought occurred to her in response she shivered. "My father's grave," she murmured, "I hope my old home."

Ephiny kissed her girlfriend's temple. "I'll be by your side."

Gabrielle tucked her head under Ephiny's chin more. She closed her eyes and a sad smile pulled at her lips. "I know," she whispered, "thank you." She sighed and slowly her eyes opened again. This time, her focus centred on Solari over by the fire. Her expression squeezed together tightly as she studied Solari more closely. She'd never seen Solari so slumped forward and such a sad expression on her face. Solari was a naturally joyful and bouncy person so Gabrielle knew whatever was bothering Solari it had to be bad. And as she thought about it, Gabrielle realized Solari had really been quiet for the most part on the journey today. "Ephiny?" she murmured.

Ephiny lifted her head and tucked it down, closer to Gabrielle's. "Yeah?"

"Is it just me or is… Solari just not herself?"

The older Amazon lifted her head and stared over at her best friend. "She could be tired."

"I don't know," countered the princess, "she's not even this quiet when she's tired."

Ephiny's lips thinned and she considered her girlfriend's words. She couldn't help but worry about Solari more than most of her friends because she always wanted Solari happy. As her thoughts continued, Gabrielle's voice cut in again.

"I'm gonna go check on her." The bard placed a gentle kiss to her girlfriend's chest then stood up.

Ephiny let her go and watched her approach Solari.

Gabrielle sat on the log beside Solari and gently nudged Solari with her shoulder. "Hey."

Solari offered a faint smile and replied, "Hey." She turned her head back and poked her branch into the fire to keep her distracted.

"Thank you again for coming, Solari."

"You're welcome," sincerely replied the Amazon. "How are you holding up?"

"Nervous… scared," admitted the princess.

Solari nodded and squeezed the princess's knee. "It'll be okay."

"Yeah I know." Gabrielle sensed Solari's hand leaving her knee. She debated how to start ask how Solari was doing without letting it reveal too much about her concerns. "How you doing? Are you tired from the ride?"

"I'm okay." Solari pushed a few ambers around then pulled out her stick to let it cool. "I guess I'm tired too."

"You haven't been your… upbeat self."

Solari shrugged and tried to offer a reassuring smile. "A good night's rest will help me."

"I hope so." Gabrielle leaned against her friend and brought an arm across her back. "Eph and I have been worried."

Solari chuckled but more so to free Gabrielle of any concern. She felt the princess squeeze her shoulders across the back and she smiled. "Thanks… I'm okay honestly."

"Hope so," murmured the bard but before she could say more, her girlfriend had appeared beside them.

Ephiny bent down and looked between her girlfriend and best friend. "I think I'm going to get some rest. I'm beat after that long ride."

"Me too," agreed the bard.

"I'll be along in a minute," assured Solari. She looked between her worried friends and gave them smiles.

Ephiny noted despite the smile that Solari's brown eyes were almost dark as night. It was rare for her to see Solari's eyes that dark and almost hollow but she knew she couldn't talk to her here with Gabrielle around. She simply dipped her head and said, "Goodnight, Solari."

Gabrielle smiled at Solari and patted her knee. "Sleep well, okay?" She didn't wait for a response as she joined her girlfriend in the bedrolls near the fire.

Solari quietly watched them crawl into the bedrolls together and she pulled her gaze away from them. She went back to staring into the fire and teasing the ambers with her branch.

The following morning, the three friends broke camp about two candlemarks after sunrise. The morning was a bit chilly at first for a summer's day but it quickly heated up, the sun on the left of their faces as they rode south. They were on the road that travelled the first peninsula and they went first through the town of Olynthus.

Gabrielle knew it'd be a half a candlemark and they would enter Potidaea next, her stomach was twisting tighter and tighter. She first began to notice the familiar lands and landmarks on the road as they closed in on Potidaea. When they were on the last bend of the road, Gabrielle spotted an old and rather large olive tree that her and Xena had climbed on several occasions. Instantly the bard's eyes stung but she refused to cry after so long.

Ephiny and Solari pulled their horses back into a slow walk as they neared the gates. Ephiny came along side Gabrielle's stallion and grasped her knee.

Gabrielle briefly squeezed Ephiny's hand on her knee but removed her hand. Her attention was fully on the small wood gates of the village.

Ephiny pulled her hand back and adjusted in her saddle as she took in the view of the nearing town. She tried to mentally picture a young and bright Gabrielle running around and getting into all kinds of trouble. It made her inwardly grin at the mental images.

When the small group entered, they were immediately noticed by the townspeople, all eyes solely on them and especially on Gabrielle.

The bard refused to let their curious stares affect her. She kept her back straight, her gaze ahead, and she lead her friends to where her home was or once was. As her old house came into view, her throat tightened her heart pounded against her chest. Her hands grew sweaty as her body trembled.

Solari and Ephiny both visually inspected the house from afar. It was rather worn and in need of desperate repair since it looked as if only a good storm would destroy it. To the right it looked like there were the remains of some kind of other building and they had to guess it was a barn. The ground was scattered with charred, black pieces of wood and only a few posts actually remained standing. Then in weed infested field, just on the edge was a iron fence and inside the enclosed ground was a head stone.

Gabrielle gently tugged on Torqueo's reins and tried to dismount without falling off.

The two Amazons also dismounted and took their horses' reins.

The bard swallowed against the lump in her throat. She merely signalled her friends to follow her to the right side of the worn house where there was a thick wood post. They each tied their horses' reins to the post by using the metal ring that still was anchored in it.

Ephiny rested a hand on Gabrielle's shoulder. "Are you going inside?"

"Yes," whispered the bard. "Wait here." Her gaze flickered between the two Amazons.

"Are you sure?" questioned Solari.

The bard nodded and said nothing else as she walked off.

Ephiny's hand fell from Gabrielle's shoulder and she sighed deeply.

Solari turned around and stared at the remanence of the barn and she tried to figure out how Gabrielle and her family had been taken by the raiders. "Do you know how it happened?"

Ephiny shook her head. "Some of it." She folded her arms around her chest and walked past Diana so she could get a clear view of the field. "I believe that's her father's grave."

Solari came to Ephiny's side and stared at the white headstone several hundred paces away. "It's been well cared for."

Ephiny chewed on her lower lip as she stared at the grave. "Probably by the town." She then turned her head when she heard footsteps on the porch. She spotted her girlfriend coming down the steps and coming around to the side of the house. Immediately her eyes rested on the small stuffed animal of a sheep in Gabrielle's right hand.

Gabrielle stared at the sheep as she approached her friends. She lifted her head when she stopped in front of them. "It was my sister's… she slept with it every night." She swallowed and murmured, "His name is Lammy." With her free left hand, she gently patted the dirty and dust off the sheep. "About the only thing left inside."

When Gabrielle lifted her head, Solari took in how red and watery Gabrielle's eyes were. She bit back from saying anything knowing it'd only further upset the princess.

The princess cleared her throat and nodded at the grave in the distance. "I'll be right back." She lowered her right hand with Lammy still carefully being held. Gabrielle had never walked so slowly in her life as if her life had come to a stop. Her eyes only centred on the headstone as the Greek letters every so gradually came into focus and she was able to read them. Yet Gabrielle refused to read them because she knew as soon as she did she would break down, she had to get through the gate first.

Gradually the iron fence squeaked in protest at being opened after so long. It released and swung open to the newcomer and remained open as Gabrielle stepped past.

The bard wrapped her arms over her chest with Lammy between her bosom. Her eyes burned even more as she tried to read the chiselled letters of her father's name. After reading it, her mind numbed and she fell to her knees at the foot of her father's grave.

Ephiny took several steps but Solari's grip on her arm stopped her.

"Let her be, Ephiny." Solari gently squeezed. "She has to do this on her own… or she'll never let her past go."

Ephiny closed her eyes and fought against her tears. She tried to jerk her arm free but Solari wouldn't let her go.

Instead Solari pulled Ephiny back and enveloped her in a hug.

Ephiny was tense at first but gradually loosened up and hugged her best friend back.

"She'll be okay," promised Solari as she rubbed her friend's back.

Ephiny held tightly to Solari as she tried to calm her furious need to help Gabrielle. She knew Solari was right, Gabrielle did need to work this out on her own and Ephiny couldn't baby her anymore. When she broke away from Solari, she realized a newcomer was approaching them, an older man.

Solari sensed the tension in her best friend so she turned and spotted the man coming towards them.

The man was of average height with peppered hair and bushy eyebrows. He was rather nicely dressed, cleaned cut, and seemed to hold an air of authority about him. "Excuse me, I'm the constable here." He had a curious look as he studied the two Amazons. "Several townspeople came to me saying one of Herodotus's daughters has returned."

Ephiny swallowed and pushed away her emotions. "Yes, Gabrielle is here."

The constable's gaze shifted past the Amazon and went to the young woman in Herodotus's grave. "Yes… it is her." His focus returned to the two Amazons. "And you two are…?"

"I am Ephiny." The Amazon held out her hand.

The constable briskly shook the Amazon's hand then took Solari's offered one next.

"I'm Solari."

The constable nodded and stated, "I'm Constable Rasmus." He paused as he considered the two women's attire. "I was curious, where are you two from?"

Solari slightly grinned at the question. "We're from the Macedonian Amazon Nation."

"Amazon?" repeated the constable.

"Yes," answered Ephiny, "we're Amazons."

The constable was quiet for awhile then he again glanced at the kneeling bard for off in the distance. "I need to speak with Gabrielle when she… has some time." He gazed back at the Amazons. "It's rather important that she does."

"Of course," agreed Ephiny. "I assume she knows where your town hall is?"

"Yes, it hasn't changed." Constable Rasmus dipped his head. "Thank you and good day." He turned without another word and quietly left them.

Ephiny and Solari turned around and Gabrielle had already stepped out of the grave. She crossed the distance slowly to her friends and made sure to wipe the tear stains away from her face. Her heart was aching but tried to calm her pain with each step she took.

Ephiny instantly wrapped her girlfriend into a strong embrace.

Gabrielle returned the hug, rather grateful for it. When she pulled back, she gently toyed with Lammy between her hands and stared at it.

"The constable was here," mentioned Ephiny.

The princess stopped toying with the sheep and peered up. "Constable Rasmus?"

Solari nodded her head. "He wants to speak to you."

Gabrielle's head bobbed a few times and she walked over to her stallion. She pulled open a flap of her saddlebag and carefully put Lammy inside for later. "We'll walk over there."

Ephiny and Solari waited for the bard to accompany them. They walked across town, Gabrielle in the lead, and in a few minutes they were approaching the large steps of the town hall. Together they climbed the steps and entered the large building, which looked fairly new. It was assumed that the town hall had been rebuilt after its destruction from the raid several years back. Gabrielle realized it was the same setup and when she entered the lobby, a young man behind a desk straightened up at their arrival.

"Good afternoon," greeted the man.

"Hi," greeted the princess. "I'm here to speak with the constable. He requested me to see him."

The young man nodded and stood up from his chair. He stepped around the wood counter and ordered, "Follow me, please." He waved them down to the left hallway and led them to a heavy wood door that was partially open. He rapped on the door as he pushed it open. "Constable, there are some ladies that wish to speak with you."

Constable Rasmus lifted his head from his work and he smiled. "Please come in."

The young man stepped back and opened the door wider for the Amazons. When they were inside, he stepped out and made sure to close the door all the way.

Rasmus stood up from his chair and came around his desk. "I'm so happy to see you, Gabrielle." He stepped up to her and brought her into a hug.

"You as well, constable." Gabrielle pulled back from the embrace and offered a weak smile. "How have you been?"

"Things are looking better," admitted the constable. "Sit down." He held out his hands to the four chairs before his desk. He went back behind his desk and sat down. "Tell me what has happened, Gabrielle. I am so relieved to see you've returned… that you're safe."

The bard swallowed and tried to gain control of her emotions. She wasn't about to break down in front of the constable of Potidaea when she needed to remain strong. "I've been through much," she generally said as she took a seat between her Amazons.

"What of your mother and sister?" questioned the constable.

Gabrielle shook her head. "Mom died this past winter."

Rasmus bowed his head and shook it. "I'm sorry, Gabrielle." He peered up, his eyes soft and watery. "What of your sister?"

"I'm… not sure," admitted the bard.

Rasmus sighed as he leaned back against his chair. "We all assumed you, Hecuba, and Lila were taken into slavery like many of the other women."

"We were," confirmed Gabrielle.

"How did you make it out?" The constable now sat forward, completely intrigued by what Gabrielle's story could be.

The bard licked her lips as she debated how much to tell the constable. She knew he was a trustworthy man because of what her father always told her. Constable Rasmus was the first constable in Potidaea's time that actually brought order to the village and helped it thrive. "The raiders sold us to a slaver by the name of Hecht. He trained us for a year then we were taken to the slave market in Tricca." She hesitated in the middle of her story and she urged herself to continue. "Mom and I were sold to the same owner but Lila was sold to somebody else."

"Who was the man?" inquired the constable.

Gabrielle shook her head and replied, "A diplomat by the name of Michulus and we were with him for several moons." Her memories jumped back to her time with Michulus and instantly Perdicus's face filtered into her head. "Constable, did you ever know a young man by the name of Perdicus?"

"I do," confirmed the constable. "He was taken near the end of the raid." He shook his head. "It was kind of strange… it was a late night attack… both his folks were killed too."

Gabrielle nodded. "That's what he said."

"You know him?" asked the amazed constable.

"I knew him," corrected the princess. She laced her hands tightly together in her lap. "He was one of Michulus's slaves too but he was killed by a mob against Michulus."

"Obviously you survived," concluded the constable.

"Yes, sir. Mom and I escaped with the help of Michulus's wife and we went to Michulus's father, Cornelio." Gabrielle noted Rasmus bobbing head so she went on with her story. "Cornelio is my current master but he's trying to help me get past slavery."

Constable Rasmus opened his mouth then closed it as his thick eyebrows formed into one. "You're a branded slave then."

Gabrielle dipped her head. "Yes, sir."

The constable sighed and leaned back into his chair with a heavy weight on him. "I'm so sorry, Gabrielle."

"Despite everything… I've been fortunate too. Cornelio has been a father to me and he's sending me to the Academy of Performing Bards."

Constable Rasmus was astounded at the news, his eyes wide like there was a god before him. "By the gods, I'm so happy." He then considered the two Amazons travelling with the bard and wondered how they fit into everything. "And your friends?" He looked between them then back at Gabrielle.

The young slave squeezed and unsqueezed her hands as she debated whether to tell the truth. She knew it was her choice and she had to make the best one for the safety of her Nation. "They are my friends," she started out with and held a hand out to Solari. "This is Solari and that's Ephiny."

The constable bowed his head to both of the Amazons then focused on Gabrielle again.

Gabrielle breathed deeply and quietly said, "I'm also their Amazon Princess."

Constable Rasmus was taken aback and yet again his expression broke into awe. He cleared his throat and straightened up more in his chair. "You have been through much, Gabrielle… changed much too, I can see."

Gabrielle chuckled. "I suppose you're right, constable." She then went a little worried as she stated, "Please keep this to yourself too, sir. It's rather imperative that nobody knows of my brand or my title as Amazon Princess."

The constable considered the request then nodded his head. "Of course, Gabrielle. I understand your concerns." He smiled now and he noted it helped settle the young woman's fears. "I'm glad you've arrived here when you have."

Gabrielle tilted her head and could tell the constable was getting more business like. "Is something wrong then?"

"Not at all," assured the constable. "However the time on your family's property was running short." He suddenly stood up and walked around his desk. The three young women followed him with their eyes as he went to the far right wall where the wall had open cubby holes. Inside each small box were scrolls carefully rolled up and tied with thongs. The constable scanned over them until he was in the 'H' section where he retrieved a scroll. As he approached his desk again, he unrolled the scroll. "The time on your father's property would expire in less than two years."

Gabrielle was a little confused and gently asked, "The time?"

"Yes." Constable Rasmus sat down and gently rested the open scroll on his desk. "The deed to your father's land," he clarified. "Since he has passed away it automatically goes to his son, which he has none so then it goes to his wife."

Solari exchange a quick glance at Ephiny and Ephiny gave a hidden shrug.

"In that case," continued the constable, "you're the next heir, Gabrielle."

The bard remained briefly silent because she was stunned. "What have happened to his property if none of us were here to claim it?"

The constable peered up from the scroll after scanning over it. "After five years, I would have to sell it to the highest bidder in an auction. We'd naturally assume that nobody was alive in his family or could own the property." He paused in thought as a slight problem occurred to him. "However I am not sure I can even give you the deed." He sadly studied the confused bard.

Ephiny quickly realized why he may have to refute the title from his girlfriend. She shook her head and stated, "Because of her brand."

The constable nodded his head. "According to law it is illegal for slaves to own land."

"You can't do that," protested Solari. "That's her father's land and they've been through enough."

"Solari," warned the princess in a gentle tone. "It's okay."

"I know, Solari," relented the constable. He sighed and stared at the deed, especially at the bottom where Herodotus's signature still bled into the parchment. He started to chew on his bottom lip as he debated what to do and how to handle this. He'd known Herodotus for years and always took time to visit him at the grave. Herodotus had been one of the constable's first confidants when he'd arrived in Potidaea and Herodotus's death had been incredibly hard on Rasmus. He'd always wished there was something he could have done to help Herodotus and his family but there never was anything he could have done.

Yet as Constable Rasmus lifted his head and met the eyes of Herodotus's oldest daughter, he realized he could still do something. Rasmus could make sure Herodotus's legacy in Potidaea continued by passing on his property to his daughter. He took a deep breath and nodded his head. "I will overlook your brand, Gabrielle."

"Thank you, Artemis," murmured the bard in relief. The tension in her depleted and her body shook some from being so relieved. "Thank you so much, constable."

"It's the least I can do after what's happened." Rasmus licked his lips and studied the deed more. "I will be honest, Gabrielle if the head of state comes to this area and checks records. He may find out how I've overlooked your brand. As we both know, there is a slavery list being constantly circulated and the government keeps it very updated thanks to the slavers."

"I know," agreed the princess, "thank you, constable." She clearly understood the risk that the constable was taking, it meant his job.

The constable nodded and he reached forward with his right hand. He plucked his quill out of its ink well. "Please sign below your father's signature."

Gabrielle rose up and accepted the quill from him. She bent her head forward and found an empty line already predrawn out under her father's name. There she signed her name then under the line she printed her name like her father had done so many years back. "Thank you again, constable."

The constable gave a smile then replaced his quill into its ink well. He then rolled the deed up and carried it back to its home. "Will you be staying now, Gabrielle?"

"I don't believe so, sir." Gabrielle sat back down between her friends. "I'm with the Nation now."

"That's understandable." Constable Rasmus returned to his chair and studied the young princess. "I'd be pleased if you stopped in now and again with me. Check on the property and such."

"I will, of course." Gabrielle nodded and settled into her seat a little more. "Maybe later down the road I'll have the house repaired and the barn rebuilt in my father's name."

"I am sure he would be honoured, Gabrielle." The constable smiled at the girl's persistence to continue her father's legacy. He folded his hands in his lap and curiously studied the three Amazons. For the first time, he realized there were actually two feathers in Gabrielle's hair. He wondered what they meant but he knew it'd probably be a long explanation. "How do you like it with the Amazons?"

"It's wonderful," answered the princess. "I've learned a lot."

"I can imagine." The constable chuckled and admired Gabrielle for her achievements even though she's had bad fortune. "We've never had any Amazons enter here, which has always amazed me."

"Really?" inquired the bard. Her eyebrows knitted together and suddenly all of Ambassador Majorie's lesson rushed to mind. "How has the harbour done?"

"It's expanded much since last you were here," proudly admitted the constable. "The port continues to grow and the fishing industry here has improved much. My work with the harbour has greatly improved the income of the town."

"You think Potidaea is on its way to being a port town?"

"Yes but I think the agriculture is just as important." The constable smiled in consideration of the growth of Potidaea for the past three years. "We actually plan to build a larger town wall because of the increase of population."

"That's excellent to hear," agreed the princess. She then considered a little longer and sat up more in her chair.

The constable noted some kind of light in the young woman's eyes and he wondered what she had in mind.

"You said the Amazon Nation has never been here?" probed the bard.

"Not at all." The constable's eyes curiously narrowed and he grinned. "Are you proposing something, princess?"

The bard chuckled and asked, "Perhaps I could interest Potidaea in a economical pact."

Ephiny's eyes instantly widened at her girlfriend's idea. "Gabrielle, you can't-"

"Ephiny," cut in the bard. "I am the princess." She raised a warning eyebrow at her girlfriend in hopes Ephiny would let her work her magic as princess, bard, and apprentice diplomat.

"Of course, my princess." Ephiny bowed her head and relented.

Gabrielle turned back to the constable.

The constable was quietly drumming his fingers on the desk. "What does the Nation have to offer?"

The bard stood up from her chair and walked around in the room as she considered. She came up along side the constable's desk and asked, "Does Potidaea still import most of their olive oil?"

"Yes we do from the surrounding villages." The constable shook his head. "Unfortunately the harbour lends very land for any olive groves… between that, the herding, and farms. So we import much of our olive oil from the villages of Pydna and Dium across the bay."

Gabrielle chewed on her lower lip as she debated how to handle this possible pact with her hometown. "In the Nation we have warehouses stocked full of olive oil." She now started pacing around in the constable's office. "Perhaps we can make a pact for trade between olive oil and fish."

The constable slowly smiled at the idea. "The Amazon Nation doesn't have much in the way of fish?"

Solari huffed. "I don't think I've ever had fish for dinner."

The constable quietly laughed at the Amazon's remark. "How is the olive oil in the Nation?" He looked between the princess and the two Amazons.

"Excellent," agreed Ephiny, "we strain our oil three times over to make sure it's pure."

The constable smiled at that and nodded his head.

"How's the seafood here?" gently teased Solari.

The constable chuckled. "It is excellent. The fishermen bring in loads of perch, bass, tuna, and some halibut. Then in the summer seasons they sail further out into the Thracian sea to haul in loads of prawn, squid, and eel."

Gabrielle's nose crinkled at the mention of eel and squid. "How about oysters?"

"Yes," agreed the constable, "we've just expanded into dredging out oysters thanks to the help of Scione village at the end of the peninsula." He leaned back in his chair. "On occasions the fishermen bring in turtle and caviar."

"I'm sure those and the oysters are expensive on the market."

The constable nodded at Ephiny's reasoning. "Yes, that is why Potidaea has done so well. We are becoming quite known for our oysters in the bay."

Gabrielle chuckled and smiled at how prosperous her town had become. "But you still have to import oil…?"

Constable Rasmus grinned at the Amazon Princess. "Yes, I am afraid so." He tilted his head as his grin lengthened. "Perhaps the Amazon Nation can assist us."

"Perhaps," teased back the princess. She came back over and took her seat again. "We could offer roughly two wagons of oil, constable for an exchange of two wagons of seafood."

The constable curiously studied the young bard and considered the offer. "How refined is your olive oil?"

"We have two types," explained Ephiny, "there's regular oil that's not as refined then we have virgin oil. The virgin is pressed more and filtered more."

Constable Rasmus remained quiet as he thought about it. He focused on the bard. "What kind of seafood?"

"Whatever is in season," answered the princess. "Maybe in rare cases some oysters."

Rasmus chuckled at the deceive princess. "Two wagons of virgin oil and one wagon of regular."

"Constable, what would Potidaea do with two wagons of virgin? Two regular and one virgin," countered the bard.

Rasmus narrowed his eyes as he considered the new offer. "Half and half, Gabrielle."

Princess Gabrielle remained stern as she debated how her council would react. "Only if we get five bushels of oysters."

Constable Rasmus heartedly laughed and smiled at the bard. "I will require a tour of your olive groves and your mills before I can sign the pact."

"Of course," agreed the bard but her lips slightly puckered in concern. "How many times a year will we make this exchange?"

"Once a season," suggested Solari.

"Not in the winter months," reminded Ephiny, "too dangerous."

"Plus we need our own oil for the winter time," reminded the princess.

"May I suggest in the early spring and the mid fall," cut in the constable. "That would sufficient to get us through the winter months."

Gabrielle nodded her head in agreement. "That should work."

The constable smiled at that and leaned back into his chair. "And are you certain, princess that we can make these arrangements with your Nation?"

"I believe so," replied the princess. "It will have to be approved by the council before it is signed." She tilted her head. "You will need to speak to the council here…?"

The constable nodded his head. "Yes, if they agree to the general terms then they leave it in my hands to asses the contract. And I would prefer to see these groves and mills before the contract is produced."

Gabrielle's mind raced with random thoughts on the situation. She finally smiled and said, "We are headed to Amphipolis so we will be coming back this way. We can stop back here and we can accompany you to the Nation. I know our ambassador would be grateful to assist you and show you around the Nation."

"I would like that," agreed the constable. "I will speak to the council and get their approval by the time you return."

"Great." The bard brightened at the prospect of having a pact with her hometown and her Nation. She also knew it would be great fortune to bring seafood into the Nation's diet. "I believe we'll be back here in two days…?" She looked to Ephiny for confirmation.

Ephiny mentally calculated the ride to Amphipolis, the time there, and the time back to Potidaea. "It should be about two days… we'll probably be here late afternoon."

"I will be ready then," agreed the constable. He then suddenly stood up and held out his hand.

Princess Gabrielle didn't hesitate and rose up. She clasped Constable Rasmus's larger hand and give a strong hand shake to show her pledge. "Thank you, constable."

"Thank you, princess." Rasmus warmly smiled then released her hand. "Will you stay the night?"

"No," replied the bard, "I would like to get halfway to Amphipolis tomorrow."

"Then I recommend you stay in Stigiera for the evening. There's a wonderful inn by the port… a friend of mine runs it so just mention to him I sent you."

Gabrielle smiled at his offer. "Thank you, sir… we will." She gave a faint signal to her friends to get up and they promptly did so. "We will see you in a couple of days then, constable."

"Guaranteed," promised Rasmus. He came around his desk and led the women to the door. "Be safe on your journey, Gabrielle."

"I will, sir." Gabrielle paused and faced the constable. Without another thought, she embraced him in a warm hug. "Thank you again, constable," she sincerely whispered.

"Anytime, Gabrielle." Rasmus ended the hug and happily watched the Amazons leave his office. After they were out, he closed the door gingerly and started to think to himself all the changes Herodotus's daughter had been through. He was astounded beyond words.

Meanwhile, the three Amazons returned to their horses by Gabrielle's rundown home. Ephiny and Solari mounted their horses but Gabrielle took a quiet minute to send a prayer to her father as well as her mother. She then untied Torqueo's reins and got up into his saddle. She then led the group out of town knowing she needed to put distance between her and her home because it was still too painful for her. She was still able to see her, her family, and Xena riding on horseback trying to escape from the raiders in the fields. It was engrained in her memory forever.

The group rode on for another several candlemarks and entered the well-known sea port town of Stigiera. It was almost the halfway marker between Amphipolis and Potidaea but a little due east than needed to be a midway point. However Gabrielle felt the desire to sleep in a bed tonight and she figured so did her friends. When they entered the busy town, they dismounted and knitted together tightly so they wouldn't lose each other. On the eastern side of the town, they came into the port area and discovered the tavern inn that the constable had spoken about. It was the Port Inn and none too busy for the Amazons' taste.

After they stabled their horses in a nearby stable, they climbed the steps and went in with their saddlebags on their shoulders. As soon as they stepped inside, the loud clatter and talk died instantly and all eyes rested on them.

Gabrielle was in the front and she felt a faint flush crawl up her neck. She subconsciously adjusted the staff in her left hand, which eased her apprehension. She never had so many people visually inspect her from top to bottom. She tried to ignore them as she continued her journey up to the bar where she saw the innkeeper.

Solari and Ephiny remained tense and their hands itched close to their backs. They were prepared to draw their swords if any man decided to even leave their seats. Luckily nothing happened as they went up to the innkeeper.

Gabrielle noticed a warm smile on the innkeeper's face. "Good evening."

"Good evening," greeted back the innkeeper. "How are you, ladies?"

"Quite well." Gabrielle settled her saddlebag on a stool in front of the bar. "Do you have a room with two beds?"

"I do, mate." The innkeeper finished drying a wood mug and settled it under the bar. He flung the dirty towel over his shoulder and asked, "Just one?"

"Yes, please." Gabrielle was unbuckling her saddlebag flap on one side. "We were recommended to come here."

The innkeeper perked up at the news. "By who, mate?"

The princess chuckled as she fished around in her dinar pouch. "Constable Rasmus from Potidaea."

"I'll be damned," bellowed the innkeeper with a brisk laugh. "I haven't seen his ugly mug here in ages. How the Hades is he?"

The bard grinned and countered out seven dinars until she'd hear the price. "Fairly well actually."

"That's great." The innkeeper then seemed to realize he hadn't named his price. "Oh that'll be five dinars, mate."

"Here you are." Gabrielle gave him the five and as she put the other two coins away she heard him talking.

"Go up 'em stairs and it be the third door on the right, mate."

"Thank you." Princess Gabrielle just finished strapping her saddlebag flap over and hefted the saddlebag. She then guided her friends upstairs.

The innkeeper picked up another wet mug out of his sink and started drying it. He shook his head with a grin as he watched the three young women go upstairs.

After the Amazons dropped their saddlebags into the room, they all agreed to a much needed dinner. They didn't hesitate to hurry back downstairs and find themselves a table that was offset from most of the male population in the tavern. For awhile, many of the men watched them with leering stares but one by one they gave up trying to intimidate the young women.

The dinner was rather good and the Amazons were well spoiled by seafood dinners. Solari had hummed all the way through the dinner since it was her first experience having tuna. Ephiny had the same while Gabrielle tried the halibut fish and they all had cider to drink. With fully bellies, they decided to call it a night so they retired into their room with the decision to explore the port area tomorrow morning.

When the sun crested in the east it peaked through the window on the east side of the room. The light slowly crept along on the bedroom floor and crawled up the side of Ephiny and Gabrielle's bed. It then streamed directly into Ephiny's face and gradually awoke the Amazon.

Ephiny was first up and she took several but quiet minutes to wake her girlfriend.

Gabrielle whimpered into a sweet morning kiss. She smiled and nuzzled her face into Ephiny's neck. "You should move into my hut so I can wake up all the time like that."

The older Amazon chuckled and pressed a kiss into Gabrielle's forehead. "Or you could move into mine."

The bard snickered and murmured, "It'd look bad if the princess moved."

"Rrrright," teased Ephiny. She then let her hands trail down her girlfriend's arms and onto her stomach. "You were snoring last night."

"I was not." Gabrielle's eyes suddenly opened and they were glinting with mischief. She felt a shiver ripple up her back when she saw how dark and rich Ephiny's eyes were.

"You were incredibly loud," persisted the Amazon.

"You're such a terrible liar," chided the bard, "Give it up."

Ephiny softly laughed and her right hand snaked across the short space between her and Gabrielle. Her hand gently pressed against the bard's stomach. "I'm sure Solari heard you too."

"Get off it, Eph." The princess rolled her eyes and tried to act unaffected despite she was annoyed.

"You snore."

"I do not."

"Yes you do."

"No I do not."

"Yes you do, Gabrielle."

The bard clenched her teeth and growled, "I do not snore." She was about to try and push Ephiny to tease her but her idea was totally lost on her. She suddenly yelped in protest when Ephiny started to tickle her side. "Eph! No! no!"

Ephiny sat up and leaned over to get better access to her girlfriend's sides. She mercifully tickled Gabrielle.

The small bard dropped her head back and started to scream and laugh. "Ephiny! Oh gods, stop!"

Solari suddenly shot up and when her fuzzy vision focused on the playful pair, she yelled, "I am up!" She then shot a dangerous look to Ephiny. "That was a rotten way to get me up, Ephiny. I can take her snoring at night but not her screaming."

Gabrielle blinked when she realized she had truly been snoring.

Ephiny saw the dumbfounded look on her girlfriend's face and she fell onto her back in a stitch of laughter.

"I do not snore!" yelled the furious bard.

Solari rolled her eyes and flopped back into her pillow. "And Artemis has no tits," she muttered.

Gabrielle fumed and folded her arms over her chest as a pout covered her expression. "I didn't know Artemis didn't have any tits."

Solari laughed, sat up, grabbed her pillow and threw it at the princess.

Gabrielle was smacked in the face and she sent a dirty look to her friend. "That's it, I'm going to get ready." She threw her covers off and hopped out of bed then went into the washroom.

Ephiny lifted her head and caught the glint in her best friend's eyes. "Nice one, Solari."

Solari fashionably brushed back her hair. "I was good huh?" She winked and rolled out of bed too.

The three Amazon took about a candlemark and half to get ready and eat breakfast then they dropped off their saddlebags with their horses. Gabrielle also picked up her pouch of dinars, tied it to her side, and headed out of the stables with her staff in her right hand. She joined her friends at the doorway of the stables and together they went to the market that wasn't too far away. The market was extremely busy and smelled heavily of salt and fish to the point it mind as well been a perfume sold in Stageria.

"You know," started the bard, "I could use some new scrolls."

"There's a parchment stand just ahead." Solari pointed to a stand about a hundred paces away.

"Let's go," agreed Ephiny.

As soon as they were close enough, Gabrielle quickly started looking over the scrolls and pieces of loose parchments. She also realized she needed some more ink too. So she picked out about five scrolls and a small bottle of ink for when she got back to the Nation. She then approached the owner of the stand, a smile on her face.

"Good mornin'," offered the owner, an older woman. "That be seven dinars."

"Seven dinars?" Gabrielle gaped and shook her head. "I paid five dinars for a bed room last night."

The stand owner put her hands on her hips and eyed the young woman. "Six dinars."

"Four," protested the bard.

The owner dramatically exhaled and dropped her hands from her sides. "Five… nottin' less."

"Five then." Gabrielle smiled then paid the woman the money.

The stand keeper bent forward and held out her hand to take the dinars.

As the bard also leaned over the stand to hand the money, her eyes automatically travelled overhead of the stand keeper. Something instantly caught Gabrielle's eye and she couldn't help but stare at it. She tore her gaze away and released the coins into the woman's hand. "What is that journal up there on the shelf?"

The woman was putting her money away as she turned around to figure out what journal the bard had in mind. She pointed up to the soft leather bound journal on the top shelf in the centre. "That one?"

"Yes," replied the Amazon Princess.

"That ain't for sale," refused the stand keeper. She faced the young woman again, her hands returned to her hips.

Gabrielle was slightly confused and decided to probe more. "Why isn't it?" She sensed Ephiny besides her trying to get the scrolls from her. So she took a second to hand them over to her.

Ephiny had a large pouch bag with her so she put Gabrielle's items away for her.

"It's uh pirate's journal," explained the stand keeper. "Uh female pirate."

The small bard's eyes widened and she stared up at the journal. "A female pirate?"

"Yes," answered the stand keeper, "I'm ain't sure 'er name but whoever wrote it was uh female." She glanced up at the leather journal then back at the Gabrielle. "Another one of thuh shop keepers 'ere had it and I bought it from 'im."

"May I look at it?" persisted the princess.

The stand keeper shook her head.

Solari glanced over at her best friend and had a confused look.

Ephiny was also perplexed why her girlfriend was so unrelenting to have the pirate journal.

"How much did you pay for it?" Gabrielle was hoping by going another route she could get the woman to give into her.

The stand keeper eyed the young woman and replied, "Seven dinars."

"I'll give you nine for it," offered the bard.

The stand keeper faintly grinned and decided she might be able to get some good money from this girl after all. "Sixteen dinars," countered the stand keeper.

Gabrielle smiled when she knew she'd baited the stand keeper into selling. "I'll give you fourteen that's double its value."

The shop keeper didn't say anything and considered the price. She narrowed her eyes suspiciously at the Amazon Princess however she turned around and stood up on her tip toes.

The bard gave a private prayer to Artemis as she pulled out fourteen dinars from her pouch. She couldn't figure out why she had to have this journal but something made her want it, no she needed it.

The stand keeper held out the journal as she received the money in another hand.

"Thank you," replied the bard and she tightly held onto the journal.

"Don't lose it, girl." She pointed a finger at Gabrielle. "That female pirate had uh good story in there."

The princess merely nodded. "Thanks again."

The stand keeper nodded back then went down to the other end of her table where she had new customers.

Gabrielle and her friends quietly left the stand and continued through the market.

"Why'd you have to have that journal?"

The bard shook her head as her right hand smoothed over the soft leather of the journal. "I'm not sure." She looked at Solari and added, "Just something told me to get it."

Solari still had a curious and confused expression but she went back to focusing on the market and people around them.

"Want me to tuck it away?"

Gabrielle shook her head at Ephiny's suggestion. "Thanks though." She gazed up from the journal and studied the market. "Either of you need to stop for anything?"

"I don't think so," replied Solari.

"Eph?"

The older Amazon shook her head. "I'm good." She looked between her two friends and suggested, "We should get back to the stable and head out of here."

Gabrielle dipped her head briefly in thought but she had to agree. "You're right… let's head back."

The three Amazons slipped past a few more people then were able to turn back around. As they weaved through the crowded market place, Gabrielle's mind skipped back to the Nation. She wondered how everybody was even though she knew things were probably just fine. Her thoughts then went out to Eponin and without realizing it, a smile crept along her face when she recalled all her lessons. One particular lesson of an Amazon warrior came to mind about how a true warrior could focus and unfocus various noises like a filter.

Gabrielle tried to recall the different aspects of the lesson and decided the market would be a perfect place to test it. So gradually the bard listened to all the various noises and voices in the market places. She tried to figure out which noise was and filtered them out of all the voices in the market place. She first picked up on the sounds of barrels rolling over gravel. The next noise was the distinct sound of horse hoof beats. Then a sharp cloth snap caught her ear from the overhead clothes on a string out to dry from somebody's home. Then a very faint but distinct sound of tapping and rapping of metal and it made Gabrielle stop walking.

The two Amazons realized they'd lost Gabrielle and they turned around to find her a few paces back.

"What's wrong?" questioned Ephiny.

"I just thought of something," murmured the bard. Her eyebrows were knitted together as she listened to the rapping and tapping of metal more carefully. She tried to pinpoint its location like Eponin had taught her. "This way." She suddenly hurried off to her left.

Ephiny and Solari chased after the princess and were worried about what was going on now.

Gabrielle slipped past several people but she remained focused on the metal tapping as it grew louder. Just ahead to the left on the corner of the two streets was the noise's origin. And Gabrielle came to a dead stop on the opposite side of an open smithing shop.

Ephiny came to a quick stop behind her girlfriend; she wasn't breathing heavy but a little rasped. "What is it, Gabrielle?"

"Look." The princess pointed across to the black smith's shop.

"It's a smithing shop," observed Solari, her voice filled with confusion.

"Yes but look at the black smith." Gabrielle turned her head to Ephiny and Solari, a smug look on her face.

Ephiny blinked twice and muttered in awe, "A female black smith."

"Sweet Artemis," rasped Solari. "How did you know?"

Gabrielle chuckled and replied, "I didn't… I was just hoping." She clutched her pirate journal a little more then decided to make her away across the street. When she stepped into the smithing hut, she was instantly greeted by the female blacksmith, who had her back to the three Amazons.

"I don't work for free." The blacksmith was hunched over an open brick oven where she pushed hot coals around. As she turned around to face her possible customers, she spoke. "So don't…." She lost her words when she realized her customers were three young female warriors.

Solari smirked. "You say that to all your customers?"

The blacksmith shook her head and pulled her gloves off her hands. She tossed them on the ledge by her fire kelm then curiously studied the three women. "How can I help you three?"

Gabrielle wasn't sure how to approach the topic but she neared the blacksmith. "Have you been doing this work for some time?"

"Yes," replied the smith, "my father taught me and I took his business when I was twenty-one. Why?"

The princess cleared her throat and tried to gain some courage. She could tell this woman was rather tough and probably from her experiences from being a female blacksmith. "My friends and I are from the Macedonian Amazon Nation."

The smith's sharp black eyes narrowed and she judged them to be true Amazons or not. She had to admit that they had fine armour and the hilts that slightly protruded over the two other Amazon's shoulders were well-crafted. "I don't do mass production," she shot back and started to turn away.

"Wait," cut in Gabrielle, "give me a chance."

The blacksmith exhaled audibly and turned back to the princess. "I don't have any interest in doing large production work for one group."

"That's not what I'm asking," refuted the bard. She tried to look calm, sincere, as well as promising without lending to too much.

"What is it you want?" The blacksmith folded her arms over her chest, which was clad by a dirty black apron.

"Let's start over again." Gabrielle held out her hand. "I'm Gabrielle."

The blacksmith was uncertain as she stared at the young Amazon. She finally relented and took the Amazon's arm in a powerful shake. Despite the blacksmith's short and petite form, she was rather intimidating and deemed respect. "I'm Andra."

Gabrielle held her hand out to her girlfriend. "This is Ephiny." She then motioned to Solari. "And this is Solari." She lowered her hand back to her side and continued to speak. "The reason I came in here is because in my Nation we're looking for a female blacksmith. And I'm-"

"No," cut off Andra, "there's no way." She waved her hand and turned back to her kelm. She picked up her gloves.

"We need a blacksmith," challenged the princess, "somebody with the knowledge and skill."

Andra was shaking her head as she jerked on her gloves. "Sorry, Gabrielle but I'm not some Amazonian female lookin' to join the fight against the male race." She turned around and pointed to the front of her open shop. "There's the exit." She then started to walk away.

Gabrielle hurried down the long metal table to keep up with the blacksmith. "Please, Andra we could really use a blacksmith."

"And I could use a few more customers and dinars," shot back the blacksmith. "I said no… what part didn't you catch?" Andra faced the bard again. "The 'n' or the 'o'?"

The princess grumbled when the blacksmith turned her back to her again. She just resisted from hitting the metal table because she knew Ambassador Majorie would be disappointed in her. She had to tell herself she would win Andra over and now she just had to do it. "Please, Andra listen to me."

"No," growled the blacksmith, "I've heard enough so leave." She didn't wait for a response and thrashed open the black curtain where she disappeared behind.

Gabrielle mentally counted to five to settle her temper then she called, "How's your business here anyway, Andra?"

Suddenly the blacksmith reappeared but this time her eyes burned hotly as her own embers in her kelm. "Get out of here," she warned in a dangerous voice.

Ephiny and Solari hurried over to their friend's side. They knew Gabrielle had thrown wood into the fire by bringing up the lack of business in the smith's shop.

"My father started this business over twenty years ago and I intend to continue his legacy." Andra's chest rose up and down heavily and her eyes were flashing dangerously. "Business is fine."

Gabrielle's lips thinned and she held up her hands defensively. She should have known better than to pick on the lack of customers in the smithing shop. "I'm sorry, Andra it's just…." She glanced over at the blacksmith next door, whom had a constant flow of customers and a lot of armoury either hanging about or laying on his metal table.

Andra followed her gaze to the next door smith and that depressed her anger. She shook her head and again walked away but went to the other end of her hut. "Look…." She spun around with a small but heavy anvil in her hands. She hefted it onto the metal table and gazed down at the Amazons. "I admit business isn't strong."

Gabrielle gradually came closer as she spoke. "I know and I'm offering you a chance at something better… at least what I think is better."

Andra shook her head and rested her hands on the anvil. "I'm not going to be some barbarian in leathers running around with a band of tribal women."

Solaris automatic response was to snort at the blacksmith's ignorant perception.

Gabrielle caught the blacksmith's annoyance at Solari and she whispered, "Solari." Then she returned her focus to the blacksmith. "It's funny you say that because that's what I sort of thought Amazons were too."

"Oh sweet Artemis," moaned Solari from her spot at the other end of the shop.

"Just ignore her," interjected the princess.

Andra decided to do so and rested her full attention on the bard. "Alright… tell me what are Amazons."

Gabrielle stepped closer to the blacksmith but remained a certain distance even though the metal table separated them. "The Amazons are a Nation of women that are bonded together through one belief."

"And what's that?" persist Andra.

"That women are not inferior to men." Gabrielle rested her left hand on the table while her right held tightly to the pirate journal. "Over time this bond has intertwined us into a family." She shook her head. "We're by no means… barbarians as you put it." A slow smile had grown on Gabrielle's face. "We're a unified Nation of family that believes in a cause."

Andra sighed and dipped her head forward as she absorbed the princess's words. When she lifted her head, her eyes were much calmer, almost friendlier. "And what could the Amazons offer me?"

"For one thing, a lot of work," teased the bard yet she went serious. "A home, a full stomach each day, protection, friends… and family."

Andra licked her lips and straightened up. "I don't fight."

"You don't have to," assured the princess, "but you would have to learn how to fight incase you needed to protect yourself."

The blacksmith lowered her head and started to shake it. "I need to think about it," she murmured then she lifted her head. "I know it would beat staying here." She directed at her next door competitor.

"But you don't want to lose your father's business," concluded the princess.

"Exactly." Andra sighed and tapped her anvil a few times. "Is there a smithing shop there… in the Nation?"

"No, there have been plans to build one but our government requires a blacksmith first."

Now it dawned on Andra why Gabrielle was so persistent and she had to admire Gabrielle for her effort. She suddenly grabbed her small anvil and carried it to the other end of the table. "Will you be here for awhile?" She bent forward then her anvil slipped onto the ground under the table.

"Actually no… we were headed out now." Gabrielle came back down to her friends and the blacksmith. "But we will be passing by here again tomorrow."

The blacksmith crossed her arms over her chest and tried to decide. "If you're really that interested then stop back here when you're passing by." She dropped her arms from her chest. "Maybe I'll have an answer for you then." Then Andra disappeared behind the black curtain without saying so much as a word of goodbye.

Ephiny come up to her girlfriend and whispered, "Come on… you did what you could."

Gabrielle was frowning but she dropped her head and silently left the blacksmith shop.

Andra finished her drink from her water skin then she came back out to find the Amazons gone. She looked beyond her shop into the busy street, she just made out their forms in the crowd, and it made her sigh.

The Amazons collected their horses and after getting out of town, they broke into a full gallop headed on the north road. They rode hard and long without stopping because they knew it'd only take three candlemarks to make it to Amphipolis. The road to Amphipolis winded and turned but it closed in to the well known town in the northern providence. And when the group was close, they slowed their horses into a trot then eventually into a walk as the gates came into view.

Gabrielle inhaled deeply to calm her nerves and continued forward on the road. Her mind quickly flashed the directions to Cyrene's tavern and she guided her friends through the large town. When Cyrene's tavern was just ahead, Gabrielle stopped and dismounted from her horse. The thought about stabling the horses crossed her mind but then she realized there was a stable now in front of Cyrene's tavern when there never had been originally.

"Take our horses in there?" suggested Solari.

"Yeah." Gabrielle went to the front of the small stable and went in to find five open stalls. She took one and her friends took their own.

"You think we'll stay the night?" called Solari.

"I hope so," answered the bard, "as long as Cyrene's here."

Ephiny had her mare situated but not untacked incase they couldn't stay the night. "I'm sure she's here."

Gabrielle brushed her hands off on her skirt, grabbed her staff from the side of the stall, and came out. "I hope so." She noted Solari was out of her horse's stall so she quietly left.

Ephiny followed out and Solari was last.

The princess climbed the steps of the tavern and decided not to knock since she figured nobody would hear her. She pushed the door open and went in to find the tavern dead silent and nobody around. The tables were clean, the chairs perfectly aligned, and the floor rather clean. So she knew somebody was still at least running the tavern she just hoped it was Cyrene and that just maybe Xena was here.

Her stomach knotted at the thought of seeing Xena and her knees grew weaker. But Gabrielle pressed on and wove through the tables until she got to the small bar. "Hello?" she called out.

Ephiny and Solari remained at the door and took a few seconds to study the tavern.

Cyrene lifted her head and paused in the middle of cutting up a few carrots on her kitchen counter. She heard the young voice calling out again and she was almost positive she recognized it. She dropped her knife and wiped her hands on her apron as she hurried out of the door into the tavern. She came to a complete stop in the doorway when she saw who was on the other side of the bar. "Gab… Gabrielle?"

Gabrielle's eyes suddenly stung and she nodded. "It's me, Cyrene."

"Oh my gods," rasped Cyrene, "it can't be… oh my gods." She hastily rounded the bar and immediately pulled the young woman into a fierce hug as if Gabrielle would disappear from her sight.

Gabrielle managed to set her staff against the bar in time so she could fully hug Xena's mother back. She felt her body tremble with happiness and her eyes stung with pain. She dug her face into Cyrene's neck and held tighter to the woman that was always a second mother to her.

"By the gods," murmured Cyrene. She placed a kiss to Gabrielle's temple and continued to hug her. Her emotions mixed with happiness and sadness, which caused her to begin to cry.

Gabrielle bit her lip hard and muffled a faint whimper as she cried harder in the woman's arms. Her eyes were squeezed shut tightly but it didn't seem to stop the tears. "Oh gods… it's so good to see you, Cyrene," she rasped.

Cyrene pulled back but didn't break the embrace. She reached up with her right hand and wiped away Gabrielle's tears. "Oh gods please… it's still mom, Gabrielle." Her words only seemed to bring more tears to the young bard. Cyrene also couldn't resist her happy tears and she tried to wipe hers away briefly.

Gabrielle sniffed a few times and tried to blink out a few tears. "Is… is Xe… is she…."

Cyrene understood the unfinished question and she closed her eyes as the loss of her daughter brought back pain and memories. "No," she murmured, "she's… she's not here." She then pulled Gabrielle back in knowing Gabrielle needed the hug as much as she did.

Gabrielle had her eyes closed so incredibly tightly so she could try to shut out the pain. Yet her heart screamed in pain and her body trembled with anger against her life.

Cyrene could sense Gabrielle's frustration and pain so she rubbed Gabrielle's back soothingly and whispered, "It'll be okay, sweetie." Her arms tightened even more. "I promise… it'll be okay."

After about a couple of candlemarks, Cyrene found herself sitting down to a warm dinner with Gabrielle, her two friends, and Toris. She'd decided to keep the tavern closed for the night so that she could spend time with them.

The reunion had been hard at first especially in finding out Xena wasn't in Amphipolis or anywhere to be found. Toris had shown up not long after Gabrielle's arrival and he welcomed her happily back to Amphipolis and the tavern. Cyrene told them all to catch up while she finished up dinner quickly.

The friends and family now all sat around a large round table and idly caught up with each other. Right now, Gabrielle was relaying the rest of her story since her capture in Potidaea.

"Right now I'm with the Amazon Nation until Ephiny and I start back up at the Academy."

"Gods," breathed Toris, "a lot has happened in three years for you."

Gabrielle nodded at him.

Cyrene was just shaking her head because she was so amazed. "You're now the Amazon Princess?"

"Yes, mom." Gabrielle softly smiled and crossed her legs under the table. "If I'm lucky I'll be the queen someday."

Cyrene chuckled and looked at the two more quiet Amazons. "You two must be terrified of that day."

Ephiny snickered and Solari outright laughed.

"Hey, hey," cut in Gabrielle, "I'm trying to be become a decent queen."

Solari rolled her eyes but the jab in her side form Ephiny kept her from making a comment.

"Gabrielle is doing well," admitted Ephiny, "better than many I can speak about."

"Thank you." Gabrielle smiled proudly.

Under the table, Solari kicked her best friend for saying anything because of the rules of training. Solari knew Eponin would have been quite displeased in Ephiny for giving any type of praise that wasn't due yet. Ephiny pretended to have not noticed and fully ignored Solari as she kept to the conversation at the table.

Gabrielle sat up some in her chair and tried to work up some courage. She licked her lips and brushed back a few wild strands of her hair. "Cyrene, what happened… to Xena?"

The tavern owner swallowed and nodded because she knew this was coming. "A lot, sweetie." Suddenly her son's hand covered hers in comfort and gave her strength to continue with Xena's story. "After you were gone… taken," she corrected, "Xena started to close up to everybody."

"Except to that horse," sadly muttered Toris.

"Argo," supplied Cyrene as she glanced at her twenty-four year old son.

"Argo?" muttered the bard as if she recognized the name.

"She's a mare," explained Cyrene, "Argo was Potestas's golden mare."

It fell into place for Gabrielle and her face unsquinched. "I remember that mare now… Potestas and Xena were riding her when the raiders were hunting us."

Cyrene mutely nodded then went back to the story. "Xena spent a year training to…."

Gabrielle tilted her head to the side. "To what, mom?"

The tavern owner sighed and shook her head; her eyes burned yet she resisted from crying. "To prepare to find you when everybody thought you were dead."

The princess's head bent forward some and she breathed heavily a few times. She had to know what happened to her best friend and now she realized her disappearance would have tourn Xena apart. "What happened then?" she whispered when her mind came back to the present.

Cyrene squeezed her son's hand for more support before continuing. "About twelve moons after you were taken, Xena came to me and said she was leaving to find you. I tried to make her stay but of course you know Xena… when she has her mind made up that's all there is for her." She paused so she could try to swallow down the lump in her throat. "So I agreed and she packed her things, left and Lyceus went with her."

"Oh no," rasped the bard, "He didn't, did he?" She glanced between Cyrene and Toris.

Toris merely nodded his confirmation.

"I guess he thought he could protect his big sister," mumbled Cyrene.

Gabrielle was shaking her head and she tried to ignore her turning stomach. "Where did they go?" She waited for Cyrene to pick up the story but Cyrene seemed to have too much trouble.

Toris had noticed it so he jumped into the conversation. "Xena and Ly somehow managed to find the raiders that attack Potidaea and joined the band. It's a little confusing from there what happened but my guess is that they learned where you were taken and realized they couldn't get to you."

The small bard shook her head. "They wouldn't have been able to… not with how protected Hecht's compound was." She then stopped in consideration. "We weren't even there… we were sold by then."

Cyrene swallowed away her upset and picked up from where Toris ended. "Xena returned home about less than a moon's cycle."

Gabrielle furrowed her eyebrows when she realized Cyrene hadn't at all mentioned Lyceus. Then it also occurred to her that she hadn't seen Lyceus today, heard about him until now, and nobody spoke about him until now. It dawned on Gabrielle and she slumped back into her chair, her eyes closed and she murmured, "Lyceus is dead." When she finally opened her burning eyes, she saw how upset Cyrene was and Toris was barely able to control his emotions. "Oh gods," she whispered in agony.

Ephiny was beside Gabrielle and she didn't wait to pull her girlfriend into her arms.

The princess buried her face into Ephiny's chest and she let her painful tears out for Lyceus. Lyceus had been the only boy in her life that had been her brother and now he was lost. His death had been a result of her disappearance and Lyceus's attempt to help find her. Gabrielle had never known how many things went wrong that day she was taken but now everything was falling into place and heavily mounting on her.

Ephiny kissed the top of Gabrielle's head and brought her lips close to Gabrielle's ear. "It's okay, Gabrielle," she murmured.

The bard merely shook her head in Ephiny's embrace. None of what had happened was okay- it never would be for Gabrielle. Gabrielle finally pulled back from Ephiny's comfort when she felt she had better control. She wiped her tears away and pushed her hair back as she looked back to Toris and Cyrene. "Where's Xena now?"

Cyrene's eyes were red and dark as she braced herself to tell the rest. She didn't know everything about Xena's journey after leaving Amphipolis but she'd heard plenty since being a tavern owner. People could talk and they loved to talk in taverns or other public places. "After she left here she took control of a ship in one of the port towns south-east of here." She paused as she collected her thoughts and tried to make sense of countless rumours. "There were rumours of a female captain that sailed the high seas and that she stole money." Cyrene dipped her head and continued about the rumours. "She was tall, dark, and eyes as blue as the waters she sailed upon. She was also known for being ruthless." Her head came back up. "Merchants were fearful of her and her men."

Gabrielle didn't believe the story, there wasn't anyway for her best friend to turn into this cold-blooded killer.

"For a long time, those were the only rumours we heard," spoke Cyrene. "Then after so many moons of heartless, dark stories a regular customer of mine had returned from the Stageria market. He'd heard a story at an inn near the port about her. She and her men sailed into Roman waters. I guess they took on more than they could handle and somehow they were caught by the Romans." Cyrene hesitated in the middle of the story, she was trying to take a few calming breaths. "The Romans captured her and her ship then whoever wasn't killed was nailed to a cross along a beachside to warn all those that crossed Rome."

Gabrielle was shaking her head and her head bent forward. She repeated to herself that they were merely stories and not the truth, just rumours and none of it happened. "It couldn't have been her," she painfully whispered as her head came up.

Cyrene saw the desperation in Gabrielle's eyes, the pleading and even Cyrene hadn't quite grasped the stories either. She didn't want to believe her daughter had turned into some monster yet in her heart she knew how it happened, why it happened.

"Gabrielle," gently spoke Toris, "it was Xena." He closed his eyes against the floating images of his sister fighting and killing. He looked back at Gabrielle. "Xena was capable of it. She spent over a year training herself to fight." He slumped back into his chair and broke the eye contact with the bard. "None of us want to believe it but wherever there is smoke there is fire."

Gabrielle dropped her head back and closed her eyes against another onslaught of emotions. "She's… she's dead then." Her head lowered back to meet Cyrene and Toris's gaze. "Isn't she?"

"There haven't been anymore stories since that one," simply answered Toris.

Gabrielle felt her breathing stop and her stomach pitched. She suddenly pushed up from her chair and rushed out of the tavern's front door.

Ephiny started to get up.

"Let me talk to her," protested Cyrene, her right hand up. When Ephiny nodded, she got up and quietly went out the open door. When she came out onto the dark porch, she saw Gabrielle's form hunched over the side of the railing and the sound of drying heaving was heard. Cyrene sighed and chastise herself for such a bad dinner topic. She carefully came up behind the Amazon Princess and gently rested a hand on her midback.

Gabrielle wiped away at her mouth and shook her head as she walked away. Her stomach was settling and very empty now but her body shook hard. "It can't be, Cyrene."

The tavern owner led her adopted daughter to a bench on the other side of the porch. She sat down while Gabrielle hunched forward. "I tell myself that too… each day."

"Why?" whimpered the bard, her head shaking. "Why couldn't she have stayed here?" She furiously raked her hands through her blond hair. "Why?" she hotly murmured again.

"Gabrielle," quietly started Cyrene, "you were everything to her." She took a moment to soothingly rub the bard's back. "I think when she lost you she felt as if she had nothing left."

The princess was still shaking her head and her hooded eyes were staring beyond the porch to the quiet town. "What could she have possibly been thinking? And why did she let it get that bad?"

"She didn't have much of a choice," whispered the mother. "She was driven to it."

Gabrielle looked up, her face constructed into a very perplexed look. "What you mean?"

Cyrene shook her head and looked away from Gabrielle. "Xena lost you, then her brother, I… I banished her from here. At that point, I'm sure she felt there was nothing for her."

"Oh gods," murmured the princess. "I can't image the guilt she felt." Gabrielle furiously brushed back annoying, loose locks of hair. "She would have faulted herself for my disappearance and Lyceus's… disappointing you."

"She was angry," mentioned Cyrene, "very angry." She wiped her sweaty palms on her dress. "I've never seen her that angry."

Gabrielle's mind jumped back to the day when she'd been hurt by that young boy Dani. She could still clearly recall how furious her best friend had been when she found out Gabrielle had not only been ostracized but also hurt. That was the only time Gabrielle ever had a glimpse into Xena's very dark and consuming anger. It'd scared her then and it still scared her now, it subconsciously made her shiver there on the bench. "She couldn't control her anger when it got to a point."

Cyrene was faintly nodding but also wondering where her daughter had picked up such a temper. Cyrene always had a plentiful amount of patience and forgiveness yet when it came to her family, she was unmistakably protective. Maybe that played into Xena's reaction to the lost of Gabrielle along with everything else in between.

The bard swallowed and her throat burned from the bile leftover. After a sigh, she got up and quietly said, "I need to get some water."

Cyrene quietly understood so she followed the young woman into the tavern. "There's plenty in the kitchen."

"Thank you," murmured the bard and she passed by the table of her friends.

Cyrene took her seat beside her son and everybody gave her worried looks. "She's okay," she promised yet her eyes were dull with concern.

Gabrielle came back out after about a minute, her mouth now clean and her stomach actually settling. She came over to her Amazons but didn't take a seat. "I think I'm going upstairs for the night."

Ephiny nodded and got up. "I'll join you."

"You three did stable your horses?" questioned the tavern owner.

"Yes," answered Solari, "untacked and fed."

Cyrene faintly smiled and nodded. "Get some rest, girls… I know it's been a long journey here." She then pushed out of her chair and went to Gabrielle. She gave the bard a warm hug then assured to her to get to bed. After the three Amazons were upstairs, she turned to her son, her head shaking. "I've made so many mistakes."

Toris sighed and stood up, he pushed his chair in while speaking. "You couldn't have known Gabrielle was still alive, mother."

Cyrene rested her hands on the back of her chair. "I shouldn't have given up hope." She was staring at the table as she continued to talk. "Because of my ignorance I lost Xena and Lyceus."

Toris frowned and came closer to his mother; he put a hand on her shoulder. "Mother, we may have lost them but Gabrielle has returned." He shook his head. "Neither Xena or Lyceus wouldn't want us to overlook that."

Cyrene sighed but she straightened up, her hands fall from the chair. "I know and I'm so happy she has returned." Then she walked away while mumbling, "When will things returned normal again?"

Toris ran a hand through his short black hair. He knew to leave his mother alone for the night so he quietly left the inn to return to his home. He would stop by the next morning to check in on everybody.

Upstairs, the Amazons were changing into their nightshifts to get ready for bed. Gabrielle was bent next to her saddlebags and fishing around for her night shift. As she did so, she came across first Lammy and next was the pirate journal. She then realized she had yet to look at the journal since she'd bought it.

The Amazon Princess carefully withdrew the leather journal from the saddlebag and carried it over to the small table where there was a candle burning. She pulled out a chair, sat, and lowered the journal onto the table. When her right hand glided across the top of the smooth leather, she felt some kind of charge.

Gabrielle's hands began to shake as she turned over the cover and her eyes focused on the distinct handwriting on the first page. Gabrielle didn't read it as her mind processed the very distinct handwriting; it was so distinct that images snapped in her mind. "By… the gods," she breathed as her fingertips traced down the rough parchment so that she could feel the actually indents of the scribing. "It's… it can't be…."

Ephiny had just stepped out of the washroom and heard her girlfriend's words. "What's wrong?" She caught sight of the pirate journal on the table under the candlelight.

Gabrielle's head snapped up, her eyes wide and fully of surprise. "Cyrene said Xena took command of a ship and attacked merchants. Xena was a pirate… a female pirate."

For a moment Ephiny was purely confused but then it struck her from a blind side. "Sweet Artemis." She raced over to Gabrielle.

The princess had jumped up from her chair- one hand held the pirate journal and the other the candlestick. Her hands trembled and shook like leaves in the wind as she showed Ephiny the journal. "It's Xena's… it's Xena's journal."

Solari just came out of the washroom and caught the tail end of the conversation. "That journal is Xena's?" She hurried over to the pair and peered down at the journal. "How can you be sure?"

"I know Xena's handwriting anywhere," whispered the bard. She then looked up from the pirate journal and hastily said, "Wait I know how to prove it." She carefully closed up the journal and rushed to the door.

The Amazons hesitated for a second but chased after the princess out of the room.

Gabrielle tried to be quiet as she hurried down the hallway and she carefully pushed open the door to Xena's room. She hadn't been in here yet and when she stepped in, she was struck by memories. She refused to let them touch her emotions as she hurried across the room to the small desk. She put the journal down with the candlestick next to it then she frantically threw open the drawers on the desk.

Ephiny and Solari came in and neared the anxious bard.

"What you looking for?" questioned Ephiny.

"Xena had written some stuff," muttered Gabrielle. She found two empty drawers and was going to the bottom one. "Come on, Xena please leave something behind." She pulled open the drawer and several scrolls banged against the drawer in response. Gabrielle quickly hauled them all out and poured them out on the desk. "Help me."

The two Amazons came on either side of Gabrielle and unrolled the scrolls one by one.

Gabrielle opened the journal again and glanced at the scrolls as the Amazons opened them. She hastily compared them but all of them were written by somebody else. She didn't even bother glancing at the titles of the unknown scrolls because she was too determind to prove that this was Xena's journal.

"Wait, wait," announced Ephiny. She put a scroll underneath the journal and neatened it out more. "I think this is hers."

Gabrielle bent forward more and carefully compared the scrolls.

"There's her signature," confirmed Solari, her right index finger at the bottom left of the scroll.

As Gabrielle compared the scroll and journal, Ephiny took a moment to read over Xena's scroll. It only took a few words for Ephiny to realize it was a personal scroll because clearly written on the scroll were stanzas of poetry.

"It is her journal," murmured the shaking bard, "It's Xena's journal." She straightened up as the proof of the discovery hit her.

Ephiny had heard her girlfriend but she was still captivated by the poem that Xena had written so long ago. Ephiny thoroughly enjoyed poetry and this poem touched every emotion inside of Ephiny. When she pulled back from the poem, she just quickly glanced over it as a whole then it struck her that it wasn't just a poem but a song. "Gabrielle," she whispered, "read this scroll."

Gabrielle grabbed the candlestick and brought the candle closer to the scroll. She wrapped her fingers around the edges of parchment and lifted the scroll closer to the candlelight. She read the title of the song then continued down the song's stanzas and as she read tears slowly rolled down her cheeks. Her tears fell from her cheeks and dove down until it was caught by the parchment. The parchment hungrily absorbed the tears and the last line in the last stanza slowly blurred out to only leave the barely visible words: what was mine.

Continued in Section 3-B

Leslaureate's Scrolls
Main Page